Skip to main content

Full text of "Pine needles"

See other formats 


The  University  of  North  Corolir 

at  Greensboro 

JACKSON  LIBRARY 


MSGp 

UNIVERSITY  ARCHIVES 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 


http://www.archive.org/details/pineneedles19851986nort 


Pine  Needles  1985-86 


Editors   Mark  A.  Corum 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 

Copy  Editor  Ian  McDowell 

Photography  Editor  Michael  Read 

Classes  Editor   Beverly  Reavis 

Organizations  Editor  ....   Erin  Pearson 
Darkroom  Technician   . .  .   Chuck  Moritz 


Contributing  Staff: 
Sheila  Bowling 
Nan  Lewis 
Michael  Robinson 
Greg  Jenkins 
Paul  Segal 
Tim  Cole 
David  Pugh 
Mark  March 


,,  ,       r^^' 


\ 


Spartan  Sports 


^^^^^^ 

f 

^^^^^^^^^^^^IM^^^^^^^^K^^^^^JI 

1        ^•'f  ■ 

I 

^^^^^^^H^  ^^^l^o^^^^l 

i^^^s 

'^''^^i«HrJ 

^^^^K      BbM^^^I 

Itm 

w 

Hn^^^^H 

^^^^■^L^i^l^H^K     S 

r<M 

'"1 

1 

m^  HjH 

H^Fi 

^U 

^>P 

- 

1 

S^'i! 

^^ 

■ : 

1 

rr 


w  "ill 


^^^^^?^     ^ 


%^ 


^^-.^ 


'C  / 


!> 


juiivsin.fovsT 

BUILDING 


:«f;r:«?r-:5 


Sometimes  loud 

kicking  up 

like  these  students 

at  the  Homecoming 

Parade. 


Other  times  calm  and  quiet  - 
waiting  for  something  or  just 
taking  a  break  between  classes 
to  read  up  on  an  assignment. 


Often  rushed  -  moving  with  others  though  you  don't  know  where  you're  going. 


There    are    places 
here  we  never 
take  the  time  to 
notice    no    matter 
how  many  times 
go  to  them. 


/.' 


z^ 


And  average,  everyday  places  that  look  a  lot 
different  from  a  different  vantage  point  - 
like  the  top  of  the  library. 


And  the  people 


.^>ri 


'•'■•,  <,f,  '         ..■'ij,. 


..,  m,^'^ 


»     ,■    3 


^'^i^TK       >•■ 


"fr^^ 


But,  despite  it  all,  people  still  misunderstand 
and  fail  to  realize  that  sometimes  things 
start  quietly. 


•r-:'n-'-^-    f^ 


iflis 


1  ^^H 

^^^^K^M' 

AMPUS 


ELLIOTT 

UNIVERSITY 

CENTER 


A  place 

for  fun,  games,  and  other  things 


v_y 


My  Ingram  Mac-10  ready,  I  push  my  way  through 
the  heavy  undergrowth.  The  secret  to  staying  aUve 
is  to  keep  moving.  But  where  the  hell  are  they?  All 
hell  should  be  breaking  loose  any  moment  now, 
unless  the  chopper  put  me  down  way  off  target. 

it  didn't.  Something  that  looks  like  a  grey  metal 
pineapple  comes  tumbling  through  the  humid  air, 
gleaming  dully  in  the  tropical  sunlight.  I  throw 
myself  to  the  side,  scrambling  frantically  for  cover, 
as  the  jungle  erupts  into  shrapnel.  Then  ifs  as  if 
someone  has  switched  off  the  sound.  Deaf,  numb, 
bleeding  from  a  dozen  minor  cuts  and  bruises,  I 
stumble  forward,  knowing  I'm  damned  lucky  to  be 
ahve. 

Before  I  can  congratulate  myself  on  my  survival, 
I  see  the  Sandinistan  guerilla,  winding  up  like  a  big 
league  pitcher.  But  if  he's  Ron  Guidry,  I'm  Dwight 
Gudden,  and  my  grenade  is  in  the  air  before  his  has 
even  left  his  hand.  I  don't  bother  to  watch  his  limbs 
go  sailing  high  into  the  foliage;  I've  got  company. 

Three  of  them  burst  from  the  undergrowth,  fir- 
ing Russian-made  AK-47's.  The  boll  of  a  tree  two 
feet  from  my  head  opens  like  a  splintered  wound 
as  I  duck,  tuck  and  roll,  and  come  up  shooting. 

The  impact  of  the  steel -jacketed  rounds  sends  two 
of  my  attackers  flying,  rag  dolls  with  red  flowers 
blossoming  from  their  chests.  But  where's  the 
fourth  guerrilla? 

Too  late,  I  see  him  crouching  under  a  half -fallen 
log,  and  before  I  can  bring  my  weapon  around  to 
bear  on  him  there's  a  spurt  of  flame  from  his  own. 
I  feel  as  though  I've  been  hit  by  a  truck.  The  sky 
seems  to  roll  overhead,  painfully  blue,  and  then  I'm 
lying  on  my  back  m  mud  and  my  own  blood. 
Everything  starts  to  turn  red,  as  if  the  sun  is  set- 
ting, then  the  crimson  haze  fades  to  black. 

Game  Over  flashes  on  the  screen,  and  I  release 
the  sweaty  joystick.  Not  a  very  good  score,  I  think, 
as  1  give  the  Commando  game  a  solid  kick. 


Okay,  now  that  the  Rambo  in  my  soul  has  been 
exorcised,  I  decide  to  try  something  more  peaceful. 
An  attractive  young  woman  is  practicing  her  shots 
at  one  of  the  pool  tables,  and  I  once  again  regret 
not  being  able  to  play  that  game.  Oh.  well;  too  bad 
I  don't  have  the  nerve  to  ask  her  to  teach  me  how. 

Well,  how  about  the  Video  Trivia  game?  I've 
always  been  good  at  College  Bowl,  and  the  only  per- 
son who  beats  me  at  Trivial  Pursuits  with  any  kind 
of  regularity  is  a  female  friend  who  has  the  unfair 
advantage  of  having  memorized  the  answers  on 
practically  every  card.  This  should  be  a  cinch. 


I  insert  my  quarter  and  pick  a  category.  Enter- 
tainment. I  always  was  good  at  movies  and  the 
theatre,  though  radio,  pop  music,  and  pre-sixties 
television  are  more  problematic. 

Lamont  Cranston,  wealthy  ymmg  man  abend  town, 
was  the  secret  identity  of  what  vintage  crime  fighter? 

No  sweat.  I  press  the  pvsh  to  play  all  button 
rather  than  wagering  points,  and  the  three  possi- 
ble answers  appear  on  the  screen.  It  is,  of  course, 
number  three,  The  Shadow,  and  not  Batman  or  The 
Green  Hornet.  I've  got  24,000  points. 

Boris  Karloffs  real  name  was  (1)  William  Henry 


Pratt  (2)  Archie  Leach,  or  (3)  Marion  Michael  Mor- 
rison. Hah!  (2)  and  (3)  are,  respectively,  Gary  Grant 
and  John  Wayne.  And  anybody  who  grew  up 
reading  Famous  Monsters  of  Filmland  knows  that 
Karloff  was  Pratt.  Again,  I've  bet  all,  and  I  have 
48,000  points. 

Uh  oh.  What  English  group  scored  a  hit  in  1966 
with  "Wild  Thing"?  And  then  my  clumsy  finger 
betrays  me;  I  press  play  all  when  I  want  to  wager 
points.  If  I  miss  the  question,  my  score  goes  back 
to  zero.  All  I  can  do  is  guess,  and  so  I  pick  (2),  Her- 
man 's  Hermits.  Wrong,  fool.  The  answer  is  (3),  The 


Trogs.  C'est  la  guerre.  I  walk  away  from  the  game 
and  out  of  the  game  room  without  bothering  to 
answer  the  fouth  question. 

The  halls  of  E.U.C.  are  fairly  empty.  Feeling 
hungry,  even  though  I  had  supper  not  more  than 
an  hour  ago,  I  bound  up  the  stairs  to  the  Sweet 
Shoppe.  1  like  the  Sweet  Shoppe,  even  if  the  short- 
sighted people  running  it  didn't  see  fit  to  hire  me 
last  summer  when  I  was  looking  for  an  on-campus 
job. 

Their  frozen  fruit  bars  are  delicious,  especially  the 
lemon-lime.  It  tastes  just  like  a  daiquirri.  It  would 


taste  even  better  if  it  could  be  dipped  in  rum  and 
refrozen,  though. 

I  then  go  downstairs  and  exit  through  the  soda 
shop.  There's  nobody  outside  sitting  around  the  fish 
pond,  even  though  it's  not  dark  yet  and  it's  been 
the  warmest,  driest  day  we've  had  in  over  a  week. 

I  haven't  been  back  here  in  almost  a  year.  I'm 
relieved  to  see  there  are  no  dead  goldfish  floating 
on  the  surface  of  the  pond;  that  last  time  I  was  here 
they  seemed  to  be  dying  off  in  droves.  But  are  there 
any  live  ones?  I  peer  into  the  green-scummed  water. 
Yes,  down  in  the  algae-ridden  depths,  I  can  barely 


make  out  faint  orange  shapes.  On  the  other  side  of 
the  pond  they  float  near  the  surface,  but  when  I  ap- 
proach they  dive  like  miniature  submarines.  1  don't 
blame  them.  If  they  aren't  cautious  of  humans,  they 
may  end  up  being  netted  and  swallowed  by  drunken 
frat  boys. 

I  walk  back  around  the  building,  back  towards  the 
library,  the  knowledge  that  I  have  over  200 
notecards  to  do  for  my  English  601  class  draws  me 
towards  that  building  like  some  horrible  magnet. 

A  girl  is  swinging  by  herself  on  the  swing  set,  as 
the  shadows  of  the  tree  lengthen  around  her.  The 


Segal 


setting  sun  makes  her  long  red  hair  gleam.  When 
she  reaches  the  arc  of  her  swing  her  dress  billows 
up,  reveahng  tanned,  trim  legs.  She  looks  happy. 
I  trudge  on,  my  studies  calling.  Sometimes  I  wish 
I  wasn't  a  grad  student. 

Ian  McDowell 


Most  of  our  Fall  events  have  come  to  pass 

with  Family  Weekend 

we  doubled  attendance  to  350  last! 

We  brought  Bella  and  Abba 

and  heard  them  speak 

on  topics  varied  and  unique. 

Homecoming  '85  has  come  and  gone 

with  a  number  of  activities 

all  week  long. 

"Feats  in  the  Streets"  brought  students 

to  compete 

the  Pep  Rally  and  Block  Party 

made  it  all  complete. 

Our  cheerleaders  were  great 

and  left  us  in  awe 

to  the  spirit  generated 

in  what  we  saw! 

Our  Parade  featured  26  wild  entries 

decorative  cars  and  original  floats 

students,  alumni  and  even  a  boat! 

The  Homecoming  Queen,  Kim  Nash,  was  crowned 

her  court— Laura  Boyd,  Wendy  Crews, 

Kimberly  Phillips  and  Brenda  Volpe 

became  campus  renown! 


Students  boogied  down 

to  the  tunes  of  "Fresh  Air" 

and  had  enough  energy  left  to  spare. 

Alcohol  Awareness  Week 

brought  information  we  seek 

connecting  the  link 

on  how  to  drink. 

After  all  of  this, 

you  can  still  expect 

yet  a  few  more  programs 

to  end  the  Fall  set. 

Loveboat  (Nov.  6)  in  November 

Lovefeast  (Dec.  2,3)  in  December 

are  programs  that  you  will  want  to  remember. 

Our  EUC  Fellows 

number  twenty-six, 

where  our  young  freshmen  leaders 

are  learning  very  quick 

to  be... 

all  that  they  can  be 

while  at  good  ole  UNC-G. 

A  celestial  phenomenon 

which  happens  every  76  years 

will  be  the  talk  of  all  campuses 


from  far  and  near. 

Steve  Danforth  will  give  an  ole  subject  new  kick 

(Nov.20/Dec.4) 

"Halley's  Comet"  will  be  quite  a  star  gazer's  trip! 

UCLS  will  feature  the  UNC-G  Dance  Company 

(Nov. 22) 

and  Horacio  Gutierrez  (Nov. 24) 

be  ready  for  a  spectacular  evening 

mi  amigo,  que  te  diviertes! 

Travel  on  the  Orient  Express  (Nov. 7) 

and  then  to  Alaska  (Nov.30) 

try  not  to  miss 

this  wonderous  extravaganza! 

Well,  this  is  the  end  of  our  update 

and  contribution  to  this  newsletter... 

at  Aunt  Harriet's  we'll  keep  trying 

to  make  life  at  UNC-G 

just  a  little  bit  better! 

Submitted  by:  Joanna  M.  Iwata 

Assisted  by:  Bruce  J.  Michaels 

Elliott  University  Center 

Correspondents 


SUNBATHERS: 


Participants  in  UNC-G's  Largest 
and  Most  Popular  Spectator  Sport 


mm 


And  at  each  body  rare 

The  saintly  man  disdains; 

I  stare,  oh  God.  I  stare: 

My  heart  is  stained  with  stains. 

This  scrap  of  verse  lingers  in  my  mind,  though 
I  can't  for  the  life  of  me  remember  who  wrote  it. 

And  casting  down  rny  holy  Uymes. 

I  turn  my  eyes  to  where 

The  naked  girls  with  silver  combs 

Are  combing  out  their  hair. 

Well,  these  women  aren't  actually  naked,  of 
course,  and  relatively  few  of  them  would  seem  to 
possess  silver  combs,  but  I  can  empathize  just  the 


same.  On  those  warm  days  in  the  early  Fall,  late 
Spring,  or  Summer  when  the  swimsuit-clad  young 
women  emerge  from  their  old  cocoons,  stretching 
langorously  like  gorgeous  insects  drying  their  damp 
new  limbs  in  the  warm  sunlight,  it  is  very  hard  not 
to  stare.  Naturally.  1  am  writing  from  a  minority 
perspective,  but  there  are  male  limbs  as  well  as 
female  ones  browning  beneath  Phoebus's  golden 
rays,  and  I  suppose  the  significantly  larger  female 
portion  of  this  campus's  population  ogles  the  former 
with  as  much  fervor  as  the  happily  out-numbered 
male  portion  ogles  the  latter.  However,  I  can  only 
write  from  my  own  sexual  outlook. 


And  so  it  will  continue,  as  they  spread  their 
blankets  and  towels  on  the  lawns  and  rub 
themselves  with  oils  and  lotions,  and  the  young  men 
walk  or  drive  past,  heads  surreptitiously  or  not  so 
surreptitiously  turned,  pretending  not  to  look  or 
openly  gawking.  These  are  the  Rites  of  Spring,  for 
all  that  they  may  take  place  in  any  season  of  warm 
weather. 

A  final  thought;  just  who  is  the  girl  in  the  striped 
one-piece  bathing  suit,  anyway?  Mike  Read,  our 
Photo  Editor,  pleads  ignorance. 

Life's  like  that.  Our  glimpses  of  the  sublime  tend 
to  be  fleeting  and  second-hand. 

Ian  McDowell 


The  Library,  a  quiet  place  to  study 


Coming  up  Walker  Avenue,  one's  first  glimpse 
of  campus  is  the  library  tower,  plain  and  squat,  an 
immense  grey  slab  hulking  against  the  sky.  We 
enter  the  monolith  and  are  transformed,  attaining 
a  higher  state  of  being. 
Or  such  is  the  theory. 

Inside,  the  police  woman  smiles,  heels  click 
against  the  tile  floor,  a  computer  beeps  electronic 
protest  as  a  punchcard  is  crammed  into  its  gaping 
maw,  the  shelves  in  the  card  catalog  stick  and  slide, 
the  elevators  hum  and  lurch,  and  one  emerges  into 
the  arid  modernity  of  the  tower  stacks. 

Everything  is  clean  and  bright  and  spacious,  with 
little  of  the  dark  catacomb-like  quality  that 
characterizes  such  edifices  as  the  old  graduate 
library  at  Chapel  Hill.  It  is  impossible  to  imagine 
anyone  getting  lost  here,  of  being  accidently  lock- 
ed in  for  the  night.  There's  no  need  of  a  hotline  or 
whatever  to  call  for  help  from  when  you  look  up 
from  your  desk  and  realize  the  overhead  lights  are 
turned  off  and  the  doors  are  locked.  This  school  does 
not  have  that  rite  of  passage. 

On  the  fourth  floor,  a  pale  and  disheveled  film  stu- 
dent curses  softly  when  he  finds  that  the  photos  of 
Sophia  Loren  undressing  for  Marcello  Mastroian- 
ni  have  been  torn  out  of  Eroticism  in  the  Cinema, 
and  curses  ever  louder  when  the  chapter  on  Russ 
Meyer  proves  to  be  even  more  severely  mutilated. 
In  the  microfilm  room  another  communications  ma- 
jor, lanky  and  unkempt  and  resplendent  in  his  bright 
red  tie,  pauses  in  his  perusal  of  the  Playboy  inter- 
view with  Ted  Turner  to  ogle  a  centerfold  or  two. 
On  the  seventh  floor  some  members  of  the  soccer 
team  snicker  over  a  copy  oiKnave  (not  the  library's). 
And  on  every  floor  young  men  and  women  look  up 
from  their  thick  books  and  exchange  furtive  glances 
and  even  shy  smiles.  Yes,  even  here,  sex  rears  its 
not-so-ugly  head. 

But  this  is  not  a  "meet  market"  like  the 
undergraduate  library  at  Chapel  Hill,  and  no  one 
dresses  up  or  puts  on  make-up  to  come  here. 
Scholarly  pursuits  take  precendence.  The  hours  tick 
by,  the  pages  turn. 

Love  and  Death  in  the  American  Novel.  Hitchcock: 
The  Dark  Side  of  Genius.  Marx  and  Freud.  New 
Theories  of  Quantum  Physics.  The  Komodc  Dragon 
and  the  Lesser  Sumatran  Monitor  Lizards.  Ar- 
chaeology and  the  Anglo-Saxon  Conquest.  The  Devil 
Drives:  A  Biography  of  Sir  Richard  Francis  Bur- 
ton. Who  among  us  would  be  reading  these  if  we 
weren't  here? 

It  is  good  to  think  we  are  richer  for  the  ex- 
perience, though,  and  perhaps  we  are.  The  hours 
tick  by,  the  pages  turn. 

Ian  McDowell 


An  Introduction 


Almost  every  university  in  the  United  States  has 
a  playground— Chapel  Hill  has  its  Franklin  Street, 
Florida  State  has  its  Tennessee  Street.  Our  version, 
though,  is  somewhat  more  modest. 

Tate  Street  and  College  Hill;  both  have  a  quaint, 
unspoiled,  uncommercialized  charm. 

Some  are  quick  to  compare  our  rather  small 
playground  to  other,  larger,  perhaps  more  famouns 
playgrounds  their  friends  at  other  universities  have 
told  them  about.  They  speak  of  real  excitement,  of 
rock  clubs  and  nightclubs  that  rival  coliseums,  of 
loud  music  and  bright  lights  and  the  ability  to  do 
all  your  heart  desires. 

Ours  is  by  necessity  a  different,  more  understated 
approach  to  collegiate  recreation.  Despite  the  fact 
that  a  major  university  is  no  more  that  a  few  feet 


away,  the  Tate  Street/College  Hill  area  doesn't 
reflect  any  of  that  hussle  or  bustle. 

And  that's  probably  a  pretty  accurate  reflection 
of  UNC-G.  We  don't  have  a  football  team  here  and 
probably  never  will.  The  rabid  excitement  that  goes 
along  with  a  Division  One  powerhouse  stomping  the 
precious  bodily  fluids  out  of  a  Big  Ten  rival  simply 
does  not  exist  in  our  small  part  of  the  world. 

No  matter  how  much  we  try  to  tell  ourselves  to 
the  contrary,  most  of  us  aren't  real  party  animals. 
We're  artists,  scientists,  and  professionals,  capable 
of  understanding  all  of  the  subtleties  of  our  respec- 
tive crafts,  and  while  we  may  leave  the  classroom 
behind,  we  seldom  leave  the  academic  discipline  we 
learned  there.  It  follows  us  even  into  our  favorite 
taverns  and  coffeehouses. 


So  begins  the  Pine  Needles'  profile  of  Tate  Street 
and  College  Hill,  an  enigmatic  suburb  of  an  urban 
university  devoid  of  the  mass  hysteria  that  usually 
accompanies  college  life.  Right  now,  in  1986,  you 
may  not  know  this  cultural  institution  at  all.  But, 
fifty  or  so  years  from  now,  this  section  may  serve 
as  a  link  to  the  beginnings  of  your  adulthood— a  way 
of  rekindling  old  and  happy  memories  of  those 
simpler  days  gone  by. 

—David  Pugh 


New  York  Pizza 


Driving  down  Tate  Street,  looking  lazily  at  the 
various  shops  that  line  the  street,  one  quickly  notices 
one  establishment  that  is  unlike  any  other.  Even  to 
the  casual  passerby,  something  definitely  seems 
amiss.  At  the  corner  of  Walker  Avenue  and  Tate 
Street  is  a  squat,  white  building  so  stuffed  with  peo- 
ple it  seems  on  the  point  of  bursting.  Through  its 
large  smoked  glass  windows,  hundreds  of  silhouet- 
tes can  be  seen  undulating  m  the  hazy  darkness. 

It's  Tuesday,  and  this  madness  is  part  of  the  week 
ly  routing  for  the  crowd  at  New  York  Pizza, 

It  is  hard  to  communicate  the  overall  ambience 
of  an  extremely  crowded  university  tavern  if  you've 
never  experienced  it.  The  air  as  thick  as  Vanilla  pud- 
ding with  the  smells  of  stale  cigarette  smoke, 
perspiration  and  alcohol  all  mingled  together  for  a 
unique  olifactory  sensation;  loud  pop  music  oozes 
through  the  atmosphere  from  the  juke  box  in  the 
comer  that's  busy  cranking  out  the  latest  chart  top- 
pers; the  lights  are  soft  and  low.  making  everything 
from  the  clientele  to  the  tavern  itself  more  attrac- 
tive. From  the  kitchen  comes  a  piping  hot  pizza;  with 
it's  fresh  baked  aroma,  it  creates  attention  as  it 
glides  over  the  heads  of  patron  balanced  atop  a 
waitress's  steady  arm.  Then  there's  the  veritable 
river  of  beer  that  flows  from  the  bar,  pitcher  after 
pitcher  of  the  frothy  gold  stuff —sixteen  kegs  on  an 
average  Tuesday.  Only  it  can  wash  away  the  stress 
that  arises  from  too  many  hours  in  the  library  or 
too  much  time  staring  at  a  textbook. 


There,  in  the  perfect  darkness,  with  the  din  of  a 
serious  party  all  around,  deals  are  made,  relation- 
ships are  forged,  and  nerves  unwind.  Many  seem 
to  consider  this  the  very  pinnacle  of  collegiate  ex- 
istence and  perhaps  it  is.  The  Animal  Hoicse  mind- 
set is  a  real  thing  and  if  indulged  in  strategically 


can  be  very  rewarding,  at  least  in  the  short  run. 
Which  is  what  going  to  New  York  Pizza  on  a  Tues- 
day night  is  all  about.  Truly,  it's  a  zoo,  but  usually 
we're  ready  for  it.  NYP  is  for  the  harried,  neurotic 
beast  that  hides  behind  the  academic  facade,  and 
tonight  this  is  one  beast  looking  to  get  wild. 


College  Hill  Sundries 


It's  an  unassuming  little  tavern,  perched  on  the 
corner  of  Mendenhall  and  Spring  Garden.  Plants 
obscure  your  view  as  you  peer  in  and  try  to  check 
out  the  action. 

When  you  approach  the  entrance  door,  a  strange 
sensation  washes  over  you;  it's  like  stepping  into 
a  movie.  The  sounds  of  old  Motown  rattle  the 
frosted  glass  in  the  door.  Turning  the  brass  knob, 
you  push  the  door  open  and  step  inside.  The  walls 
are  of  dark  wood  and  the  lighting  is  indirect.  The 
mustacheoed  man  behind  the  bar  slowly  turns  to  the 
cash  register,  revealing  the  motto  on  his  T-shirt: 
"Located  in  Greensboro's  most  prominent  ghetto." 


Welcome  to  College  Hill  Sundries,  home  to  the 
greatest  jukebox  in  this  part  of  the  civilized  world. 

While  most  jukeboxes  do  little  more  than  provide 
irritation  for  the  vast  percentage  of  patrons  of  any 
tavern,  the  one  at  College  Hill  is  different.  It  doesn't 
have  any  current  pop  music.  That's  what  radios  are 
for.  Here,  things  are  different.  Consider  the  names. 

The  Talking  Heads.  Gene  Pitney.  The  Beatles. 
Marvin  Gaye.  The  Rolling  Stones.  Van  Morrison. 
Aretha  Franklin.  Creedece  Clearwater  Revival. 

This  kind  of  atmosphere  is  not  for  people  look- 
ing for  a  congested  good  time;  folks  wanting  a  chest- 
to-chest  rub  through  a  meat  market  are  advised  to 


go  somewhere  else.  Those  who  frequent  this  little 
tavern  do  so  often,  which  pleases  the  management 
just  fine.  The  beer  is  cold,  the  music  is  lively,  and 
the  people  are  upbeat. 

What  has  endeared  this  lowly  beer  bar  to  a  small 
but  loyal  following  is  its  atmosphere.  Here,  the 
fragrant  aroma  of  cold  imported  beers  mingles  with 
the  soft  smell  of  burning  tobacco,  creating  a  uni- 
que but  comfortable  ambiance.  Music  form  the  50s 
and  60s  helps  to  carry  us  back  to  another  time 
which,  and  that's  all  to  the  good.  At  a  time  in  our 
hves  when  all  we  do  is  expand  the  limits  of  our  short- 
term  memories,  it's  sometimes  nice  to  think  back 
a  little  farther  than  last  week. 


Friars'  Mr.  Jackson 


Mr.  Jackson  doesn't  give  interviews  anymore.  He 
says  that  every  so  often  for  the  last  decade,  another 
student  comes  by  from  yet  another  student  publica- 
tion and  asks  him  for  yet  another  interview. 
Sometimes,  two  students  from  the  same  publication 
come  by  during  the  same  week  and  ask  him  the 
same  question; 

"Mr.  Jackson,  I'd  like  to  interview  you  for  my 
story  in  the..." 

You  certainly  can't  fault  him.  Three  interviews 
a  year,  every  year  for  the  last  ten,  would  tend  to 
sour  one  towards  talking  to  cub  reporters. 

And  you  can't  really  fault  the  aspiring  writers 
either;  they  are  just  trying  to  seize  on  a  good  story 
idea.  Mr.  Jackson  is  an  interesting  character  and 
has  been  selling  fine  wine  and  gourmet  coffee  for 
about  as  long  as  anybody  can  remember.  And  his 
place  is  quaint  and  quiet,  filled  with  the  sort  of  com- 
fortable clutter  that  can  captivate  even  regulars  for 
hours. 

Sure,  Friar's  is  the  kind  of  place  that  we  as 


students  keep  coming  back  to  because  it's  so  much 
more  fun  than  a  regualr  convenience  store.  It's  a 
place  that  feels  good,  like  an  old  pair  of  slippers. 
Mr.  Jackson  has  even  seen  fit  to  paste  the  conser- 
vative and  commonsencical  sayings  of  Calvin 
Coobdge  on  the  wall,  clipped  from  the  various  times 
Newsweek  has  honored  his  homespun  philosophy 
for  doing  business  and  getting  things  done.  This  lit- 
tle collection  of  his  wisdom  is  taped  to  the  wall  next 
to  the  tables  where  patrons  nibble  on  bagels  and 
slurp  down  expresso. 

And  the  way  Mr.  Jackson  runs  Friar's  is  just  as 
satisfyingly  unpretentious.  Everything  is  very  much 
up-front.  'There  is  no  question  about  how  fresh  the 
coffee  is;  you  grind  it  yourself.  If  tea  is  your  bag, 
it's  his  too,  with  more  that  seventy-five  flavors  sit- 
ting on  the  shelf.  In  fact,  almost  all  the  little  things 
that  make  life  pleasant  can  be  found  in  Mr. 
Jackson's  little  store. 

So  it's  okay  if  you  don't  want  to  do  interviews 
anymore,  Mr.  Jackson.  We  still  love  you  anyway. 


Sav-Way 

On  the  surface,  it  may  appear  strange  U)  celebrate 
a  supermarket  in  a  college  yearbook,  but  in  a  very 
certain  sense  it  needs  to  be  dune. 

This  is  no  ordinary  supermarket.  This  is  the  Sav- 
Way.  This  is  where  we  buy  toothpaste  and  beer  and 
munchies  and  beer  and  hot  dogs  and  beer  and  sodas. 

And  beer.  They  sell  a  lot  of  beer  at  the  Sav-Way— 
ventable  mountains  of  twelve  packs.  It's  reasonably 
priced  and  most  college  students  are  on  a  very  low 
budget,  and  we  all  know  what  that  means:  Schaefer 
or  Blatz  or  whatever's  on  sale. 

A  l)eer  supermarket  is  very  convergent.  Of  course 
they  sell  all  the  other  necessaties  that  make  life 
worth  living— toilet  paper,  toothpaste,  roach  bombs 
and  such.  They're  open  late,  so  if  you  run  out  of 
something  at  the  proverbial  last  minute  you  can  still 
run  to  the  Sav-Way.  Just  be  sure  to  slip  in  before 
they  lock  the  door. 

But  convenient  store  hours  and  good  prices  on 
beer  are  not  the  reason  we  are  devoting  space  to 
this  establishment.  Instead,  consider  this;  during 
a  four  year  stint  year  at  UNC-G,  it's  almost  impossi- 
ble to  have  not  gone  to  the  Sav-Way  at  least  once 
a  week  if  not  more  often. 

So  when  you  look  back  on  your  college  career 
years  from  now,  think  that  you  may  have  only  had 
two  semesters  in  an  English  classroom,  just  on  year, 
but  you've  spent  four  going  to  the  Sav-Way. 

^'The place  used  to  have  a  reputation  all  over  the  city 
as  a  place  you  shouldn't  be  after  dark.  It  was  kind  of 
dark  and  sleazy  and  people  worried  a  lot  about  getting 
mugged  or  just  hassled.  There 's  not  too  much  of  that  left 
now  -  and  that's  a  shame. " 

-  a  ''Tate-streeter" 


Last  Act 


It's  a  sleepy  Wednesday  night  at  The  Last  Act, 
a  small,  rather  unobtrusive  restaurant  and  bar  on 
Tate  Street.  Scattered  clumps  of  people  huddle  in 
quiet  corners,  sharing  a  drink  and  a  moment.  Time 
slips  by  and  early  evening  becomes  late  evening.  As 
another  midnight  approaches,  something  happens 
again  as  it  has  happened  dozens  of  times  before. 

Almost  directly  across  the  street,  a  show  lets  out 
of  Aycock  Auditorium.  As  it  does,  this  sleepy  tavern 
fills  with  boisterous  theatre  patrons  stopping  for  a 
nightcap  and  a  long  talk  about  the  production 
they've  just  seen.  But  as  time  slips  by  an  interesting 
change  occurs.  The  theatre-goers  are  gradually 
replaced  by  performers.  Soon,  the  back  porch  is  in- 
vaded and  occupied  by  actors  and  technicians,  all 
gesticulatmg  wildly  as  they  rerun  the  show  they've 
just  performed.  They  laugh  and  crack  endless  in- 
jokes.  talking  about  the  insanities  and  inanities 
they've  had  to  endure  druing  the  course  of  putting 
on  their  show. 

It  seems  this  particular  nightspot  fulfills  two  pur- 
poses for  us  at  UNC-G.  It  gives  those  in  the  per- 
forming arts  community  a  chance  to  blow  off  a  lit- 
tle steam  and  it  provides  the  rest  of  us  a  chance  to 
see  them  as  real  people  doing  the  things  real  peo- 
ple do. 


ARA 

Herb  Eats  Here 
(And  So  Do  We) 


When  many  of  us  first  came  to  UNC- 
G,  the  spectacle  of  the  ARA  cafeteria  in- 
trigued us  for  reasons  we  could  never 
really  comprehend.  The  food  wasn't  par- 
ticularly good;  not  bad  for  institutional 
fare  but  certainly  nothing  to  alert  the 
media  about.  It  isn't  much  in  terms  of 
restaurant  atmosphere,  either,  resembl- 
ing a  barn  more  than  a  place  where 
civilized  people  would  gather  to  break 
bread  and  share  the  end  of  the  day. 

Still,  we  come  back,  meal  after  meal, 
year  after  year— drawn  for  reasons  we 
can  never  really  figure  out.  Even  when 
we  eventually  move  off  campus, 
establishing  our  own  places,  we  return 
like  salmon  swimming  upstream  to  our 
birthplace. 

Maybe  that  analogy  is  a  little  heavy  and 
sounds  a  bit  strange,  but  it's  certainly  no 
stranger  than  some  of  the  goings-on  in 
either  of  the  four  dining  halls. 

Consider  the  people  dressing  up  in  the 
latest  fashions— straight  out  of  Rolling 
Stone  or  Glaynour— just  to  eat  a 
cheeseburger  in  ARA.  And  let's  not 
forget  the  sight  of  an  entire  freshman  hall 
marching  to  the  cafeteria  to  eat  en  masse, 
looking  more  like  a  platoon  of  lost 
Marines  than  college  students;  well- 
dressed  girls  clamoring  for  the  highest 


profile  spots  in  State,  the  Scope-i-teria; 
entire  tables  in  North  filled  with  actors 
dressed  in  the  bizarre  working  costumes 
of  the  day.  Then  there's  the  Mausoleum- 
Spencer— the  quiet  room  in  the  back. 
Complete  with  vaulted  ceilings,  it 
possesses  a  hushed  atmosphere  that  feels 
more  like  a  church  than  a  college 
cafeteria. 

What  is  the  attraction?  What  are  we 
looking  for'?  If  it's  not  the  food  or  the  at- 
mosphere, what  is  it  that  brings  us  back 
time  and  time  again? 

Perhaps,  it  is  the  "us"  in  the  last  state- 
ment. Maybe,  just  maybe,  the  cafe  is  a 
familiar  stomping  ground  where  we  can 
be  comfortable;  a  place  where  the  strong 
bonds  of  friendship  are  formed  again  and 
again.  Chances  are,  some  of  us  will  marry 
a  person  we  met  in  the  dining  hall.  Others 
may  start  a  business  or  create  a  partner- 
ship lasting  for  decades  over  "just  one 
more  cup  of  coffee"  at  lunch. 

Home  is  where  the  heart  is,  or  in  this 
case,  where  the  stomach  is.  The  cafeteria, 
like  the  kitchen  table  of  our  parents' 
homestead,  is  where  plans  are  drawn  and 
dreams  are  realized. 

Man  does  not  live  by  bread  alone.  In  the 
case  of  the  ARA  cafeteria,  that  homily  is 
definitely  true. 

—David  Pugh 


From  the  simple  to  the 
philosophically  intricate,  from  good- 
humored  to  obscene,  graffiti  is  alive 
and  well  at  UNCG.  And  students 
seem  to  like  it  that  way. 

Starting  from  the  "Rock"  in  front 
of  the  cafeteria  (where  crudely 
painted  slogans  have  long  been  tradi- 
tion), grafitti  artists  have  spread  their 
sometimes  artful,  mostly  awful, 
messages  across  the  UNCG  campus. 
From  "TKE"  spray-painted  on  grass 
and  sidewalks  to  the  proverbial 
writing  on  the  (bathroom)  walls,  very 
little  of  UNCG  has  escaped  the  touch 
of  pen  or  paint. 

"We  have  rules  about  graffiti,"  said 
a  UNCG  Residence  Hall  director. 
"But  people  don't  seem  to  take  them 
seriously."  He  pointed  to  the  scrawl- 
ed "Dork"  which  has  adorned  the 


back  of  North  Spencer  Hall  for  more 
than  5  years  now  as  evidence  of  his 
claim.  Campus  Security  is  working  ti  > 
crack  down  on  graffiti  and  prevent 
further  defacement  of  school  proper- 
ty, citing  the  money  wasted  each  year 
in  repairing  damage  done  by 
graffiteers. 

But  for  the  people  who  found 
"heaven  on  the  7th  floor"  of  Cone 
Hall,  thought  Bill  the  Cat  should  run 
and  win  as  a  presidential  candidate, 
or  thought  TKE  and  Alpha  Delta  Pi 
were  important  enough  to  tattoo  a 
sidewalk  for,  graffiti  can  be  a  form  of 
honest  self-expression.  And  while  that 
energy  might  possibly  find  better 
outlets,  it  is,  in  itself,  a  very  impor- 
tant and  precious  quality,  one  that 
UNCG  should  hang  on  to. 

—Mark  A.  Corwm 


5^  'foo" 


t'' 


r&:  K- 


H"^^ 
^..^''^. 


?>^ 


">  * 


\V 


w 


•^C/,y 


-o<^ 


Making  Changes: 

Spencer  Is  Renovated 


"Yes,  we  will  be  renovating  both 
Spencer  halls  this  year,"  said  one 
Residence  Life  official.  But  most  students 
were  skeptical— after  all,  they'd  heard 
about  renovations  beginning  there  for  the 
last  two  years  with  nothing  materializing. 
When  so  many  female  students  enrolled 
that  North  Spencer  had  to  be  kept  open 
for  the  fall  most  people  gave  up  on  even 
slim  hopes.  "Maybe  next  year,"  was  the 
consensus. 

But  spring  semester  brought  a  new 
story.  Students  arrived  back  from  the 
Christmas  break  to  find  fenced  off  like  a 
prisoner  of  war  camp  and  fronted  by 
large  semi-trailers  filled  with  construc- 
tion parts.  Within  days  even  more 
evidence    began    to    surface— tons    of 


plaster  carted  away  by  trucks,  holes 
smashed  in  outer  walls,  tiny  one-man 
bulldozers  running  in  and  out  of  base- 
ment doors  with  load  after  load  of  crush- 
ed cement  and  dirt.  Peering  in  through 
blindless  windows,  students  no  longer 
saw  cozy  dorm  rooms,  but  packs  of 
workmen  who  peered  back  with  just  as 
much  interest.  It  wasn't  long  before 
everyone  realized  this  time,  the  renova- 
tions were  for  real. 

And,  just  as  suddenly,  they  were 
forgotten— becoming  little  more  than  an 
oddity  to  glimpse  on  your  way  to  and 
from  class.  Beyond  the  edge  of  the  cam- 
pus proper,  across  from  McNutt  Center, 
half  a  block  of  houses  and  an  old  church 
were  leveled  as  just  another  part  of  the 


university's  Master  Plan  for  expansion. 
And  only  high  rise  residents  glimpsed  the 
clearing  of  a  large  part  of  the  woods 
behind  Cone  Hall  to  make  way  for 
another  parking  lot.  In  all,  very  little  fuss 
was  made  about  the  whole  affair.  Accor- 
ding to  Residence  Life,  that  made  them 
very  happy. 

Now  finally  started,  renovations  and 
building  will  be  a  part  of  the  day  to  day 
life  of  UNCO  students  for  years  to  come. 
As  the  new  Physical  Activities  Complex 
and  Art  Center  begin  construction  and 
other  projects  are  brought  up  to  speed, 
there  is  only  one  thing  for  certain— the 
campus  of  the  future  will  never  be  quite 
the  same  as  it  was  in  1986. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


The  Miss  Neo-Black 
Society  Pageant  1985 


A  standing  room  only  crowd  packed  Cone 
Ballroom  October  4th  for  a  chance  to  see  what 
posters  and  other  advertisements  had  billed  as 
"Crystal  Images  of  Class.  Elegance,  and  Beauty." 
What  they  came  away  with  were  memories  of  a  Miss 
Neo-Black  Society  Pageant  notable  for  both  enter- 
tainment and  quality.  And,  for  many  members  of 
the  audience,  there  was  a  clearer  understanding  of 
the  NBS  as  an  organization  made  up  of  people 
rather  than  just  people  of  a  single  race.  Because  the 
Miss  NBS  pageant  is  not  just  a  "black"  event,  but 
an  event  of  people.  The  talent,  enthusiasm,  and  feel- 
ing shown  there  each  year  transcends  petty  racial 
bounds  -  and  for  that  reason  it  is,  as  one  audience 
member  put  it,  and  "eye  opening  experience  for 
anyone  who  hasn't  ever  come  to  one  before." 

Eight  contestants  vied  for  the  covented  Miss  NBS 
title  in  competition  through  several  different 
categories.  A  reception  prior  to  the  pageant  itself 
gave  judges  Bettina  Shuford,  Pat  Bethea,  Emory 
Rand,  Brenda  Cooper  and  Mike  Stewart  and  chance 
to  meet  the  contestants  and  judge  their  interper- 
sonal skills.  The  actual  pageant  began  with  an  in- 
troduction by  NBS  president  Antonia  Monk,  the 
singing  of  the  Black  National  Anthem,  and  the  in- 
troduction of  emcees  Cynthia  Moore  (a  former  Miss 
NBS  and  UNCG  Homecoming  Queen)  and  Robert 
Bryant,  a  member  of  UNCG's  basketball  squad. 
They  introduced  the  opening  event  of  the  pageant, 
a  dance  involving  all  the  contestants  to  the  song 
"Rhythm  of  the  Night." 


The  real  competition  began  after  the  dance  and 
situational  dress  segments  were  done  -  and  after 
a  break  provied  by  the  NBS'  Ebony  in  Motion  Dance 
Company.  When  it  came  time  for  the  talent  com- 
petition, the  contestants  launched  into  it  with  in- 
credible vigor. 

An  original  monologue  by  freshman  Telia  Hand 
began  the  segment  on  a  very  positive  note  as  "To- 
day's Black  Woman,"  and  sophomore  Sabrina 
Butler  kept  it  in  motion  with  a  dance  performed  to 
the  song  "Prime  Time." 

A  more  classical  chord  was  struck  by  freshman 
Rojulyanne  Finch,  who  played  the  piano,  and 
another  freshman,  Audrey  Barbour,  who  perform- 
ed a  spoken  piece  by  Nikki  Giovanni.  Following 
them  was  Angel  Strong,  who  performed  a  vocal  ren- 
dition of  "The  Greatest  Love  of  All"  that  brought 
the  audience  to  its  feet. 

But  not  failing  to  continue  the  momentum  was 
Qwanda  Loftin.  whose  tribute  in  music  and  words 
to  Billie  Holiday  was  another  audience  favorite  -  but 
the  hit  of  the  talent  competition  was  Viveva 
Williams,  whose  rendition  of  "Amazing  Grace"  on 
the  flute  was  absolutely  electrifying.  Following  this 
very  hard  act  to  follow  in  fine  form  was  Kathy 
Gates,  who  sang  "He  is  My  All"  to  end  the 
competition. 

After  another  break  with  entertainment  by  Ruth 
McClary  and  Andre  Minkins  singing  a  duet  of 
"Secret  Lovers,"  the  ladies  reappeared  on  stage 
with  escorts  from  NC  A&T  University's  ROTC  and 


iP^Wl^^^^^F^B^^ 

^P^^H 

W^  B  m  ^^^m  »    W¥    ^ 

K'^^^ 

I^^^^^^^^^B 

iff 

|f 

^^^^^^^rN^#  ^       J 

W' 

^BjrAwy        -^r 

J 

i   ^^fc^,L-^B 

1^ 

^■L   <  ^^^^RMr    ^^^^1 

w 

%kF^  1  ^          ^Gb&Hl 

I 

Jljj^^Hf  V    &     1  1^     ^^^^1 

■ 

Outgoing  Miss  NBS  Angel  Chavis  hugs  the  new  queen, 
Kathy  Gates. 


passed  beneath  swords  upheld  by  A&T's  Sabre 
Guard.  There,  they  answered  questions  pulled  at 
random  from  a  glass  bowl  which  asked  their  opi- 
nions on  issues,  how  they  would  behave  in  certain 
situations,  or  what  they  would  if  given  a  special  op- 
portunity. Of  all  categories,  this  one  served  up  the 
most  cheers  and  the  most  heartbreaks  as  they  voted 
their  opmions  of  their  favorite  contestants'  words. 
Unlike  may  pageants  where  such  questions  are 
simply  wmdow  dressing,  judges  were  told  that  one 
of  the  main  attributes  they  were  to  look  for  was  how 
well  the  future  Miss  NBS  could  express  herself  in 
public  and  think  on  her  feet.  The  results  showed  this 
markedly. 

Miss  NBS  1984-85.  Angel  Chavis.  took  a  final 
walk  onstage  prior  to  the  crowning  of  the  new  win- 
ner to  music  and  a  taped  farewell  message.  And  as 
she  sat  by  and  watched  from  the  back  of  the  stage. 
the  presentations  were  made. 

To  the  approval  of  the  audience,  Viveca  Williams 
beat  a  path  to  and  from  the  podium  as  she  recieved 
awards  as  Miss  Congeniality,  Most  Talented,  and 
as  second  runner-up.  Qwanda  Loftin  was  then  nam- 
ed as  the  first  runner  up. 

After  a  tense  moment,  Kathy  Oates  was  finally 
named  as  the  new  Miss  NBS  1985-86.  After  hugg- 
ing her  predecessor  as  Chavis  placed  the  crown  on 
her  head,  she  made  her  way  up  the  center  runway 
to  wave  tearfully  to  the  audience  amidst  a  blaze  of 
flashbulbs. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Living  &  Learning: 
UNCG's  Residential  College 


R.C.— A  Combination  of  Philosophy  &  Fun 


7:30  a.m.  The  alarm  screams  at  you. 
Your  body  sleeps  on  as  your  brain 
registers  the  fact  that  you  have  a  nine 
o'clock  class.  No  sweat.  You  slap  the 
snooze  button  with  satisfaction  and 
roll  back  over  into  slumberland.  Your 
bare  feet  finally  hit  the  floor  at  ten  till 
nine. 

While  most  would  panic  at  such  a 
tardy  awakening,  you  yawn. 
Everything  is  under  control,  for  your 
class  does  not  meet  in  some  God  for- 
saken wasteland  such  as  the  B&E 
Building,  but  right  in  your  own  living 
room.  So  you  head  downstairs  with 
your  cup  of  Java,  and  you  don't  care 
about  your  tousled  appearance, 
because  this  is  the  Residential  Col- 
lege, where  it's  the  stuff  between 
your  ears  that  counts  the  most.  Peo- 
ple around  here  are  more  impressed 
with  statements  of  intellectual 
rebellion  than  Calvin  Klein  jeans  or 
perfectly  arranged  eyelashes.  There's 


too  much  to  THINK  about,  too  many 
UNRESOLVED  and  VITAL  ques- 
tions to  answer  for  once  and  for  all: 
what  is  the  purpose  of  cheesy  poetry? 
Just  who  did  actually  kill  that  folded 
dog?  Can  ear-wax  statues  be  con- 
sidered art?  Did  Socrates  have  his 
head  screwed  on  straight,  or  was  he 
crazy  like  the  rest  of  us?  Inquiring 
minds  want  to  know. 

Murray  Arndt,  director  and  guru  of 
the  Residential  College,  will  advise 
students  to  put  aside  for  the  time  be- 
ing their  professional  money- 
grubbing  aspirations,  and  instead  to 
experience  life  and  learning  as 
"amateurs."  An  amateur  partakes  in 
a  venture  not  for  money,  but  because 
it  brings  a  joyous  intellectual  satisfac- 
tion. Therefore,  an  amateur  student 
is  fascinated  by  Walt  Whitman,  not 
burdened.  This  intellectual  environ- 
ment, embodied  by  the  Residential 
College,  will  ideally  create  an  in- 


tuitive,   reflective    and    sensitive 
student. 

Ideology  aside,  living  in  Mary  Foust 
can  be  one  hell  of  a  lot  of  fun.  There 
is  always  some  sort  of  craziness  go- 
ing on  somewhere,  whether  it's  tur- 
ning the  second  floor  women's 
bathroom  into  a  steamroom  or  a  for- 
bidden "tea-party"  on  the  roof  when 
the  R.D.  is  out  of  town.  Futhermore, 
when  you  live  in  Mary  Foust,  you  are 
liable  to  know  just  about  everyone 
elsethat  inhabits  the  place. 
Sometimes  this  fact  can  drive  you 
crazy,  but  it  usually  promotes  a  real 
sense  of  family.  Everybody's  family 
drives  them  a  liitle  crazy,  right?  At 
R.C.,  however,  it  is  a  constructive 
craziness,  an  intellectual  intensity,  a 
philosophical  free-for-all  that  makes 
its  participants  look  at  the  world,  not 
as  it  is,  but  as  it  ought  to  be. 

Mike  Read 


Art 

On 

Paper 


The  21st  Annual  Art  On  Paper  Exhibit  and  a  suc- 
cession of  visiting  artists  highlighted  the  Weathers- 
poon  Art  Gallery's  twenty-fifth  year  at  UNC-G.  The 
various  MFA  thesis  exhibits  in  the  spring  semester 
had  welcome  company  with  a  combined  faculty  show 
in  April. 

Fall  1 985  got  off  to  a  positive  start  with  the  news 
that  the  North  Carolina  state  legislature  voted  to 
match  gallery  funds  to  build  a  new  art  center  here 
at  the  school  by  1990.  This,  of  course,  will  mean  ad- 
ditional space,  space  that  is  vital  if  the  gallery  is 
ever  to  show  many  of  the  pieces  that  are  part  of 
the  permanent  collection.  The  collection  is 
predominantly  20th  century  American  art  and  is 
valued  at  around  15  million  dollars.  The  Greensboro 
community  provides  most  of  the  financial  support 
for  the  gallery.  Many  of  the  works  have  come  from 
private  donations. 

A  retrospective  on  B.J.O.  Nordfeldt,  an  early  20th 
century  American  expressionist,  was  the  year's  first 
exhibit.  During  his  eclectic  career  Nordfeldt  work- 
ed in  virtually  every  major  style  of  this  century. 

Thret'  visitmg-  artists  came  in  the  Fall  through  the 
support  uf  the  HerLtert  and  Louise  Falk  Visiting  Ar- 
tist Endowment.  Gary  Burnley  showed  his  unusual 
spherical  sculptures  and  colorfully  designed  rugs 
that  visitors  were  encouraged  to  tread  on.  Michael 
Zwack,  a  fairly  successful  artist  living  in  New  York 
City,  displayed  his  "Golden  Warriors"  portraits  and 
"History  of  the  World"  landscapes.  These  works 
transformed  photographs  from  National  Geographic 
into  earthy,  timeless  pieces.  Mike  Smith  entertain- 
ed everyone  with  his  performing  character  known 
as  Mike  Smith.  He  domostrated  new  possibilities  for 
video,  performance,  and  Moon  Pies.  Arrangements 
for  the  visiting  artists  were  made  by  Donald  Droll 
and  Sue  Canning. 

The  highlight  of  the  year  was  probably  the  21st 
.\nnual  Art  On  Paper  Exhibition,  sponsored  by  the 
Dillard  Paper  Co.  and  the  Weatherspoon  Guild.  It 
impressed  viewers  with  its  variety,  much  expand- 
ed from  past  years.  Included  in  the  show  were  works 
by  several  vi'ell-known  artists  from  the  present  and 
works  on  paper  by  artists  from  the  first  half  of  the 
century.  The  Art  department  faculty  was  well 
represented.  Many  of  these  works  were  high  points 
vf  the  show.  Galler>-  director  Bert  Carpenter  show- 
ed, as  did  John  Maggio,  who'd  already  had  a  one- 
man  show  earlier  in  the  year,  "My  Wilderness",  an 
unusual  black  and  white  illustration  created  by  Marc 
Eisenberg  out  of  paper,  acrylic,  and  sand,  was 
chosen  to  become  part  of  the  Dillard  collection  of 
the  gallery. 

Two  works,  "Fire  and  Rain"  by  Elizabeth  Mur- 
ray and  "Open  Air"  by  John  Marshall,  were  donated 
to  the  gallery  by  various  donors  in  honor  of  Assis- 
tant Director  Donald  Droll,  who  had  died  shortly 
after  the  show  opened.  The  works  have  in  common 
a  free  painterly  style  with  no  focal  point.  A 
memonaJ  service  was  held  in  the  gallery  area,  a  sad 
postscript  to  an  exciting  year  of  visual  fine  art. 
—Cary  Wilson 


% 


'1^Mf-< 


4% 


■^X\e 


TA^** 


nH®' 


,d<^' 


f^^^ 


V\o^ 


.^v^ 


^^ 


■A^ 


^o^ 


.v3\v^ 


^^^ 


^^.0 


^ 


^ 


GV3^ 


-4-   V/     '9      -O 


Q- 


'%. 


V^. 


^ 


^<:^/ 


BELLA  ABZUG 

Wednesday,  September  4 

8:1  5  p.m.  Aycock  Auditorium 

A  controversial  attorney,  lecturer,  author, 
congresswoman  and  advisor  to  former  President 
Carter,  Bella  Abzug  stands  at  the  forefront  of  those 
concerned  with  the  human  condition. 


EIKOANDKOMA 

Wednesday,  September  1 1 

8: 1 5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

A  merging  of  Japanese  theatre  movement, 
German  modern  dance  of  the  Bauhaus  era  and  the 
excellence  of  modern  American  dance  combined 
in  the  choreography/movement  theatre  of  Eiko 
and  Koma. 

NORTH  CAROLINA  SYMPHONY 
CHARLES  TREGER,  violin  soloist 

Friday,  September  1 3 

Wednesday,  January  22 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

The  first  State  supported  symphony  in  the 
nation,  continues  the  tradition  of  excellence  with  its 
fall  performance  featuring  solo  violinist  Charles 
Treger. 

FREDERICAVONSTADE 
Tuesday,  September  1 7 
8: 1 5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 
internationally      renowned      mezzo     soprano, 
Frederica    VonSfade    brings    the    excellence    of 

Netherlands  Dance  Theatre 


professional  opera  to  audiences  where  ever  she 
performs.  Her  voice  has  been  called  a  treasure  of 
the  musical  world. 

AMBASSADOR  ABBA  EBAN 
Wednesday,  October  1 6 
8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Acknowledged  as  probably  the  World's  most 
articulate  speaker,  Abba  Eban  has  been  at  the 
center  of  Israeli  politics  since  the  state  was  estab- 
lished in  1949.  He  has  served  at  United  Nations 
ambassador,  ambassador  to  Washington,  Deputy 
Prime  Minister  and  Foreign  Minister. 

UNC-G  DANCE  COMPANY 

Friday,  November  22 

Saturday,  November  23 

Friday,  April  18 

Saturday,  April  1 9 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

The  UNC-G  Dance  Company  each  year 
produces  exciting  interpretations  of  classical  and 
modern  choreography  including  the  work  of  guest 
choreographers  such  as  Aiwin  Nikolais,  Cliff 
Keuterand  Satoru  Shimizaki. 

HORACiO  GUTIERREZ 

Sunday,  November  24 

8: 1 5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

A  pianist  of  unsurpassed  artistry  and  inter- 
pretative ability,  Horacio  Gutierrez  has  been 
critically  hailed  in  performance  around  the  world. 


UNIVERSITY  CONCE 

The    University   of   North    Carolina   at   Greensboro      • 


GARY  BURTON 

Friday,  January  17 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Jazz  vibraphone  artist,  Gary  Burton,  is  known 
for  his  interpretative  jazz  duets  with  outstanding  ar- 
tists including  Chick  Corea,  Pat  Metheny  and  Mick 
Goodrick.  Burton  borrowed  from  contemporary 
rock  and  traditional  jazz  for  a  fusion  of  style 
tradition  equally  his  own. 


STUFF  AS  DREAMS  ARE  MADE  ON 
with  FRED  CURCHACK 

Tuesday,  January  28 
8: 1  5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Writer,  performer  Curchack  in  a  solo  perfor- 
mance which  traces  the  breakdown  of  an  actor 
who  tries  to  play  all  the  roles  in  Shakespeare's 
comedy  The  Tempest.  Can  the  diverse  characters 
of  this  comedy  coexist  in  one  actor's  mind  and 
body?  A  theatrical  fable  for  our  times. 


NATIONAL  THEATRE  OF  THE  DEAF 

Wednesday,  March  26 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

A  theatre  which  speaks  with  two  voices:  one  for 
the  ear  and  another  for  the  eye.  Blending  the 
spoken  word  and  sign  language.  National  Theatre 
of  the  Deaf  has  created  a  new,  exciting  theatre 
form.  (Special  school  and  group  rates  available  for 
this  performance,  contact  our  box  office.) 


UNC-G  OPERA 

Friday,  April  1 1 

Saturday,  April  1 2 

8: 1 5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Sunday,  April  1 3 

2: 1 5  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Students  of  the  School  of  Music  and  UNC-G 
Theatre  combine  each  season  to  present  the  best 
in  opera  performance. 


4 


GUARNERI  STRING  QUARTET 

Sunday,  April  20 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

A  return  performance  after  several  years'  ab- 
sence, the  Guarneri  String  Quartet  brings  their 
nationally  renowned  and  artistically  excellent  inter- 
pretation of  classical  chamber  music  favorites  to 
Greensboro  audiences. 


NETHERLANDS'  TOURING  COMPANY 

Tuesday,  April  29 

8:15  p.m.,  Aycock  Auditorium 

Originating  from  their  performance  residence  in 
the  Hague,  the  Netherlands'  Touring  Company 
gives  approximately  50  performances  abroad. 
Whether  performing  at  Rome's  Olimpic, 
Metropolitan  Opera,  or  Wolf  Trap,  they  leave 
audiences  spellbound,  giving  great  performances 
with  a  a  style  between  classical,  free  and  acrobatic 
which  is  the  trademark  of  Jiri  Kylian.  artist  director. 

All  Programs  Subject  to  Change 


IT*  LECTURE  SERIES 

reensboro,  North  Carolina     27412-5001    •    379-5546 


■I  I  #  <"  1 


L' 


E^M, 


S£R©. 


No""^' 


,',S.5«»   • 


uH\V,t?3- 


Eiko  &  Koma 


'VKsmemsmss^Bi 


Lighting  by  Blu 

GRAIN 

Premiere:  Kampo  Cultural  Center.  New  York.  February  1983 

Conceived  and  performed  by  Eiko  &  Koma 

Music:  Japanese.  Tibetan  and  Idonesian  Folk 

Sound  Recording:  Phil  Lee  of  Full  House  Productions 

"Grain"  lasts  approximately  one  hour,  and  is  performed  without  intermission. 
©1983,  Eiko  &  Koma.  All  rights  reserved. 

iliBi 


Mezzo-Soprano 

Frederica  von  Stade 


Martin  Katz,  Piano 
Program 

Gabriel  Faure    


Richard  Strauss 


Four  Songs 

"Les  Roses  d'Ispahan" 
"Mandoline" 
"Au  cimetiere" 
"La  Rose" 

Three  Liebeslieder 
"Rote  Rosen 


Gioacchino  Rossin 

Gioacchino  Rossin 
Intermission 

Aaron  Copland 
Virgil  Thompson 
Charles  Ives     .     .  , 
Charles  Ives     .  .  .  . 

Thomas  Pasatieri 
Joseph  Canteloub( 


Arnold  Schoenberg 


s 

Mk 

i 

c 

■vrv^p 

^1 

sc:-/" 

^ 

0   ^ 

^^^^ 

'P-    a 

i^^s 

0 

™[y™9^    L-  — 

i^^l 

F 

\  ^^Bj^^^^^^^H 

M  ■■'^^^B 

^^^^i 

u  ^H^^n 

^HHHI 

s    ^^^^^^ 

■Hi^H 

I   ^^^^^H 

^Hj^^H 

c 

^^^H 

■■»»»«'''»«««»t™row,w»<^^ 


Mu^^''    the  '^^' 
one  0] 


Fully 


^*^  '^  performer 


throws 


usic 


ducfl' 


tion. 


^cstra 


^'-^i^ssl 


^'^sicur. 


Lisa  Card-e'l 
■•^^       OeVane 


nlfer  Fanning 

Brian  Foll« 
ftnnaHar-e>l 

Randy  P®*^   '.^ 


K 


^; 


f^'Vers 


'"^d  n,,  ■ 


ATE  STUD^ 
tRADU^^        .  J  Arts 

D--*°^-'^ .e:  P'«^°Vum^nt3 


luiW' 


g,     ''''^ty  Men's  r,        °" 
f°^^  Choir        ^^''^Oub 

Opera     ""Sers 

'^^^'^  and  Aa 
'^°opernf      ^^'^ical  r 


-GTh 


''eatre) 


p^'^r::ch^.3traHn^^ 

niost 
cono 


ore 
ii"^^'''^'      Hon 


strin? 


77, 


'^'  U 


niva 


'^fNorH, 


""'^C'^end. 


'oiv 


uitfl^' 


ducting 


dflgo^ 


,,ition^ 


ice"' 


al  con 
.    ,.  u,ith  op--  .,„e/ 

N^"^^'     including  ^'2r  ^^  Sai 


^^reili 


com 
eleven- 
xoirtd  anc 
XheorV 
CornP 


^^■'^'^  fi;,, 


^^oo^s. '^.I'^P^on^t,^ 


^''Phoni^ 


Oi 


itiou 


%s'^'' 


Chop 


^n  Ma 


z^rka 


''^"^^SS" 


^^^"^.'.'^^■-?"^^ 


!;« I'-Sf"-.;. 


^"PA)o, 


^"P/10, 


"^u/n 


John 


Ste 


vens 


nium 


''''^n    &   tuba 

"^'P'   tuba 


^^gene 


^ndt 


^>^son 


-r:jS;:?E*^  '^ 


\^  aC^"^ 


,\a\'  v^a<^     ^ 


String 
Ensemble 


Collegium 
Musicum 


"5       ^ 
Q        S 


ii:  tn  U  u  Li.  :^ 


5:< 


9    en 
0  C£ 


lO  '-'  -o 
5  <  U  "5    ^ 

2:  uQ        <  _j 


w  5-  _^  ^ 


o  5  - 
I  °  ^ 


I-  U  U  2  U 


;  Q  Lu 

■  I  I  ^  . 

^  .2  c! 

o  o  S  ' 


O 


-D  —    c:  -±    o. 
Q  U  it  :^  1/5 


^■^ 


2  3 -5  H  "?-§~ 

en  S  ^  —    ra    o 
uj  Q  P  ^  Ji  CO 


Q 
O 

0 

z 


;;:q-q: 


-  I 

IS  uj  2  S  -2 
CO  j=  o  2  -S 


.2-1   §! 

^  5  ;^  ^_       -c  £   5 
c  -S  3  ^      U  I    S- 


t3  "O  r~  -;s 


:2:  oi-a 


(-  U  2  U  Q 


g   —     5  T3 

3  -o    a>  = 

13  cu  5  a; 
£  ^  -4  -o 
^  ^    c    ^ 


:S  E 


.c>c. 


-<j^%  %     X-  '■'6,  o.  'o  j's  %^  o    \  \    _      r 


.-^^ 


/■  'e 


y;;%::  oS^^^  \^^    ^ 


^-V/ 


f-^    °/'    ^A         L^n      <?^ 


"'4 


'e<-^ 


4^ 


A       /-)  O,         Or. 


^'^'^e  %/  v'7'^,        %  \  ■'<? 


^'^ 


^o' 


o  ^NS  ''^. 


''"^ 


''How  can  we  know  the  dancer  from  the  dance?" 

William  Butler  Yeats 


UNC^G 


AYCOOK  AUDITORIUM 


UCLS  BOX  OFFICE 


379-5546 


DANOE 
OOMPANY 


DIRECTOR 

Ann  Deloria 
PHOTO/DESIGN 

Kenton  Robertson 
DANCE 

Marcia  Pleuin 


NOVEMBER  22.   23 


Making  Writers: 

The  M.F.A.  Writing  Program 


"Raise  your  hand  if  you  want  to  be 
a  writer,"  says  prize-winning  poet 
and  novelist  Fred  Chappell.  Chap- 
pell's  face,  sometimes  so  grimly 
sinister  that  one  reviewer  described 
him  as  looking  like  he  just  knocked 
over  a  gas  station,  struggles  to  retain 
that  facade  and  suppress  his 
characteristic  shy  grin.  Most  of  his 
beginning  fiction  class  raise  their 
hands.  "All  right,"  he  says,  abandon- 
ing the  struggle,  "who  just  wants  to 
ivriteT'  The  chagrined  many  mentally 
kick  themselves  as  the  clever  few 
smile  and  nod. 

Lee  Zacharias,  the  author  of  Help- 
ing Muriel  Make  It  Through  The 
Night  and  Lessons,  tries  to  tactfully 
tell  a  young  woman  in  her  advanced 
fiction  workshop  that  her  long  novella 
is,  well,  hopeless.  She  decides  to  begin 
with  the  question  of  background 
details  and  overall  verisimilitude.  "I 
don't  mean  to  nitpick,  but  if  you  set 
a  story  in  Manhattan  you  ought  to  be 
able  to  spell  the  borough's  name  cor- 
rectly, especially  if  that's  your  title. 
And  I  can't  help  noting  that  the 
heroine  is  supposed  to  live  in  a  posh, 
upper-class  neighborhood,  but  you've 
given  her  a  Forty-Second  Street  ad- 
dress that  would  put  her  over  an  adult 
bookstore  or  peep  show.  This  reads 
like  you've  never  been  north  of 
Virginia."  The  author  looks  like  she'd 
like  to  crawl  under  her  chair;  mer- 
cifully, she  leaves  at  the  break  and 
doesn't  come  back. 

It's  a  difficult  business,  trying  to 
teach  people  how  to  write.  In  fact,  it's 
sometimes  impossible.  Oh,  natural 
talent  can  be  amplified  through  ap- 
plied discipline,  but  if  that  talent's  not 
there  to  begin  with  it's  a  lost  cause. 
The  faculty  of  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts 
in  Creative  Writing  Program  here  at 
UNC-G  would  be  the  first  to  admit 
that. 

"Of  course  the  workshop  can't  turn 
anyone  into  a  writer  who  isn't  already 
a  latent  one,"  says  Fred  Chappell. 
"WTiat  it  can  do  is  give  him  a  disciplin- 
ed avenue  in  which  to  exercise  his 
talents.  You  have  to  produce  a  certain 
amount  of  work,  work  that  is  read 
and  criticized  by  people  much  like 
yourself.  If  you're  lucky,  that  helps 
you  get  better." 

It  helped  me  get  better.  I  entered 
the  program  in  August  of  1981  and 
received  my  MFA  in  May  of  1983. 
The  longest  and  best  of  my  handful 
of  published  stories  was  written  to 
help  me  meet  my  requirement  of  fif- 


ty  pages  a  semester.  Well,  actually, 
it  was  written  to  keep  me  from  being 
bored  during  a  seminar  in 
Shakespeare's  Greek  and  Roman 
plays,  most  of  which  I  dislike,  but  I 
then  submitted  it  to  the  class.  If  I 
hadn't  taken  heed  of  what  the  visiting 
lecturer,  novelist  Mark  Smith,  and  the 
more  perceptive  students  said  about 
it  and  revised  it  accordingly,  it  would 
not  have  been  saleable.  Of  course,  if 
I  had  not  ignored  the  less  perceptive 
students,  like  the  fellow  who  com- 
pared it  to,  so  help  me  God,  Poe's 
"Cask  of  Armadillo"  [.sic],  I  would  not 
have  even  attempted  selling  it.  As 
with  any  kind  of  feedback,  you  have 
to  pick  out  what's  really  valuable  and 
disregard  the  rest. 

The  MFA  Writing  faculty  consists 
of  Fred  Chappell,  Lee  Zacharias,  Tom 
Kirby-Smith,  and  Robert  Watson. 
Zacharias  specializes  in  fiction,  Kirby- 
Smith  in  poetry;  Chappell  and  Wat- 
son teach  both.  There  are  also  classes 
in  playwriting  listed  in  the  Graduate 
School  catalog,  but  that's  deceptive, 
as    there's    not    been    a    seperate 


workshop  in  that  discipline  taught  in 
the  English  department  in  many 
years.  Watson  and  Chappell  have 
been  known  to  do  individual  tutorials 
in  it,  but  both  would  readily  admit  it 
is  not  their  specialty. 

These  four  people  have  different 
teaching  methods.  Some  are  active 
participants  and  don't  hesitate  to  tell 
a  student  to  ignore  everything 
everyone  else  said  in  class  and  then 
launch  into  a  lengthy  critique  of  what 
works  in  a  poem  or  story.  Others 
prefer  to  act  more  as  referees, 
monitoring  the  give-and-take  of  class 
discussion  but  letting  the  other 
students  supply  the  principal  feed- 
back. Both  approaches  work. 

Some  have  their  students  run  off 
photocopies  for  everyone  in  class. 
Others  prefer  to  read  the  students 
works  aloud.  Both  methods  have  their 
advantages  and  drawbacks.  Both  are 
preferable  to  what  we  had  to  do  when 
I  studied  Creative  Writing  as  an 
undergraduate  at  Chapel  Hill,  where 
we  had  to  carefully  type  out  our 
stories  on  sloppy  ditto  sheets  and 


crank  them  out  on  the  department's 
cantankerous  duplicating  machine. 
Our  hands  would  be  stained  for  days. 

It's  nice  to  know  we're  ahead  of 
Chapel  Hill  in  some  things.  In  fact, 
UNCG  has  what  is  widely  regarded 
as  one  of  the  finest  creative  writing 
programs  in  the  country.  The  pro- 
gram is  also  affiliated  with  The 
Greejisboro  Review,  one  of  the  more 
prestigous  literary  journals.  Works 
from  the  Renriew  are  often  anthologiz- 
ed; two  years  ago,  John  Updike 
selected  a  piece  entitled  "Morrison's 
Reaction"  for  the  annual  Best 
American  Short  Stories.  I  still 
remember  how  impressed  I  was  when 
Fred  read  the  story,  by  then-MFA 
candidate  Stephen  Kirk,  aloud  in  the 
workshop.  "That  should  be  published 
somewhere,"  I  thought. 

I  can't  speak  for  Steve  Kirk,  but  I 
do  know  this.  If  I  hadn't  entered  the 
program  here  I  might  still  be  a  writer, 
but  I'd  be  a  much  worse  one.  As  with 
everything  else,  we  should  be  grateful 
for  any  improvement. 

—Ian  McDowell 


The  MFA  "WvtV 

UNC-G 


a 


public  I! 

E.  L.  Od 


The  Virginia   Dare 


lla 


resents 
fading  W 

(iTOROW 


,  at  8ptt» 


pt.  1^ 

Room,   Al^^^^-^"^   "°^'^ 


UNCG  Theatre 


"'f. 


'o 


"Sr, 


\ 


^^Sf 


X, 


NORTH  CAROLINA  THEATRE  FOR 

YOUNG  PEOPLE 

announces 

1986  TOUR 


^^e^«' 


1,.  v.^-  -  ^otJ 


Nt<^<= 


*\e 


,eAN 


X>' 


„-.^cV^■^' 


,\ot 


^S^^^' 


M'^ 


O^^ 


;0\^ 


Yo^.^rrAd'^ 


\A' 


^\-oe^_ 


•'1,/ 


c     /%S/?C 


PARKWAY 
PLAYHOUSE 


39th  Season 
1985  ' 


'^^: 


,,M>'«<'>ss>''  ^,.«'"""^.-o^''■'"' 


.■^^- 


^^^"Cf'f,^'^' 


PV' 


:&4^'' 


.■.v^^' 


0,^Se' 


ctions  Offer  Colo: 
to  Theater-goers 


m 


.    I's  flagship  production,  .. 

to  be  a  popular  success,  to 
ratfieftfife  a  faculty  member.  The  gamb 
and  Soidk  Pacific  played  to  large  houi 


1  directed 


)n,      Ibsen-Reiiy ,  it  was  xcittteri  by  anotl 
nd      dent,  M.A.  candidate  Carolyn  Cole 
motional  struggle  betweer 
!nrth  Carolina  Black   fan 
:ed  by  the  death  of  their  g 


..  jlemishes  one  expects  of  an  unproducec 
iota,  but  it  boasted  good  characterizations  and  ; 
owerfol  climax.  Carolyn  Cole  shows  a  good  dea 


E  the  Fall,  Mow-  "the  Scottish  tragedy"  or  "the  Unmentionable"  ; 

member.  Karma  it  is  supposed  to  be  bad  luck  to  say  the  title  aloi 

:her  graduate  stu-  while  you  are  performing  it.  That  play  i 

',  Ms.  Cole's  story  William  Shakesf>eare's  Macbeth.  Then,  graduate  stu- 

n  two  sisters  in  a  dent  Scott  Price  will  mount  a  production  of  one  o{ 

mily,  a  struggle  Neil  Simon's  less  well-known  comedies,  the  wl  ' 

grandmother  and  sical  Fooh,  in  which  Simon  temporarily  abandot 

heir  inheritance,  life  in  contemporary  New  York  for  a  reworking  i 

f  an  unproduced  a  Russian  folktale  concerning  a  village  populate 


is  qu 


■  writing,  the  Spring  season  has  not  yet  whimsy .  y 

id  productions  that  will  have  become  past  price  of  a 

y  the  time  this  yearbook  comes  out  are  still  Future  dr 

.V  being  cast  or  in  the  early  stages  of  rehear-  ranging  a 

^_1.  First,  faculty  member  John  Sterling  Arnold  will 

direct  what  superstitious  actors  like  to  refer  to  as 


.  trip  from  the  South  Pacific  to  t\ 
from  realistic  rural  drama  to  SI 
was  a  trip  that  was  available  for  the 
;on  pass  to  this  University's  stages. 

tic  excursions  should  be  ju-' "■' 

nteresting. 

Ian  McDowell 


r 


» 


» 


A  look  at  some  of  the 
students,  administrators, 
and  faculty  members  who 
make  UNC-G  what 


Dr.  Chris  Anderson 

English 


Dr.  Chris  Anderson,  of  the  UNC-G  English 
Department,  clearly  loves  to  teach,  an  attitude  that 
many  might  find  refreshing  in  a  decade  when  so 
many  professors  seem  to  value  research  over 
classroom  instruction.  "I  got  into  this  business 
because  1  wanted  to  teach,"  says  Dr.  Anderson;  "I 
went  to  a  very  good  liberal  arts  college  and  fell  in 
love  with  the  life  of  a  teacher.  Even  to  this  day  I 
feel  most  like  myself  when  I'm  in  the  classroom. 
Writing  is  harder  for  me,  perhaps  more  of  a 
challenge,  but  teaching  is  what  comes  naturally." 

Which  doesn't  mean  that  he  is  completely  without 
interest  in  publication.  When  Pine  Needles  inter- 
viewed Dr.  Anderson  in  the  Fall  he  was  putting  the 
final  polish  on  his  first  book.  Reporting  the 
Apocalypse,  the  Rhetoric  of  Contemporary  American 
Nonfiction,  a  study  of  the  prose  styles  of  Tom  Wolfe, 
Truman  Capote,  Norman  Mailer,  and  Joan  Didion. 
At  the  same  time,  he  was  just  beginning  compar- 
ing Mailer's  Of  a  Fire  on  the  Momi  and  Wolfe's  The 
Right  Stuffmth  Michael  Collins'  book  on  the  Apollo 
moonshot  and  the  more  recent  autobiography  of 


Chuck  Yeager. 

These  may  seem  odd  subjects  of  study  for  a  man 
whose  dissertation  was  titled  "Rhetoric  and  the 
Limits  of  Language;  A  Study  of  Coleridge,  Carlyle 
and  Emerson." 

"What  I'm  interested  in  is  style— how  words  and 
sentences  work  in  non-fiction  prose.  I've  been  able 
to  move  from  English  Romanticism  to  Contem- 
porary American  non-fiction  because  I'm  not  real- 
ly tied  to  any  one  historical  period;  a  rhetorician  can 
afford  to  be  a  generalist." 

Despite  his  being  trained  primarily  as  a  Roman- 
ticist, Dr.  Anderson's  classroom  interests  have  in- 
deed moved  him  more  and  more  in  the  direction  of 
rhetoric  and  compostion  since  he  came  here  three 
years  ago  after  receiving  his  Ph.D.  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Washington.  His  main  responsibilities  now 
include  such  Composition  Theory  classes  as  English 
322  and  522,  where  he  describes  his  job  as  one  of 
"teaching  teachers  to  teach,"  and  English  661,  the 
graduate-level  course  in  the  history  of  Rhetoric.  "I 
think  of  myself  as  a  writing  teacher  more  than 


anything.  I  teach  writing  on  all  levels.  Indeed,  that's 
where  the  time  I  spend  in  the  classroom  and  that 
spent  behind  the  typewriter  feed  into  each  other. 
Half  of  the  articles  I  've  published  have  come  directly 
from  various  classroom  experiences. 

"I  very  much  like  my  students  here— particularly 
the  older  ones.  They're  very  bright,  but  unpreten- 
tious and  down-to-earth.  I  have  a  very  low  threshold 
for  preppiness,  and  UNC-G  has  relatively  little  of 
that.  This  place  is  unpretentious." 

That  distaste  for  pretension  may  have  been  a  fac- 
tor in  Dr.  Anderson's  decision  to  settle  here,  despite 
his  being  courted  by  a  prestigous  Northern  univer- 
sity. "UNC-G  just  seemed  like  a  sane,  comfortable, 
reasonable  place  to  teach.  People  do  a  lot  of  good 
work  here,  and  it's  turned  out  to  be  a  very  good 
place  for  me.  I've  grown  intellectually,  and  been  able 
to  develop  in  ways  I  wouldn't  at  other  places. 

"I  don't  miss  the  ivy  on  the  walls.  This  place  is 
like  one  of  the  really  good  Greensboro 
restaurants— Harry's  for  instance.  Good  food  and 
no  decor." 

Ian  McDowell 


Dr.  Randolph  Bulgin 

English 


With  his  grave  and  reserved  demeanor  and 
general  air  of  scholarly  dignity,  Dr.  Randolph  Bulgin 
seems  the  archetypical  professor  of  English 
literature.  Certainly,  it  does  not  take  a  visitor  to 
his  classroom  very  long  to  discover  that  his  air  of 
calm  formality  does  not  detract  from  the  intensity 
uf  his  committment  towards  his  field  and  his 
students. 

Dr.  Bulgin  received  his  Ph.D.  from  Princeton 
after  previously  attending  Davidson,  and  he  has  also 
studied  at  the  University  of  Bristol.  The  subject  of 
his  dissertation  was  T%e  Way  We  Live  Now.  a  work 
that,  while  having  gradually  been  recognized  as 
TroUope's  best  book,  is  not  the  one  by  that  author 
that  even  English  Majors  are  the  most  likely  to  have 
read.  In  the  Fall  of  1964  Dr.  Bulgin  began  his 
teaching  career  here  at  UNC-G.  where  he  is  one  of 
the  English  Department's  specialists  in  Victorian 
literature,  teachmg  the  19th  Century  English  novel. 
Yet  his  expertise  and  interests  extend  well  beyond 
that  particular  area;  anyone  who  has  taken  Enghsh 
549  (Literary  Criticism:  The  Major  Texts)  under  him 
soon  realizes  that  he  is  a  bit  of  a  neoclassicist  and 
a  definite  adnurer  of  Samuel  Johnson. 

At  first  he  seems  reluctant  to  accept  the  former 
designation.  "Well,  I  suppose  that  I  am,  but  I'm  not 
sure  that  the  old  distinctions  between  Neoclassicism 
and  Romanticism  really  mean  that  much.  I  think 
that  all  really  great  works  of  literature  have  a  foot 
m  both  camps,  no  matter  what  the  larger  period  to 
which  they  belong.  But  1  do  have  a  real  dislike  of 
extreme  emotionalism,  and  I  don't  especially  ap- 
preciate the  kind  of  literature  in  which  the  writer 
spills  his  guts  out  onto  the  page.  If  that  makes  me 
a  Neoclassicist,  so  be  it.  I  do  know  that  I  generally 
prefer  understatement  to  overstatement. 

Dr.  Bulgin  feels  that  students  may  not  always  ful- 
ly realize  the  opportunities  that  are  open  to  them 
at  an  institution  like  UNC-G.  "Students  really  do 
have  an  excellent  education  available  to  them  here. 
Still,  I  might  wish  that  hey  would  pay  attention  to 
still.  I  might  wish  that  they  would  pay  attention  to 
the  fact  that  some  classes  are  necessary,  as  well  as 
disciphne  like  English,  it  all  fits  together  in  the 
building  of  a  body  of  specialized  knowledge,  and 
there  are  certain  subjects  you  definitely  need. 

"I  favor  a  balanced,  comprehensive,  historical  ap- 
proach to  English  studies— one  that  covers  enough 
material  to  give  you  sufficient  background  to  feel 
at  ease  with  any  branch  of  literature.  What 
literature  ought  to  do  in  the  end.  is  to  free  you.  and 
this  may  include  freeing  you  of  your  own  time  and 
place.  There  are  problems  in  the  world  other  than 
the  problems  of  young  people,  and  it's  not  going  to 
hurt  them  to  rfead  works  that  were  written  before 
1800. 

"Another  of  my  real  convictions  is  that  Literature 
is  an  art  first  and  foremost,  that  it  is  only  inciden- 
tally psychology,  sociolog>'.  or  history.  And  though 
it  may  remind  you  of  what  you  are,  it  should  remind 
you  of  what  other  people  are.  too." 

—Ian  McDowell 


Mary  Helms 

Anthropology 


Anthropology  is  the  study  of  man  and  his  culture. 
But  to  really  appreciate  the  unique  lifestyles  of  other 
races,  one  must  live  another  life.  Dr.  Mary  Helms, 
Anthropology  professor  and  department  head  at 
UNC-Greensboro,  has  lived  many  lives  through 
research  and  field  study  in  Central  America. 

Twenty  years  ago,  when  Dr.  Helms  first  began 
field  work  among  the  Miskito  Indian  tnbes,  she 
gained  a  better  understanding  of  what  it  is  like  to 
live  in  an  unusual  environment  and  participate  in 
an  alien  culture.  The  expenence  was  fascinating  and 
fnghtening  but  also  special.  It  isn't  an  everyday  oc- 
curence for  a  person  to  be  privileged  to  travel  and 
live  in  an  unpredictable  culture,  learning  the  rituals 
and  beliefs  that  bind  a  society  together.  Dr.  Helms 
was  naturally  curious  as  to  what  awaited  her  when 
she  left  the  United  States  for  Nicaragua. 

Once  she  reached  the  village  where  she  would 
spend  a  year  living  and  learning  the  customs  of  its 
people,  she  says  she  "became  a  walking  source  of 
fun."  The  first  lesson  Dr.  Helms  received  was  on 
speaking  the  Miskito  langTiage.  She  acquired  the 
rudiments  of  the  tongue  within  six  weeks.  "I 
couldn't  understand  what  was  being  said  to  me,  but 
I  did  learn  the  vocabulary  and  speech.  I  began  to 
think  in  Miskito  before  I  would  in  English.  Even- 
tually, I  began  to  dream  in  Miskito.  That's  when  I 
figured  I  was  submerged  in  it.  It  was  strange  go- 
ing back  and  dealing  with  English.  Sometimes  to- 


day I'll  think  of  a  Miskito  word  or  concept  before 
thinking  in  English."  Her  second  lesson  was  on 
building  a  fire,  a  practical  skill  she  insists  she  wasn't 
successful  in  attaining. 

While  studying  in  Asang,  the  natives'  village.  Dr. 
Helms  learned  firsthand  some  of  the  hazards  plagu- 
ing the  villagers.  One  day,  while  measuring  fields 
for  cultivation,  she  almost  stepped  on  a  coral  snake, 
a  highly  venomous  species.  However,  the  dangers 
involved  were  few  and  constituted  another  adjust- 
ment to  the  indians'  daily  lives.  "I  had  a  job  to  do. 
I  don't  remember  feeling  scared;  I  felt  uncertain. 
There  were  so  many  things  to  cope  with  moment 
to  moment." 

"I  was  highly  visible.  I  didn't  know  how  to  behave. 
I  knew  it  was  important  for  me  not  to  goof!  I  had 
no  idea  of  what  would  be  considered  right  or  wrong 
behavior.  You  have  to  perform  but  you  don't  know 
what  to  do.  There  was  a  sense  of  being  without  a 
culture.  I  had  a  hard  time  keeping  my  identity.  I 
remember  sitting  on  the  porch  outside  in  front  of 
my  house  I  lived  in  and  saying,  'My  name  is  Mary 
Helms.  I'm  and  anthropologist  and  I'm  hving  in  this 
community  for  a  year." 

After  her  stint  was  up,  Dr.  Helms  returned  to  the 
States  and  began  teaching  Anthropology.  But  twen- 
ty years  after  her  original  study  in  Nicaragua,  she 
returned  for  a  visit.  "It  was  a  reaffirmation  that 
I  really  cared,  that  I  came  back,"  she  said.  On  her 


trip  she  was  asked  to  inspect  an  Hondurian  refugee 
camp.  Traveling  up  the  tropical  river,  she  experienc- 
ed a  close  association  with  the  river,  the  villages  and 
the  dugouts,  and  realized  that  it  was  a  unique  but 
good  life.  "I  felt  very  priviledged  to  be  there.  It  was 
back  to  basics,  something  I  found  very  satisfying. 
I  enjoyed  meeting  people  I  met  earlier,  and  I  was 
welcomed  like  a  long-lost  relative.  I  felt  I  was  in  a 
time  warp  and  had  a  sense  of  coming  home  again." 

These  trips  have  carried  Dr.  Helms  to  vastly  con- 
strasting  countries  and  peoples.  She  has  traveled 
to  Nicaragua,  Europe,  The  Hondtuas,  Columbia  and 
Canada.  While  on  these  excursions  she  suffered 
from  malaria,  hookworm  and  exotic  foods. 
Nonetheless,  as  an  anthropologist.  Dr.  Helms  is 
more  aware  of  the  many  ways  ideas  can  be  initiated. 
By  exchanging  diverse  solutions,  she  insists  that 
new  channels  open  to  change  and  tolerance, 
especially  as  the  globe  continues  to  reveal  itself. 

Currently,  Dr.  Helms  is  writmg  her  fourth  book. 
Her  other  literary  works  mclude  journal  articles  and 
monographs.  A  member  of  the  American  An- 
thropology Association,  The  Southern  An- 
thropological Society  and  the  American  Society  of 
Ethnohistory,  she  is  also  the  Anthropology 
representative  to  the  American  Association  of  Ad- 
vanced Sciences,  which  is  the  parent  organization 
presiding  over  the  independent  fields  of  science. 
Nan  Leuns 


^«si«P-««*' 


^1^        mk 


Dr.  Jerry  Meisner 

Physics 


"I'm  not  a  good  spectator,"  is  how  Dr.  Jerry 
Meisner  describes  one  of  the  driving  forces  behind 
both  his  professional  and  personal  life.  "We,  as 
Americans,  just  love  to  be  spectators— and  there's 
something  wrong  with  that.  When  kids  are  little 
they  want  nothing  more  that  to  climb  in 
themselves— but  we're  just  content  to  watch." 

"In  Europe,  people  argue  over  dinner— and  it's 
expected  for  people  to  disagree.  Here  people  seem 
more  and  more  willing  to  take  what  some  authori- 
ty figure,  like  Ronald  Reagan,  says  and  just  accept 
it  blindly,"  says  Meisner. 

As  a  physics  instructor.  Meisner  sees  thmgs  from 
a  different  perspective  than  do  many  of  his  peers. 
In  an  age  of  word-people  and  numbers-people. 
Meisner  would  like  to  "find  a  way  in  which  people 
can  include  more  science  m  a  liberal  arts  education." 
He  thinks  the  key  to  this  is  getting  students  doing 
something.  We're  all  egocentric— we  all  want  to  be 
in  charge— but  if  all  a  teacher  does  is  have  his 
students  read  what  others  have  said  it  can  be  pret- 
ty meaningless." 

Known  for  his  involvement  with  the  nuclear  freeze 
movement,  Meisner  still  believes  that  people  who 
see  science  as  dangerous  are  misguided.  "Learn- 
ing is  not  good  or  evil  But  science  can't  work  in 
a  vacuum— the  Manhattan  project  brought  that 
home.  I  think  physicists  have  learned  their  lesson 
better  than  some  others—chemists,  for  instance, 
who  sometimes  don't  even  think  about  what  they're 
doing  to  the  environment.  The  University  should 
work  to  teach  students  so  they  won't  go  to  work 
for  some  company  on  abstract  chemical  problems 
and  wake  up  ten  years  from  now  thinking  'My  God, 


this  stuff  is  killing  people.'  " 

This  urge  for  teaching  is  reflected  in  the  collec- 
tion of  cartoons  which  adorn  Meisner's  office.  "I 
admire  the  cartoonists'  efficiency  in  making 
something  interesting  and  funny  so  that  people  can 
see  things  they  would  normally  overlook." 

Dressed  in  professorial  attire  plus  runnmg  shoes, 
Meisner  evidently  takes  his  own  advice  about  do- 
ing rather  than  observing.  "My  wife  and  I  have  been 
involved  in  folk  music  and  dance  for  years  now- 
learning  and  performing  dances  from  the  British 
Isles,  the  mountains,  and  all  over  the  world.  It's 
allowed  me  to  meet  people  and  get  involved  with 
some  of  the  international  students  on  campus. 
Dance  and  music  are  everywhere  and  they're 
something  you  can  share  in.  Whether  it's  learning 
a  Bulgarian  folk  dance  or  pipe  music,  I  think  it's 
better  to  do  that  to  just  read  about  it. 

"I  think  it's  important  to  keep  the  thinking  in 
education  along  with  activities.  Doing  helps  me  clear 
my  head— and  I  think  that  diversions  that  let  you 
operate  in  a  slightly  different  dimension  can  help 
you  see  things  from  a  different  point  of  view." 

With  a  teaching  philosophy  concentrating  on  get- 
ting students  to  work  actively,  Meisner  plays  to  a 
mixed  house  in  the  classroom.  "I'd  rather  be 
remembered  by  students."  he  states  emphatically. 
Favorably  or  not,  as  someone  who  was  demanding. 
Some  people  respond  to  that— some  don't.  Some 
think  it's  a  waste  of  time.  Too  many  people  think 
of  universities  as  trade  schools  rather  than  places 
which  generate  and  act  as  repositories  for 
knowledge.  I  don't  believe  in  that." 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Dr.  Thomas  Tedford 

C  ommunications 


"These  are  depressing  times  for  people  interested 
in  civil  liberties,"  says  Dr.  Thomas  Tedford.  As  a 
UNC-G  communications  professor  who  has  devoted 
much  of  his  life  to  teaching  the  value  of  those  liber- 
ties both  in  class  and  the  outside  world,  he  would 
seem  to  be  one  qualified  to  make  such  a  judgement. 

Tedford  has  become  known  over  the  years  for  the 
classes  in  semantics  and  Freedom  of  Speech  and 
Censorship  he  teaches  at  UNC-G  and  his  unusual 
way  of  teaching  them.  Outside  the  university,  he 
is  known  across  the  state  as  one  of  the  founding 
members  of  the  North  Carolina  Civil  Liberties 
Union  (the  state  affiliate  of  the  American  Civil 
Liberties  Union),  which  is  dedicated  to  helping  peo- 
ple whose  rights  have  been  violated  fight  back 
within  the  law.  His  knowledge  in  the  field  has  allow- 
ed Tedford  to  be  called,  as  one  lawyer  put  it,  "One 
of  the  most,  if  not  the  most,  knowledgeable 
non-lawyers  on  the  subject  of  the  first  amendment 
I  have  ever  met."  That  lawyer  added  "I'd  hate  to 
meet  him  in  court  on  the  opposing  side." 

After  having  his  textbook  on  Free  Speech  in 
America  published  in  1985,  many  feel  this  reputa- 
tion will  spread  -  though  Tedford  himself  would 
rather  be  known  by  the  company  he  keeps  in  the 
NCCLU  and  as  a  member  of  People  for  the 
American  Way  -  an  anti-censorship  group  founded 
by  Norman  Lear  that  is  very  active  in  the  South. 
Ironically,  he  sees  himself  in  one  of  the  places  where 
the  first  amendment  is  at  worst  risk  and  cites  the 
1985  NC  Obscenity  Laws  as  "just  another  exam- 
ple of  how  far  some  people  will  go  to  censor."  Ted- 
ford is  adamant  in  feeling  that  "We  can  only  hope 
for  a  change  in  the  Supreme  Court  if  we  ever  want 
to  have  the  full  freedom  guaranteed  us  in  the  Bill 
of  Rights  again." 

And  while  this  would  seem  a  very  future-oriented 
view,  Tedford  thinks  we  often  have  to  look  to  the 
past  for  answers  and  precedents.  "Sometimes  peo- 
ple don't  know  what  they  want  at  any  one  minute 
-  but  looking  back  at  precedents  can  often  tell  you 
if  something  is  good  or  bad  before  you  do  it."  Go- 
ing along  with  this  view  is  Tedford's  hobby  of  col 
lecting  political  memorabilia  -  a  hobby  that  brings 
students  and  former  students  to  his  door  during 
each  new  election  with  buttons,  posters  and  other 
remembrances  to  add  to  his  collection. 

"I  think  you  have  to  educate  people,"  is  what  Ted- 
ford sees  as  most  important  in  seeing  the  freedoms 
of  speech  and  press  maintained.  "People  don't  like 
admitting  they  were  wrong,  so  its  a  lot  easier  to 
educate  them  before  they  make  mistakes  than 
after." 

Through  his  classes  and  out  of  class  teaching,  Ted- 
ford is  giving  people  just  this  kind  of  education.  And 
in  a  field  where  the  worst  enemy  is  often  frighten- 
ed ignorance,  education  is  sometimes  the  only 
weapon  which  works. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Anita  Straugn 

Firefighter 


Flames  leap  and  converge.  Swiftly,  the  fire  guts 
a  burning  house,  searing  through  a  foundation  that 
seems  too  strong  to  be  shaken.  In  the  distance,  a 
shrill  siren  penetrates  the  night,  signaling  that 
emergency  help  is  on  the  way. 

For  a  city  as  large  as  Greensboro,  it  is  necessary 
that  an  adequate  number  of  fire  stations  be  available 
to  render  service  during  such  a  disaster.  Qualified 
personnel  are  also  on  call  to  serve  as  first  aid  techni- 
cians as  well  as  to  combat  fires.  Anita  Straugn,  a 
tirewoman  from  Precinct  Five  on  Friendly  Ave.,  has 
served  as  a  firefighter  since  1979,  completing  her 
basic  training  in  the  second  class  of  women  to 
graduate  from  the  fire  training  program  instituted 
in  1978. 

At  7:45  in  the  morning  a  typical  day  at  the  sta- 
tion begins.  On  goes  the  impressive  uniform,  con- 
sisting of  a  coat,  tie,  long  sleeve  white  shirt,  black 
pants,  socks  and  shoes.  Within  fifteen  minutes,  that 
uniform  is  in  place.  "Doesn't  take  long  to  get  dress- 
ed at  all,"  said  Anita.  "Before  you  know  it,  I'm  ready." 

The  morning  is  spent  checking  the  equipment  to 
guarantee  that  everything  is  in  running  order  and 
cleaning  the  station  house  and  all  the  vehicles.  Each 
day  is  set  aside  to  launder  each  component  in  the 
living  quarters,  such  as  the  kitchen,  bathroom,  and 
the  yard. 

The  afternoon  is  filled  with  practice  drills  in  which 
Anita  says  there  are  new  things  to  learn  all  the  time. 
Leisure  time  follows,  giving  the  workers  time  to  do 
what  they  want  to.  Anita  spends  her  two  hours 
working  out  with  weights  and  limbering  up  with 
stretching  exercises.  The  evening  hours  are  utiliz- 


ed for  study.  Anita  is  also  currently  working  on  her 
major  in  Physical  Education  at  UNC-G. 

Anita's  decision  to  become  a  firewoman  was  nur- 
tured by  her  father,  who  also  worked  with  the  fire 
department.  "My  father  was  recruiting  back  in  '79. 
I  put  in  my  application.  I  went  through  all  the  steps 
and  got  accepted."  she  said. 

All  those  steps  included  a  Ust  of  requirements  that 
accounted  for  three  months  in  training.  The  pro- 
gram consisted  of  a  battery  of  tests,  a  game  where 
pegs  have  to  be  placed  in  a  hole  within  a  specified 
length  of  time.  It  is  indicative  of  how  well  the  sub- 
ject can  manipulate  objects.  After  passing  the  in- 
itial stage,  an  eleven  week  instruciton  period  begins, 
where  firefighting  tactics  and  principles  are  stress- 
ed. A  three  week  EMT  course  ends  the  practical. 
The  outline  of  the  training  agenda  sounds  routine  but 
it  really  isn't. 

A  physical  agility  test  is  administered  at  the  train- 
ing center.  Push-ups.  sit-ups.  chin-ups  and  leg  lifts 
are  not  all  that's  required  for  passing.  A  fifty  yard 
dash  carrying  a  thirty-one  pound  Scott  air  pack  is 
part  of  the  exam,  as  is  holding  on  to  the  window- 
sill  on  the  second  floor  of  the  fire  tower  by  the 
elbows.  "That  was  fun,"  says  Anita.  I  would  like 
to  do  that  again.  They  tie  a  rope  around  you  so  you 
won't  fall."  She  had  to  hang  there  for  ten  seconds. 
"It's  not  long,  but  it  seemed  long  doing  it." 

Another  task  evaluates  how  well  the  students 
listen.  Seven  hoses  are  disassembled  and  have  to 
be  picked  up  by  piece-by-piece,  placed  on  the  fire 
truck,  assembled,  and  in  place  within  twenty 
minutes.  Anita  recalled  that  it  was  raining  when  she 
did  it.  She  said  it  was  a  test  of  endurance,  strength 


and  stamina.  Some  of  the  hoses  are  in  six  fifty-foot- 
long  sections.  But  Anita  accomplished  the  task  in 
less  than  the  demanded  time.  "ftTien  the  training 
ordeal  was  over,  Anita  passed. 

During  her  years  of  serving  in  the  fire  depart- 
ment. Anita  has  worked  quite  a  few  precincts,  enabl- 
ing her  to  gain  more  experience  working  in  the  field. 
In  all,  Anita  has  contributed  to  four  stations.  "It's 
kind  of  nice  getting  switched  around  from  station 
to  station.  Get  used  to  one  place,  then  they  move 
ya.  Just  seems  that's  the  way  it  works." 

"I'm  considered  a  relief  driver."  Anita  said.  Her 
duties  consist  of  driving  an  engine  pumper  which 
carries  500  gallons  of  water  and  a  variety  of  hoses. 
But  Anita  fights  fires  too.  She  recalls  her  very  first 
encounter  with  an  inferno.  "The  first  fire  I  ever 
went  to  was  in  a  shed-like  thing;  down  on  a  dead- 
end street.  Caught  the  hydrant,  turned  the  water 
on.  That  thing  was  rockin-n-rollin!  Fire  was  com- 
in'  out  everywhere!  We  watched  it  burn.  We  put 
it  out,  of  course.  They  said  some  kids  had  been 
drinkin'  and  smokin'.  It  was  one  that's  engraved 
in  my  memory." 

Nan  Lewis 


Rich  Schlentz 

Goalie 


It  is  a  special  kind  of  person  who  is  able  to  achieve 
success  even  when  the  qualities  necessary  for  at- 
taining it  are  not  innate  gifts.  Rich  Schlentz,  a  goalie 
for  the  L'NC-G  Spartan  Soccer  team,  knows  the 
dedication  and  persistance  required  for  perfecting 
a  somewhat  limited  talent. 

"Physically,  I  shouldn't  be  a  goalkeeper.  I  have 
small  hands  and  can't  jump  high.  A  lot  of  it  is  bet- 
ween the  ears.  I  usually  have  a  headache  and  a 
sorethroat  from  yelling  and  thinking.  Ninety 
minutes  is  a  long  time  to  put  the  brain  on  overload." 
Yet  Rich,  who  didn't  start  until  his  Junior  year,  has 
established  an  impressive  career,  posting  1 .0  goals 
against  average  twelve  shutouts. 

Intense  preparation  and  his  sincere  Christian  at- 
titudes helped  Rich  continue  placing  even  when  he 
wasn't  participating  in  a  lot  of  action  on  the  field. 
The  first  year  he  totaled  about  300  minutes  in  the 
goal.  Last  year  he  accumulated  1,300  minutes.  What 
kept  him  going  through  that  inactive  period?  "I 
hated  the  bench.  I  thought  I  might  as  well  give  up 
playing.  I  tried  to  be  positive  about  it.  I  tried  to  learn 
as  much  about  it  as  I  could.  I  would  use  it  as  motiva- 
tion in  practice.  I  had  to  really  bust  in  practice." 

A  goalkeeper  has  a  lot  of  responsibilities  to  fulfill. 
Not  only  is  he  required  to  keep  the  opponent  from 
scoring,  he  also  commands  his  team  on  the  field, 
guiding  the  player's  strategy.  His  daring  stems  from 
courage.  He  is  definitely  a  breed  apart.  "I  like  the 
challenge.  It's  exciting  for  me  to  make  a  save;  to 


shut  a  team  out,  denying  them  a  chance  to  score. 
I  like  to  be  a  denying  figure.  It's  unique.  No  other 
position  is  like  it.  I  enjoy  where  I  am.  I'd  rather  have 
someone  else  play  field.  You  take  a  lot  of  abuse. 
You've  got  to  love  the  abuse.  I  enjoy  the  pressure." 

Rapid  action  calls  for  extremely  quick  reflexes  and 
acute  vision.  A  goal  is  usually  executed  at  very  high 
speeds,  often  occuring  in  the  blink  of  an  eye.  "It's 
like  slow  motion,  yet  it  happens  so  fast.  I  can't  even 
remember  what  happened.  It's  instinct.  So  many 
things  go  through  my  mind  about  what  I  should  do." 
It's  a  very  anxious,  heart -stopping  moment  for  the 
one  man  who  at  that  particular  time  controls  the 
game,  virtually  by  himself.  The  outcome  rests  with 
him.  It  can  be  a  tremendous  burden,  especially  if 
the  game  is  lost. 

Along  with  the  physical  and  mental  challenges, 
a  goalie  also  deals  with  repetitive  scoring  threats 
and  goals  scored.  Rich  abhors  the  violation  of  a  goal 
in  his  net.  "It's  horrible!  I  hate  it!  I  hate  being  scored 
against.  Even  if  we  blow  someone  out,  if  I  let  goals 
in  it  can  really  ruin  my  day.  But  I'm  working  on 
that.  I  try  to  use  that  goal  in  a  positive  way,"  he 
said. 

A  net  is  a  goalie's  home,  an  area  that  is  precious 
and  therefore  guarded  from  attack.  Rich  is  par- 
ticularly careful  of  his  visitors.  "It's  definitely  my 
home!  Anybody  who  comes  into  it  has  to  be  aware! 
If  you  try  to  come  in  my  box,  it's  like  trying  to  come 
into  my  house  and  steal  my  furniture,  murder  my 


wife  and  kids.  It's  definitely  my  place."  The  implica- 
tions speak  for  themselves. 

Christian  ideals  gave  Rich  a  new  perspective  on 
his  abilities  and  attitudes  toward  the  game  of  soc- 
cer. It  began  his  freshman  year  in  college.  Since  that 
time,  his  faith  has  motivated  and  strengthened  him, 
a  force  that  inspired  him  to  continue  playing  as  well 
as  understanding  that  his  college  playing  days 
wouldn't  last  forever.  "When  I  became  a  Christian, 
Soccer  was  no  longer  important.  That  helped  me 
realize  that  there  were  more  important  things  than 
kicking  a  ball  around.  I  had  my  priorities  wrong. 
I  was  always  disappointed  when  I  didn't  reach  my 
goals  in  Soccer." 

The  opportunity  to  play  collegiate  Soccer  was  a 
dream  Rich  harbored  since  he  began  playing  four- 
teen years  ago.  His  plans  for  a  career  revolved 
around  playing  professionally.  However,  he  realiz- 
ed that  demands  would  be  too  much  and  the  enjoy- 
ment would  be  lost  when  the  mtrinsic  values  became 
dominated  by  a  paycheck  and  the  need  for  a  con- 
sistently high  performance  level. 

The  reason  why  Rich  came  to  UNC-Greensboro, 
he  jokes,  was  for  money.  But  he  laughingly  admits 
that  he  didn't  get  any.  In  truth,  he  is  more  than 
satisfied  with  his  playing  experience,  the  opportuni- 
ty to  meet  people,  and  the  chance  to  travel 
throughout  the  nation  and  overseas.  Rich  also  feels 
he  has  matured  as  a  player,  gaining  a  confidence 
that  prepares  him  for  the  future. 

Nan  Lewis 


Emily  Adams 

Dance 


To  desire  a  career  as  a  performer  means  to  forego 
a  great  many  things  the  rest  of  the  world  considers 
necessary  and  normal.  The  pressures  of  perform- 
ing demand  great  sacrifice  and  very  few  of  even  the 
most  successful  performers  manage  to  balance  the 
schizophrenia  of  performance  with  a  traditional 
home  life. 

Emily  Adams  is  an  instructor  of  Ballet  and 
Modern  Dance  at  UNC-G  and  is  a  survivor  of  the 
struggle  between  the  desire  for  security  and  the 
desire  to  perform.  Emily  now  has  a  young  son  nam- 
ed Dustin  and  a  husband  and  a  degree  of  security 
which  she  has  not  known  in  many  years.  But  this 
is  not  to  say  that,  like  many  female  performers,  she 
simply  smiled  and  turned  her  back  on  performing 
to  be  whisked  away  in  the  arms  of  a  gallant  young 
man  who  rescued  her  from  the  insecurity  and 
relative  depravity  of  the  world  of  dance.  Emily 
Adams  is  committed  to  her  craft  and  if  anything, 
her  committment  has  grown  stronger  since  she 
made  the  trnsition  from  performer  to  teacher  and 
choreographer. 

Emily  is  originally  from  Kernersville,  N.C.,  and 
anyone  who  lived  in  Kernersville  in  the  early  and 
middle  sixties  will  tell  you  that  it  was  not  the  most 
enlightening  place  in  the  world,  especially  where  the 
fine  arts  are  concerned.  She  grew  up  in  the  Mora- 
vian Church  which  prides  itself  on  its  music  and 
musicians.  From  the  beginning,  artistic  expression 
was  a  very  spiritual  thing  to  her.  She  began  danc- 
ing at  age  six  with  Barbara  Mahon  of  Greensboro. 
Through  Mahon  she  met  Margaret  Craske  who  had 
danced  for  Diagheleo  when  he  came  to  this  coun- 
try from  Russia.  Craske  helped  her  technically  but 
also  encouraged  her  spiritual  growth  in  dance.  She 
went  to  the  new  North  Carolina  School  of  the  Arts 
in  Winston-Salem  for  college.  NCSA  in  the  mid-60s 
was  like  a  carnival  filled  with  the  most  outrageous 
sorts  of  people.  "It  was  stimulating,"  recalls 
Emily,  "so  stimulating  it  was  dangerous.  We  were 
all  very  hyper."  NCSA  offered  her  many  friends  and 
good  contacts,  but  as  she  puts  it,  "The  training  had 
definite  pros  and  cons.  I  never  felt  appreciated." 
So  before  finishing  her  degree  she  made  her  first 
trip  to  NYC.  She  danced  there  for  Norman  Walker, 
who  gave  her  leading  roles  and  "helped,  but  was 
the  worst  tyrant."  Emily  returned  to  NCSA  but  was 
not  allowed  to  dance  there.  Because  she  had  work- 
ed in  New  York  she  was  not  discouraged. 

Under  the  tutelage  of  Ben  Harkarvey,  artistic 
director  of  the  Pennsylvania  Ballet,  she  returned 
to  the  northeast  and  worked  for  the  Harkness 
Ballet.  For  a  short  time  she  considered  going  to 
Holland  with  the  Dutch  Ballet,  the  company  with 
which  Harkarvey  was  associated  before  Penn- 
sylvania. In  Harkarvey,  Emily  found  another 
teacher  whose  directions  were  as  spiritually  oriented 
as  her  own.  She  began  to  move  away  from  ballet 
because  of  its  brutal  training  regimen  and  teachers 
who  did  not  think  about  dance  as  she  did.  Her  career 
was  interrupted  for  a  year  because  of  ligament 
damage  in  her  ankles.  Ironically,  when  she  return- 
ed to  dance  she  was  hired  by  the  American  Ballet 
Theatre  to  dance  for  ABTII  where  she  soloed  for 
three  years. 

Although  she  was  working,  the  emotional  and 
spiritual  conflicts  were  even  stronger.  New  York 
City  was  not  her  sort  of  place.   "I  had  major 


claustrophobia.  I  wanted  to  scream  on  subways.  The 
city  was  ugly  and  the  people  were  very  rude.  New 
York  City  in  the  early  seventies  was  a  human 
sewer."  Emily's  next  stop  was  up-state  New  York 
and  the  short-lived  Chamber  Dance  Company.  She 
was  soon  back  in  NYC. 

This  time  around  it  was  Broadway,  and  Emily 
toured  with  the  road  show  of  Oklahoma!  starring 
John  Davidson.  This  sort  of  dancing  was  not  to  her 
liking  at  all. 

To  get  away  from  things  she  went  to  Radford 
University  to  teach,  and  in  teaching  she  found  what 
she  had  been  searching  for.  Her  performance  days 
were  over  and  to  this  day  she  does  not  regret  stop- 
ping when  she  did.  "I  had  many  glorious  moments, 
but  dance  is  all  giving  and  very  little  getting  back. 


You  never  know  if  you're  going  to  make  it."  Emily 
had  always  wanted  a  family  but  performing  left  no 
room  for  that,  due  to  what  she  terms  "professional 
prejudices"  against  performers  who  have  or  want 
families.  She  would  change  nothing  that  happened 
in  the  years  she  performed.  "I  knew,  more  or  less, 
what  I  was  getting  into,  but  once  I  was  in,  there 
was  no  way  back— I  had  to  carve  a  way  for  myself." 
Emily  Adams  has  definitely  not  turned  her  back 
on  her  craft;  she  has  found  a  better  way  to  approach 
it.  She  hopes  her  perspective  will  help  the  dancers 
she  trains.  "In  teaching  you  can  sometimes  make 
a  difference— saying  the  right  thing  at  the  right 
time,  but  students  have  to  find  out  things  for 
themselves." 

Mark  March 


An  eleven  year  old  girl  is  staring  goggle-eyed  at 
the  television  screen  as  Diana  Ross  plays  an  influen- 
tial fashion  designer  in  the  film  Mahogany.  This  film 
portrays  a  cosmopolitan,  glamorous  life  within  the 
fashion  industry.  This  eleven-year-old  girl  decides 
then  and  there  that  her  life  will  be  devoted  to  work- 
ing towards  the  goal  of  making  it  as  a  professional 
model. 

Today,  that  mentioned  little  girl  is  a  sophomore 
at  UNC-G.  Her  name  is  Kimberlee  Phillips,  and  her 
aspirations  to  make  a  splash  in  the  fashion  industry 
have  not  lessened  at  all. 

"If  fate  and  destiny  allow  it,  and  if  the  door  is 
open,  1  hope  that  I  can  make  modeling  a  life-long 
career,"  Kimberlee  says,  admitting  that  the  pro- 
spect of  becommg  "rich  and  famous"  is  one  of  the 
most  appealing  aspects  of  a  modeling  career.  (Not 
to  mention  the  men,  the  excitement,  the  parties,  the 
fast  life...) 

It  would  be  unfair  to  say  that  Kimberlee  was  in 
the  busmess  only  for  fame  and  fortune.  She  claims 
that  being  a  professional  model  is  very  good  therapy 
for  her.  "You  have  to  overcome  a  lot  of  nervousness 
and  misgivings  about  your  ability  before  you  can 
confidently  model  pajamas  in  front  of  200  people. 
Things  like  that  have  really  increased  my  confidence 
in  myself." 

Kimberlee  was  once  somewhat  dubious  about  her 
ability  to  really  make  it  as  a  model.  Then  she  won 
second  place  in  the  Miss  N.C.  Teen  U.S.A.  pageant 
last  March,  and  began  to  think  that  just  maybe  she 
had  what  it  takes  to  be  a  successfiil  model.  Since 
then  she  has  gotten  an  agent  and  put  together  a 
portfolio,  and  has  begun  to  do  her  first  professional 
jobs.  Her  childhood  dream  has  been  fulfilled,  and 
she  feels  a  great  sense  of  achievement.  "It  feels  so 
good  to  know  that  I  have  really  moved  towards  my 
professional  goals  in  a  very  concrete  way.  How  may 
college  students  can  say  that?" 

Mike  Read 


Kimberlee  Phillips 

Model 


Sue  Canning 

Art 


Movement  produces  illusions  of  shapes  and 
shadows,  feeling  and  emotion.  Sue  Canning,  an  Art 
History  professor  at  UNC-G.  is  fascinated  with  the 
expression  of  change  captured  in  motion 
photograpy.  Much  of  her  work  contains  images  and 
reflections  where  the  fig^lres  and  objects  never  look 
the  same  twice.  At  each  glance,  the  picture  takes 
on  a  new  configuration. 

For  Ms.  Canning,  art  and  photography  are  a 
means  of  satisfying  both  her  creative  and  rational 
instincts.  "It's  an  absolute  necessity  for  me  to  do 
it.  It's  very  personal.  I'm  a  creative  person."  Ever 
since  Ms.  Canning  was  a  child,  she  loved  to  dabble 
in  art.  In  college,  she  majored  in  history  and  realized 
that  art  history  would  allow  her  to  combine  her 
creative  impulses  with  an  intellectual  bent.  With  an 
Art  History  degree.  Canning  found  that  there  was 
more  to  do  in  this  area  that  not  only  satisfied  an 
interest  she  harbored  but  allowed  for  flexibility  in 
an  academic  sphere- 
It  was  during  her  graduate  studies  at  California 
State,  that  Ms.  Canning  took  up  photography 
through  an  assignment  for  print  making.  Ms.  Can- 
ning used  photography  to  make  drawings.  It  was 
a  professor  who  prodded  her  to  continue  with  this 
new  toy.  To  her  it  was  magic.  She  said,  "When  you 
stick  it  in  the  developer,  you  don't  know  what  you're 
going  to  get." 

Through  this  medium,  Ms.  Canning  is  experimen- 
ting with  the  transformation  of  movement.  Much 
of  her  work  deals  with  speed,  spins,  leaps,  and  what 


she  terms  "blurred  and  ghostly  images."  She 
describes  the  sequence  as  a  three  part  dimension 
of  motion.  The  addition  of  color  further  adds  to  the 
obscurity  of  the  vision  so  that  objects  are  seen  that 
might  not  ordinarily  be  shown  in  the  usual  and 
predictable  camera  snapshot.  The  use  of  a  lens  and 
other  photographic  devices  further  distort  and  ex- 
aggerate the  perception.  The  purpose  for  this  ef- 
fect is  to  make  the  viewer  respond  empathetically 
with  the  vision. 

Ms.  Canning's  desire  to  teach  is  to  instruct 
students  on  what  to  look  for  and  appreciate  in  art. 
"People  don't  know  how  to  look.  They  expect  quick 
fixes  and  instant  gratification.  They  don't  have  the 
patience  for  it."  Being  a  teacher  gives  Ms.  Cann- 
ing a  venue  for  her  creative  abilities.  "I  feel  the  need 
to  visualize  certain  ideas.  But  history  allows  me  to 
talk  about  artists  understanding  what  they  go 
through  in  terms  of  development  and  formulating 
ideas.  I  can  relate  to  that.  Teaching  is  a  complex 
thing.  I  couldn't  explain  why  I  got  into  art.  It  was 
a  gift  I  had  to  talk  about  things  that  abstract.  I  see 
myself  as  a  medium  through  myself.  I  take  my 
knowledge  and  what  they  see  and  make  it  come 
alive  for  them.  I  pull  it  out  to  make  it 
understandable." 

A  new  dream  project  for  Ms.  Canning  is  currently 
in  the  works.  She  was  granted  a  Fulbright  Scholar- 
ship to  compile  an  exhibition  of  the  works  of 
James  Ensor,  and  Artist  of  the  Belgian  avant-garde 
who  was  active  at  the  turn  of  the  century.  James 


Ensor  was  a  member  of  an  art  movement  called  The 
Twenty.  Ms.  Canning  became  intrigued  with  the  ar- 
tist after  she  learned  abuot  his  individual  struggles 
and  his  concerns  for  issues  affecting  Belgium  at  the 
time. 

Curating  the  show  will  require  large  amounts  of 
time.  During  the  run  of  the  exhibit.  May  through 
June,  Ms.  Canning  will  reside  in  Brussels.  In  order 
to  get  the  program  together,  Ms.  Canning  has  been 
collecting  art  work  throughout  Europe.  She  even 
managed  to  discover  four  or  five  unknown  works. 
The  show  will  include  eighty  paintings  in  all.  The 
most  time-consuming  effort  for  Ms.  Canning  will 
be  organizing  the  catalogue  that  details  and  sum- 
marizes each  piece  in  the  collection. 

Although  Ms.  Canning  has  many  professional 
undertakings  in  productions  she  continue#to  accept 
more  responsibility.  "I  don't  want  to  do  one  thing," 
she  contends.  She  is  now  in  the  process  of  design- 
ing several  shows  at  the  Weatherspoon  Art  Gallery 
on  photography.  She  also  writes  criticism  for  the 
Spectator  and  teaches  full  time.  Not  only  does  she 
teach,  but  she  writes  and  has  been  published.  "It's 
hard  as  hell  to  write,"  she  said. 

She  claims  that  studying  art  history  is  quite  dif- 
ferent from  being  an  artist.  "In  art  history  you  work 
twice  as  hard.  It's  ironic  I  ended  up  where  I  did." 
Naji  Lewis 


Missy  Young 

Barrel  Racer 


Rounding  the  barrels  and  stretching  to  the  finish 
Hne.  Missy  Young  edged  her  horse  on  faster.  Within 
seconds,  IVIissy  crossed  the  finish  line,  beating  out 
her  opponent.  "I  was  ecstatic,"  she  says.  "I  had 
waited  ten  years  to  win  a  National  title.  I  just  didn't 
believe  it  was  happening.  It  was  my  last  youth 
nationals  to  compete  in  and  I  had  decided  if  I  was 
going  to  win,  it  would  be  now.  I  didn't  have  much 
of  another  chance." 

"I  cried,"  she  continues.  "I  was  just  so  determin- 
ed to  win  the  class,  I  was  a  different  person.  You 
couldn't  hold  me  back.  I  was  on  a  high;  all  I  could 
think  about  was  winning.  I  had  won  my  first,  I  had 
won  my  second.  After  that,  nothing  held  me  back!" 
And  so,  when  the  bout  was  over.  Missy  Young  ac- 
complished her  dream;  she  won  her  first  National 


Barrelracmg  championship. 

Barrelracing  is  one  type  of  riding  in  what  are 
known  as  the  game  classes.  The  games  are  divided 
into  age  divisions,  and  Missy  competed  in  the 
fourteen-to-eighteen  bracket.  "The  arena  is  arrang- 
ed circularly  with  one  set  of  barrels  at  each  end  of 
the  ring.  If  one  rider  knocks  a  barrel  over,  the  other 
rider  wins  the  heat.  The  two  opposing  horses  run 
in  opposite  directions.  A  whistle  blows.  Five  seconds 
elapse  and  then  a  second  whistle  pierces  the  air.  The 
race  is  on  and  it  continues  until  the  winner  crosses 
the  line  in  the  center  of  the  ring. 

Missy,  like  all  riders  is  especially  attached  to  her 
own  mount,  Luther  Little.  "He's  white.  He  has  a 
mane  and  tail.  The  first  time  I  saw  hime,  he  was 
in  Albequerque,  New  Me.xico  in  1981.  and  a  little 


six  year  old  girl  was  running  him  in  the  barrels  and 
she  won  the  class.  I  always  dreamed  of  having  a 
horse  like  that  who  was  calm  and  collected  and 
didn't  jump  around  like  most  of  the  others  do.  I  just 
never  thought  that  horse  would  be  mine  one  day. 
He  just  catches  your  eye  when  you  see  him.  He's 
a  crowd  pleaser." 

That  first  meeting  with  Luther  Little  held  another 
special  suprise  for  Missy.  "I  won  the  National  Cham- 
pionship in  Albequerque  four  year  later  in  the  same 
arena."  she  said. 

Some  can  call  it  luck,  but  Missy's  had  to  work  hard 
to  train  her  horse  and  herself  to  ride  him  so  that 
they  both  will  work  together  to  the  best  of  their 
abilities.  "He  had  the  abilities,  it  was  just  a  matter 
of  me  learning  how  to  ride  him.  We  won  a  lot  and 
did  well  but  I  didn't  do  as  well  as  I  could.  This  past 
year,  we  really  got  used  to  each  other.  We  won  con- 
secutively all  year  long!" 

Indeed,  Missy  has  been  very  successful  all  through 
her  career  as  a  rider.  She  holds  several  distinctive 
honors  other  than  this  year's  National  champion- 
ship. For  the  past  five  years,  she  has  reigned 
undefeated  as  the  N.C.  State  Appaluso  Association 
High  Point  Y'outh  in  the  fourteen-to-eighteen  year 
old  division.  At  the  N.C.  State  Fair,  Missy  won  eight 
nut  nf  twelve  classes  and  received  a  trophy. 

Family  support  has  provided  Missy  the  encourage- 
ment and  incentive  to  continue  riding.  "A  lot  of 
sports  you  see  parental  pressure,  but  my  parents 
have  been  very  supportive  and  they've  invested  a 
lot  of  money.  The  ultimate  goal  we've  had  was  hav- 
ing a  good  time.  If  we're  having  a  good  time  and 
enjoying  ourselves,  it's  worth  their  money."  The 
events  that  Missy  participates  in  carry  her  and  her 
family  throughout  the  country.  However,  unless  it's 
a  really  big  show,  the  Y'oungs  prefer  to  com- 
pete regionally  in  the  Southern  states  of  North 
Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia  and  Virginia. 

Along  with  the  love  for  riding  comes  the  personal 
pleasure  of  setting  a  goal  and  reaching  it.  "I  love 
it  and  it  gives  a  lot  of  satisfaction.  The  satisfaction 
we  get  from  winning  was  because  we  earned  it  and 
nobody  did  it  for  us."  Missy  said. 

When  Missy  turns  nineteen,  her  eligibility  for  the 
fourteen-to-eighteen  class  will  no  longer  count.  In- 
stead, she  will  progress  to  the  nineteen-and-over 
category.  She  presently  is  planning  to  enter  the 
amateur  division  which  stipulates  that  a  rider  can- 
not receive  cash  prizes  for  a  win  and  must  provide 
her  own  horse.  Missy  is  ready  and  set  but  at  this 
point  feels  a  little  trepidation  at  starting  over  in  a 
unit  that  consists  of  some  very  experienced 
veterans.  "I'm  moving  up  into  a  division  where 
there  are  a  lot  of  professionals.  The  competition  is 
tougher!  There  are  more  people  in  the  class.  Y^ou 
have  to  be  tougher  and  get  more  out  of  your  horse." 
Missy  also  realizes  the  road  ahead  is  going  to  be 
rocky  at  first  but  she  also  knows  that  it  is  better 
to  keep  moving  forward.  "Y'ou  learn  you're  capable 
of  doing  it.  You  can't  stay  at  one  level  all  the  time. 
Y'ou  gotta  keep  moving  up!" 

Nan  Lewis 


Lorenzo  Hines 

Songwriter 


Lorenzo  Hines  has  the  gift  of  music.  As  a  small 
child  he  would  watch  his  father  make  music  for  au- 
diences who  always  responded  in  a  positive  and 
upbeat  way.  "I  was  about  nine.  I  guess  most  kids 
want  to  be  like  their  father.  It  was  more  than  a 
phase,  it  was  an  obsession.  On  a  scale  from  one  to 
one  hundred,  it  was  eighty-nine  to  ninety  percent 
of  me.  It's  a  very  big  part  of  my  life.  It's  become 
more  intense  since  age  eighteen.  That's  when  I 
started  writing." 

Beginning  on  August  13, 1982,  Lorenzo  was  laid 
up  for  almost  a  year  as  a  result  of  a  cut  tendon  in 
his  hand.  He  missed  his  sophomore  year  in  college 
and,  due  to  his  infirmity,  started  tinkering  with  a 
piano.  Being  cooped  up,  bored  and  lonely,  he  found 
an  escape  through  music  composition. 

Darryl  Hall  and  John  Oates;  Holland.  Dozier  and 
Holland;  Steely  Dan;  Billy  Joel,  and  Smokey  Robin- 
son were  Lorenzo's  celebrity  mentors  and  informal 
teachers.  "I  was  exposed  to  rock  music.  In  the  en- 
vironment I  was  raised  in,  I  was  exposed  to  that. 
The  black  influence  I  got  early  in  life.  That's  always 
been  there  but  I've  discovered  a  new  venue." 

When  Lorenzo  composes,  he  has  to  have  a  clear 
mind  and  no  pressures.  "I'll  go  a  couple  of  days- 
bam.  Oh  man,  bang,  bang,  bang!  All  kinds  of  ideas 
come  from  nowhere.  It's  an  iffy  sort  of  situation. 
It's  not  an  assembly  line  sort  of  thing;  'Yeah  I'm 
going  to  sit  down  and  write  a  song  today.'  You  don't 
find  a  song,  it  finds  you.  The  year  I  was  off,  I  turn- 
ed out  quite  a  few  songs.  I  had  nothing  to  think 
about  except  life  itself." 

All  in  all,  Lorenzo  produced  about  fifty  songs, 
most  from  personal  experiences.  "I  think  about  tell- 
ing stories  or  talking  to  someone  who's  having  a 
problem  like  "Walking  on  Empty",  which  has  a 
moral  saying:  treat  your  friends  right  or  you'll  be 
alone." 

Another  song  Lorenzo  wrote  is  "Living,"  which 
he  describes  as  being  very  rock-oriented  and  loud, 
depicting  his  growth  from  a  boy  to  a  man.  He  also 
writes  about  situations  and  experiences  he  dislikes. 
"Tough  Boys"  is  such  a  song  he  wrote  after 
overhearing  tough  talk  from  a  bunch  of  "macho 
assholes."  Basically,  Lorenzo's  songs  are  alike  in 
that  they  deal  with  loneliness  and  lost  loves.  "I  pret- 
ty much  deal  with  today.  I  guess  I  have  average 
tendencies  in  me.  Pain  is  the  best  topic;  we  can  all 
relate  to  pain.  One  of  the  first  songs  I  wrote  was 
about  sitting  at  home  on  Saturday  night  alone 
writing  love  songs." 

Presently,  Lorenzo  is  acquiring  addresses  to 
managers  of  popular  bands  such  as  Don  Henley, 
Chicago,  and  Hall  and  Oates,  all  of  which  he  con- 
siders to  be  very  good  writers.  He  said,  "You  have 
to  be  aggressive,  you  have  to  go  after  these  guys. 
If  there's  no  response  I  'II  make  a  few  long  distance 
phone  calls.  I  have  numbers,  too."  By  next  year 
Lorenzo  anticipates  he'll  have  established  contact. 
"Hopefully,  I'll  be  on  the  brink  of  something.  It's 
a  trip  to  get  into.  That's  the  hard  part.  Life's  not 
easy!" 

I'll  put  my  music  against  any  one  of  these  guys 
on  radio  today.  I'm  serious  about  that.  You'll  never 
find  a  modest  performer  today.  You  have  to  have 


confidence  in  yourself  to  get  up  in  front  of  people 
and  do  what  you  do.  You  have  to  believe  in  yourself. 
I've  always  wanted  to  be  a  performer.  It  was  a  craft 
I  wanted  to  learn.  I'm  still  learning.  Simply,  it's 
what  I  do  best.  There  will  always  be  a  need  for  me 
to  express  myself:  sometimes  rather 
embarrassingly." 

Lorenzo  is  proud  of  his  musical  versatility.  He 
feels  that  really  good  songwriters  are  capable  of 
dabbling  with  any  type  of  style.  He  says  his  own 
mode  ranges  from  classical  to  country  to  rock.  "I'll 
fool  you,"  he  says.  "That's  what  I  like.  As  soon  as 
you  think  you  got  me  figured  out,  I  'U  fool  you.  That's 
my  philosophy  on  life,  too." 

Right  now,  Lorenzo  is  cleaning  up  and  polishing 
his  material  for  release.  He  has  contacted  several 
radio  stations  and  is  expectantly  waiting  to  hear  them 


being  debuted  on  the  air.  Of  the  impending  strug- 
gle to  be  discovered,  Lorenzo  said,  "I  think  my 
music  is  strong  enough  and  continues  to  get 
stronger,  and  if  I  don't  make  it,  I  surely  will  have 
tried." 

"Everything  about  the  industry  fascinates  me.  I 
haven't  tried  to  get  in  yet.  From  what  I've  heard, 
it's  not  the  easiest  quest  in  the  world.  You've  got 
to  get  people  to  believe  in  you.  That's  where  my 
business  classes  come  in.  You're  selling  a  product. 
You  have  to  know  how  to  sell  yourself.  I'm  half 
logical,  half  creative.  They  work  together.  I'll  sell 
myself  as  a  writer  first.  I  want  to  be  known  as  a 
writer  more  than  a  personality.  Personahties  come 
and  go.  A  writer  will  stay." 

—Nan  Lewis 


John  Sterling  Arnold 

Theatre 


John  Sterling  Arnold  is  a  bit  of  an  anomaly  in  the 
world  of  acting.  In  a  profession  filled  with  off-beat, 
outspoken,  rebellious  sorts  of  people.  John  Arnold 
is  more  off-beat  and  definitely  more  out-spoken.  He 
is  the  rebel's  rebel,  the  "rugged  individualist"  so 
many  American  authors,  from  Emerson  to  Ken 
Kesey.  have  made  famous.  This  image  is  not  con- 
trived, not  forced,  it  simply  is  the  way  he  is.  And 
if  for  some  unfathomable  reason  his  career  in 
theatre  ended  tomorrow,  or  next  week,  after  work- 
ing  steadily  for  over  twenty  years,  there  would  pro- 
bably not  be  an  extreme  amount  of  remorse.  If  that 
sort  of  thing  occurred,  he  might  possibly  just  pack 
up  his  two  Labrador  retrievers,  several  cases  of 
Molson  Golden  or  Budweiser  or  whatever  he's  drink- 
ing this  week,  and  head  to  Canada  to  fish  for  Nor- 
thern Pike  for  a  while. 

Obviously,  he  doesn't  need  the  dogs  to  help  catch 
fish,  but  after  talking  to  John  about  his  Labs- 
General  Yeager  and  Tank  (how  about  those 
names)—  it  becomes  obvious  that  the  dogs  are  more 
like  children  than  pets.  Well,  maybe  they  are  more 
like  his  best  friends,  because  the  man  would  not  be 
inclined  to  taken  his  kids  to  his  favorite  fishing  spot. 

He  does  in  fact  have  a  dog  named  General  Yeager, 
after  Chuck  Yeager,  the  man's  man,  the  legendary 
devil-may-care  Air  Force  pilot  who  was  made  so 
famous  in  The  Right  Stuff. 

More  anomaly:  how  did  a  man  like  John  Arnold 
wind  up  teaching  acting  at  UNC-G?  Would  Chuck 
Yeager  approve? 

John  was  born  in  Buckhanon,  West  Virginia  and 
spent  the  first  seven  years  of  his  life  on  farms.  His 
family  then  moved  to  Richmond  where  John  became 
very  interested  in  sports.  His  father  was  a  high 
school  teacher  and  John  remembers  that  one  of  his 
first  strong  urges  was  "the  environment  of  learn- 
ing and  learned  people  always  around  the  house. 
It  annoyed  me.  I  rebelled  totally  against  teaching." 

His  first  exposure  to  drama,  the  "important  mo- 
ment" in  his  life  came  in  the  seventh  grade  when 
he  was  allowed  to  play  Marc  Antony  in  a  class  play. 
This  drama  class  was  his  only  exposure  to  drama 
until  age  twenty-three.  John  spent  one  boring 
semester  at  Davis  and  Elkins  College  and  dropped 
out  to  join  the  Army.  The  Army  never  had  so  hap- 
py a  soldier. 

The  Army  was  the  major  influence  on  John's  life 
and  he  planned  to  be  a  career  soldier.  He  served 
during  some  very  tense  moments  in  American 
history:  the  Cuban  Missile  Crisis  and  Berlin  Airlift 
to  name  two,  but  he  loved  the  discipline,  the  esprit 
de  corps,  and  most  of  all,  the  traveling  that  the  Ar- 
my offered.  After  four  years  he  left  the  Army,  "to 
try  and  remember  civilian  life  for  a  while"  and  he 
never  went  back  in.  The  Army  days  are  still  so  much 
a  part  of  him— from  his  "U.S.  Army"  belt  buckle 
to  a  copy  of  the  New  York  Times  from  December 
7,  1941. 

John  retuned  to  college  at  what  is  now  Virginia 
Commonwealth.  He  became  a  drama  major  because 
during  the  first  days  of  classes,  the  head  of  the 
drama  department  had  time  to  speak  to  him  while 
the  head  of  the  law  school  did  not.  He  was  always 
working  in  school  plays  primarily  because  he  was 
older  than  most  of  the  students  and  could  play  older 
roles.  Upon  completing  undergraduate  work,  he  liv- 
ed and  worked  in  New  York  for  several  years  do- 
ing dinner  theatre  and  working  off-Broadway.  He 
took  his  MFA  at  Wayne  State  in  Detroit.  Before 
coming  to  UNC-G,  John  taught  acting  at  West 
Virginia  University. 

What  John  Arnold  brings  to  teaching  is  a  rich, 
varied  background  coupled  with  a  great  deal  of 
legitimate  stage  experience  on  both  coasts.  He  is 
a  highly  valuable  asset  to  the  Acting  Faculty 
because  of  his  strength  and  dynamic  personality. 
His  spirit  is  contagious  and  no  doubt  will  serve  him 
very  well  as  a  teacher  of  young  actc-s. 

MarK  Marcti 


Steve  Davis 

Actor 


Steve  Davis.  Steve  Devo.  The  man,  the  myth.  The 
Once-and-Future  Sound  Effect.  The  endless  Even- 
ing at  Improv.  Hide  the  children  and  old  people,  he's 
here.  Well  no,  let  the  children  out,  they'll  want  to 
see  him. 

Steve  Davis  is  an  actor  at  LTNC-G,  and  a  musi- 
cian, and  a  photographer  and  he  is  graduating  in 
the  Spring  of  1986  with  a  BFA  in  acting.  He  is  from 
Murfreesboro,  N.C.  and  if  you've  been  there,  you 
don't  have  a  lot  of  company.  All  performers  take 
a  long,  winding  journey  to  get  where  they're  go- 
ing, so  in  that  sense  Steve  seems  quite  normal.  But 
only  in  that  sense. 

He  managed  to  avoid  small-town  life  a  couple  of 
different  ways.  First  he  was  president  of  a  high 
school  club  that  traveled  all  over  the  southeast.  Se- 
cond, he  and  his  rock  band  spent  as  much  time  as 
possible  in  near-by  Virginia  Beach  and  Norfold  play- 
ing gigs.  He  was  a  member  of  the  "counterculture" 
of  Murfreesboro,  and  managed  to  avoid  boredom. 

In  high  school  Steve  played  in  the  jazz  band  for 
quite  some  time.  But  as  his  teacher  explained,  "Cats 
don't  miss  gigs,"  and  when  Steve  did,  Steve  was 
out  of  the  jazz  band.  When  that  happened,  Steve 
did  what  anyone  in  his  position  would  do,  he  went 
and  auditioned  for  the  school  production  of  the 
musical  Oklahoma.'  He  had  discovered  his  addiction 
to  being  on  stage  and  simply  couldn't  resist.  The 


audition  he  credits  to  the  woman  who  headed  the 
drama  department.  "She  is  the  closest  person  in  the 
world  to  me.  No  one  knows  me  better  than  she 
does." 

After  coming  very  close  to  attending  UNC-G  right 
out  of  high  school,  Steve  took  a  two-year  degree  in 
Photography  at  Chowan  College.  He  transferred  to 
Greensboro  in  1983  and  has  loved  every  minute 
since.  A  lot  of  the  minutes,  at  any  rate. 

The  actor-training  at  UNC-G  fit  Steve  very  well, 
and  he  has  obviously  fit  into  the  program.  In  the 
Fall  of  1984,  his  performance  as  MacHeath  in  Three- 
Petiny  Opera  got  him  nominated  for  the  Irene  Ryan 
Award,  a  prestigious,  nation-wide  scholarship  com- 
petition. He  advanced  to  the  regional  finals  before 
being  eliminated.  Currently  he  is  working  on  his 
comedy  and  comic  timing,  all  the  while  yearning  for 
some  dramatic,  heavier  sorts  of  roles. 

The  future  for  Steve  Davis  holds  more 
photography,  music,  and  drama.  Steve  sees  himself 
"either  on  one  side  of  the  camera  or  the  other.  Ac- 
tors need  photographers,  photographers  need  ac- 
tors." He  is  also  a  drummer  and  would  like  nothing 
more  than  to  be  a  "rich  and  famous  musician."  Even 
though  his  father  still  wants  him  to  be  a 
photographer. 

Mark  March 


Gary  Pitt 

Basketball  Player 


"The  refrigerator,"  he  isn't.  A  legitimate  6'5", 
stomping  through  life  in  size  IIV2  shoes,  Gary  Pitt 
is  more  likely  to  be  compared  to  the  Empire  State 
Building. 

It  seems  Gary's  been  blessed  with  height  since  he 
was  young.  By  now,  he  has  learned  how  not  to  suf- 
fer from  acrophobia.  In  fact,  he  enjoys  the  higher 
altitude.  "You  get  to  look  down  on  everybody  and 
you  get  the  feeling  that  everyone  looks  up  to  you. 
I've  been  tall  all  my  life;  even  in  kindergarden.  I 
just  started  out  tall  and  gradually  kept  getting 
taller.  It's  not  that  hard.  You  can  still  talk  to  women 
unless  you're  eight  feet  (tall)." 

Gary's  unusual  growth  pattern  and  inordinate 
elevation  made  him  a  prime  candidate  for  the  game 
of  basketball.  It  was  due  to  the  encouragement  ol 
his  brothers  that  he  began  playing.  He's  been  hon- 
ing his  skills  ever  since. 

Gary  says  his  primary  support  comes  from  his 
family  and  fourteen  brothers  and  sisters  who  live 
in  Bel  Air  Maryland  and  manage  to  attend  as  many 
of  his  games  as  possible.  He  adds  that  he  has  his 
mother  to  thank  for  prodding  him  into  staying  in 
school  when  he  reached  the  point  of  giving  up  and 
leaving.  And  it  seems  to  have  paid  off.  Gary  plans 
to  graduate  at  the  end  of  Spring  semester  of  '86. 
"I'm  getting  ready  for  an  occupational  career,"  he 
explains."!  figure  after  this  year  my  basketball 
career  is  over,  so  I'll  be  looking  for  a  good  job  in 
the  computer  field  to  make  money." 

Before  leaving  UNC-G,  however.  Gary  hopes  the 
basketball  team  will  be  the  conference  tournament 
champions.  "I  fee!  I  should  at  score  at  least  twelve 
points  a  game  and  average  ten  rebounds.  We're  im- 
pro\'ing  and  by  conference  time  we  should  be  ready 
to  go." 

The  basketball  team  offered  Gary  a  family  setting 
which  stressed  interpersonal  relationships  and 
togetherness,  which  are  things  he  grew  up  with. 
Budgeting  his  time  is  crucial  but  not  only  does  Gary 
manage  to  juggle  classes,  play  ball,  and  visit 
Hooligan's  once  in  a  while  ■  he  also  works  in  the 
library  bindery  putting  books  together.  Basketball 
provides  him  an  extracurricular  outlet  for  the 
pressures  of  academics  and  a  chance  to  play  the 
game  he  likes  best. 

"Besides,"  he  says.  "It's  fun." 

Nan  Lewis 


Aubrey  Garlington 

Music 


If  you  ask  any  music  major  who's  been  around  his 
or  her  department  long  enough  just  who  the  most 
feared  and  detested  music  professor  is,  you're  liltely 
to  hear  the  name  "Aubrey  Garlington."  Dr.  Garl- 
ington's  reputation  is  legendary  among  the 
graduate  and  undergraduate  music  students  who 
have  somehow  managed  to  survive  a  Music  History 
course  under  his  critical  eye.  For  this  reason,  we 
at  Pine  Needles  have  decided  to  profile  this 
enigmatic  and  somewhat  controversial  man,  if  on- 
ly to  find  out  his  opinion  of  his  own  reputation. 

Dr.  Aubrey  S.  Garlington,  Jr.  received  his 
Bachelor  of  Music  decree  in  Piano  Pedagogy  with 
minors  in  Applied  Voice  and  English  Literature 
from  Baylor  University  in  1952.  In  1956,  he  was 
awarded  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  in  Music  History  and  in  1965  he 
received  his  Ph.D.  in  Musicology  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois.  From  1961  to  1977  he  held  three  posi- 


tions at  Syracuse  University,  first  as  an  Instructor, 
then  as  an  Assistant  Professor,  and  finally  as  an 
Associate  Professor.  In  1977  he  joined  the  Music 
faculty  here  at  UNC-G  as  a  full  professor  of  music 
history.  Dr.  Garlington  has  been  published  in  many 
prestigious  music  journals,  including  The  Journal 
of  the  Avierican  Musicologieal  Society  and  Musical 
Quarterly.  His  specialties  include  Romantic  Opera 
and  Florentine  librettos. 

Dr.  Garlington  is  well  aware  of  the  fact  that  some 
students  may  consider  him  not  only  tough  and 
demanding,  but  unreasonable  and  possibly  even  un- 
fair. This  writer  was  at  first  a  bit  leery  of  raising 
this  possibly  delicate  subject,  but  it  soon  became  evi- 
dent that  any  such  qualms  were  unfounded,  for  Dr. 
Garlington  was  quite  willing  to  comment  upon  the 
reputation  he  has  acquired. 

"I  think  I  am  demanding,  but  I  don't  think  I  am 
unreasonable.  Being  tough  is  not  the  issue  here.  I 


have  always  expected  people  to  be  interested  in 
what  they  are  doing  and  I  make  no  bones  about  the 
fact  that  I  am  bored  when  they  aren't.  I  think  my 
demanding  nature  is  best  understood  in  two  parts: 
(1)  I  demand  that  the  student  think,  and  (2)  I  de- 
mand that  the  student  do  his  or  her  best.  I  am  never 
satisfied  unless  both  demands  are  met.  And  in  this 
way  I  obviously  alienate  some  students  and  rarely 
win  friends  and  influence  people!  Yet,  I  think  I  am 
'true'  to  this  reputation  of  being  a  'demanding  pro- 
fessor.' Why  aren't  we  all  'demanding?' 

"I  suppose  the  only  issue  here  is  the  responsibili- 
ty I  have  to  make  a  judgement  upon  the  'best'  ef- 
forts of  my  students,  but  is  that  not  the  professor's 
charge?  We  all  make  mistakes,  of  course,  but  in  the 
long  run,  our  demands  will  cause  those  who  wish 
to  learn  to  at  least  face  up  to  the  challenges." 

—Steve  WilliaTns 


Betty  Jean  Jones 

Theatre 


Her  perspective,  her  ideas,  her  voice,  even  her 
eyes  suggest  "temps  perdu",  times  past.  Not  the 
distant  past,  for  her  youthfulness  and  exuberance 
could  easily  mistake  her  for  an  older  undergraduate. 
But  there  was  a  time,  about  fifteen  years  ago.  when 
a  revolutionary  consciousness  prevailed  around  this 
country  and  institutions  that  could  not  stand  up 
under  the  scrutiny  of  sharp  questionmg  and  new 
ideas  were  either  changed  <>r  discardt-d 

Dr.  Betty  Jean  Jonns  is  a  product  vi  that  period, 


m  part,  and  she  still  reflects  the  spirit  and  the  prac- 
tice of  that  time.  It  is  important  to  note  that  the 
'60s  consciousness  is  only  a  part  of  what  makes  up 
Betty  Jean  Jones,  because  there  are  other  facets 
to  her  which  exert  just  as  much  influence  over  the 
course  of  her  life. 

She  was  born  in  Albany,  Georgia  and  if  a 
childhood  could  ever  influence  one's  later  thinking, 
imagine  being  a  black  female  in  the  deep  South  thir- 
ty years  ago— before  integration  was  an  accepted 


fact,  before  whatever  liberation  came  for  Blacks  in 
the  late  '60s,  before  the  Women's  Movement.  In 
light  of  that,  what  Betty  Jean  has  done  with  her 
life  seems  rather  miraculous.  From  Albany  she  came 
to  Bennett  CoUeee  in  Greensboro  where  she  ma- 
jored in  Journahsm  and  Theatre.  Once  out  of  Ben- 
nett she  worked  as  senior  writer  for  a  national 
public  relations  fu"m,  a  job  that  gave  her  the  chance 
to  travel  all  over  the  country.  She  missed  work  in 
the  theatre,  however,  and  came  to  UNC-G  for  an 
MFA  in  Directing.  She  wanted  to  direct  profes- 
sionally, but  was  "courted"  into  going  for  a  Ph.D. 
She  took  this  degree  at  the  University  of  Wiscon-_ 
sin  at  Madison  which  has  the  finest  program  in 
American  Theatre  anywhere. 

"I  really  didn't  know  roads  would  lead  back  to 
Greensboro,"  she  said.  "I  wanted  to  have  access  to 
major  theatre  center,  like  New  York,  and  also  be 
able  to  promote  the  film  aspects  of  drama."  UNC- 
G  is  one  of  the  few  schools  to  offer  the  MFA  degree 
in  Film  Studies.  Because  of  the  emphasis  placed  on 
film  here,  she  returned.  "There  was  some 
apprehension— but  I  was  accepted  as  a  colleague  and 
a  peer.  For  that  I  am  eternally  grateful.  I  am  com- 
mitted to  this  place  for  an  extended  period.  We're 
moving  in  very  positive  directions  here." 

Dr.  Jones'  primary  task  is  that  of  professor  in  the 
department  of  Theatre.  She  teaches  a  variety  of 
courses,  including  Directing,  Criticism  and  Theory, 
and  Modern  Theatre  Styles.  "I  feel  that  my  area 
of  emphasis  is  relating  historical,  critical,  and 
creative  process  to  the  drama."  It  is  the  notion  of 
a  process,  of  beginning  with  one  idea,  pursuing  it, 
and  finding  the  related  ideas  that  Dr.  Jones  em- 
phasizes in  her  teaching.  She  has  certainly  lived  ac- 
cording to  this  principle.  "My  own  education 
reflected  a  steady  growth  in  numbers— from  500  at 
Bennett  to  5,000  at  UNC-G  to  40,000  at  Wiscon- 
sin. There  were  different  value  systems  at  each 
place.  I  experienced  tremendous  growth  at  each 
place,  but  my  family  is  where  it  all  began." 

A  Black  family  in  Georgia  in  the  late  fifties  had 
little  to  count  on  except  one  another,  and  Betty 
Jean's  speech,  in  class  and  out,  is  punctuated  with 
tidbits  from  her  family,  especially  her  grandmother. 
Her  family  she  describes  as  "very  close-knit,  but 
believing  in  personal  ex"pression.  We  supported  each 
other's  ideas  and  desires.  We've  all  done  very  dif- 
ferent things  with  our  lives,  and  my  parents  are  as- 
tounded and  pleased  with  the  results."  Her  family 
instilled  in  her  the  value  of  the  individual  as  well 
as  the  strength  and  unity  of  the  larger  whole.  These 
are  also  ideas  she  tries  to  pass  on  in  her  teaching. 
"To  be  a  part  of  a  small  thing  that  comes  together 
to  form  a  large  thing.  That  is  America,"  she  says. 
She  emphasizes  that  this  idea  goes  beyond  na- 
tionalism, that  we  must  be  aware  of  our  position 
HI  the  world  community.  Since  leaving  Bennett  she 
ha^  travelled  extensively  and  she  sees  travel  as  in- 
valuable to  her  teaching  because  it  has  afforded  her 
a  much  broader  perspective. 

For  the  current  generation  of  students  she  has 
rather  pointed  advice,  although  this  advice  is  given 
with  a  slight  smile.  "Suddenly,  I'm  teaching  the  next 
generation.  I  was  the  next  generation.  That's  very 
sobering."  This  of  course  refers  to  the  impact  the 
generation  of  students  in  the  sixties  made  on  the 
world,  as  if  there  might  never  be  another  genera- 
tion after  it.  "Students  today  are  losing  sight  of 
what  It  means  to  be  human.  They  want  the  bottom 
line  education— whatever  will  get  the  job.  That 
frightens  me.  Tunnel  vision  is  extremely 
frightening." 

The  student/radical  of  the  sixties  co-exists  with 
the  small-town  Black  girl  from  Georgia  in  this  suc- 
cessful woman  of  the  eighties.  Her  comments  should 
not  go  un-heeded  for  they  reflect  a  great  deal  of  ex- 
perience and  many  diverse  places.  There  is  value 
in  the  lessons  of  our  history,  both  on  a  personal  level 
and  in  the  realm  of  the  larger  group.  This  is  one 
idea  Betty  Jean  Jones  has  learned  to  live  by  and 
one  from  which  we  can  all  benefit. 

Mark  March 


Mark  Thomas 

Poet 


Mark  Thomas,  a  talented  poet  completing 
his  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Creative  Writing 
degree  at  UNCG,  is  in  trouble.  Too  many 
landers  have  turned  into  mutants  and  a  cluster 
of  swarmers  is  heading  his  way.  The  battle  has 
been  valiant,  but  it's  almost  over. 

"Not  quite  high  score,"  he  says  with  a  sigh 
as  he  straightens  up  from  the  Defender  game. 
In  his  striped  tie,  cardigan  sweater,  and  tweed 
jacket,  he  looks  very  out  of  place  in  the  arcade. 

Nor  does  he  really  blend  in  with  his  surroun- 
dings at  Parker  Brothers  Chicken  and  Fish, 
sipping  iced  tea  and  discussing  his  educational 
career. 

It's  been  a  long  one.  Mark  took  nine  years 
getting  his  B.A.  in  English  from  N.C.  State. 
"I  dropped  out  for  four  years.  It  was  the  usual 
■J  want  to  experience  the  real  world'  routine. 
I  worked  construction,  tended  bar,  painted 
houses,  the  works.  I  was  so  precious  I  hate 
to  think  about  it  now.  One  of  the  lies  I  told 
myself  was  that  I  could  write  more  once  I  was 
out  of  school.  Unfortunately,  I  wrote  almost 
nothing  for  those  four  years.  School  helps,  as 
I  found  out  when  I  returned  to  State,  if  only 
because  you're  around  pens  and  paper  all  the 
time,  items  you  just  don't  have  when  you're 
toting  steel." 

It  was  after  returning  to  State  that  he  found 
out  he  wanted  to  be  a  poet.  This  was  largely 
due  to  the  influence  of  Lance  Jeffers,  who 
taught  there,  and  Gwendolyn  Brooks,  whom 
he  met  when  she  came  to  State  as  a  visiting 
artist.  They  introduced  him  to  the  work  of 
other  black  poets,  an  important  revelation.  "I 
was  struck  by  their  emotionalism,  their  hones- 
ty, the  real  sense  they  have  that  poetry  mat- 
ters in  the  real  world." 

"Lance  Jeffers  made  me  feel  I  was  reading 
poetry  for  the  first  time.  Before,  I  could  read 
someone  easily  accessible  like  Pope,  where 
everything's  there  on  the  page,  but  more  obli- 
que stuff  was  beyond  me.  In  Jeffers'  class,  I 
saw  for  the  first  time  that  poetry  is  a  different 
medium  from  prose,  how  everything  is  so 
much  more  intense,  how  every  word  weighs 
mure." 

After  graduating  from  State,  presumably 
with  a  long  sigh  of  relief,  Mark  earned  an 
M.A.  in  English  Literature  from  William  and 
Mary,  where  he  wrote  his  thesis  on  the  poetry 
of  Malcolm  Lowry.  While  there,  he  met  Kim 
Fields.  "Kim  was  the  person  who  had  all  the 
right  answers— she  worked  for  the  depart- 
mental office,  and  always  knew  when  courses 
met,  when  paychecks  were  issued,  all  that." 
She  must  have  known  the  right  answer  to  a 
more  personal  question,  too.  for  they  were 
married  in  1984. 

Now,  Mark's  finishing  his  M.F.A.  here  and 
looking  ahead.  Pressed  about  the  role  of  the 
Poet  in  society,  he  looks  embarassed.  "Now 
how  can  I  answer  that  without  sounding  pom- 
pous? But  I  do  think  there  is  something  to  be 
cherished  in  the  idea  that  poets  are  out  of  step 
with  the  everyday  world.  If  we  don't  believe 
that  about  ourselves,  we  might  stop  writing." 
—Ian  McDowell 


Fred  Chappell 

Creative  Writing 


"When  you  teach  it  means  that  you  have  to 
think  about  literature  all  day  long  and  you 
can't  ever  get  away  from  it— and  it  makes  sure 
you  have  to  write  everyday  because  you  just 
can't  put  down  your  pencil  and  forget  about 
it,"  says  Fred  Chappell,  a  member  of  the 
UNCG  MFA  Creative  Writing  Program. 

Chappell  says  he  works  every  day  with  two 
kinds  of  students;  those  who  want  to  be 
writers  and  those  who  are  or  will  be.  And 


*r^ltt_'_' 


there  is,  according  to  him,  a  big  dif- 
ference."Yeah,  people  who  want  to  be  writers 
are  not  serious  about  it.  People  who  want  to 
write  are  different— they  turn  out  to  be 
writers.  And  it's  easy  to  distinguish  the  sheep 
from  the  goats  in  class— not  by  looking  at 
them,  but  because  the  people  who  want  to 
write  turn  in  writing,  and  those  who  just  want 
to  be  writers,  well,  they  don't  turn  in  much." 

Of  course,  the  idea  of  a  writing  class  as  a 
place  to  teach  a  person  to  be  a  writer  is  one 
he  scoffs  at. "You  don't  even  attempt  to  try 
to  teach  a  person  to  write.  You  can  teach  a 
few  things  about  how  not  to  write,  and  a 
whole  lot  about  how  to  read  in  a  helpful  man- 
ner, There  are  a  lot  of  people  who  think  about 
writing  who  haven't  read  very  much— but 
they're  really  not  writers  at  heart.  They're 
often  really  rock  stars  or  movie  stars  in  their 
secret  heart  and  they've  taken  up  writing 
because  perhaps  that's  an  adjunct  or  some  en- 
trance into  the  other,  more  glamourous  field. ' ' 

While  he  will  say  that  he  teaches  to  support 
his  writing  habit,  it  is  clear  that  Chappell  is 
at  heart  a  teacher  dedicated  to  education  in 
general  rather  than  just  the  teaching  of 
writing.  "I'd  rather  teach  film  classes,  18th 
century  literature,  science  fiction,  freshman 
comp,  or  almost  anything  rather  than  a 
writing  class— partly  because  writing  classes 
take  up  so  much  time.  They  really  are  com- 
position classes  and  you're  reading  enormous 
amounts  of  composition  all  the  time.  But  there 
is  also  a  lot  of  personal  give  and  take  in 
writing  classes  that  I  find,  well,  a  little  em- 
barrassing, a  little  uncomfortable.  I'm  willing 
to  do  it— that's  part  of  the  job,  it  comes  with 
the  territory— but  its  not  an  easy  thing  for  a 
shy  person  to  do.  And  most  writers  are  shy, 
sort  of  hermits  at  heart." 

"When  you  critique  someone  else's  writing 
you  are  saying,  in  effect  'you  didn't  think  very 
well  at  this  point'  or  'you  didn't  express 
yourself  very  well  at  this  point'— and  one's 
thoughts  and  manner  of  expressions  are  the 
most  personal  things  about  him.  Writers,  over 
time,  have  to  learn  to  accept  criticism  and 
learn  from  it.  If  you  find  a  writer  who  has 
never  recieved  a  rejection,  for  example,  (and 
there  are  writers  like  that)  he'll  probably  get 
bad  reviews  that  he'll  have  to  accept.  Or  his 
mother  may  not  like  what  he  writes.  Once  you 
commit  yourself  to  paper  you've  made 
yourself  a  target." 

An  self-professed  "Appalachian  writer" 
from  his  roots  in  the  North  Carolina  moun- 
tain town  of  Canton,  Chappell  made  himself 
more  of  a  target  by  choosing  to  write  the  Ap- 
palachian story  long  before  it  came  back  into 
vogue  in  the  seventies.  When  asked  about 
whether  the  popularity  of  such  mountain 


books  as  Foxfire  has  changed  the  way  people 
recieve  his  stories,  Chappell  answers  "Yes,  in 
a  way  it  has.  And  that's  strange.  I  wrote  for 
years  without  people  realizing  I  was  an  Ap- 
palachian writer.  I  suppose  they  didn't  think 
very  much  about  Appalachian  writers.  And 
after  a  few  years,  when  the  Appalachian 
writer  did  enjoy  some  sort  of  vogue,  people 
seemed  to  forget  or  not  to  know  that  I  was 
still  writing  about  that  material."  He  laughs.  ■ 
"It  doesn't  bother  me,  I  mean,  that's  not  a  I 
complaint.  Its  just  that  I  kind  of  got  lost 
because  I  didn't  come  along  at  the  right  mo- 
ment. That  happens  to  a  great  many  writers 
all  the  time." 

But  the  greater  popularity  of  the  Ap- 
palachian story  doesn't  always  change  the 
willingness  of  people  to  accept  or  understand 
the  dtories.  "For  some,  yes,  for  most  people 
no.  For  most  readers  it  doesn't  really  matter 
where  a  story  or  poem  is  set.  They're  in- 
terested in  the  narrative  itself,  the 
characterizations  and  so  forth.  There  are  cer- 
tain readers  and  editors  and  critics  to  whom 
setting  is  very  important.  They  dislike 
anything  that  can  be  tagged  as  regional  right 
off  the  bat.  There  are  others  to  whom  that's  I 
very  important  and  they  will  approve  of  I 
something  simply  because  its  regional.  Then 
you  hope  for  those  intelligent  readers  in  there 
who  will  take  the  region  as  part  of  the  sub- 
ject matter  but  don't  let  it  influence  their 
judgement  about  the  worth  of  the  work." 

Chappell  is  seemingly  even  more  reluctant 
to  talk  about  the  work  he  does  instructing 
poets  in  the  MFA  program.  "In  some  respects 
its  easier  to  teach  poetry  than  fiction  because 
its  easier  to  teach  the  mechanics.  Its  easier  ■ 
to  teach  meter,  what  stanza  forms  are,  the  I 
whole  technical  side  of  poetry.  I  could  teach 
that  forever  because  its  an  endless  discipline 
and  its  endlessly  fascinating  to  me.  What 
makes  it  more  difficult  to  teach  than  fiction 
IS  that  the  lyric  poems  are  often  quite  per- 
sonal, that  is,  you  don't  have  a  personna 
separate  from  the  poet  speaking  as  you  always 
do  in  fiction.  You  can  find  yourself  talking 
directly  about  someone's  naked  feelings  and 
emotions  and  that  can  get  a  little  bit  sticky." 

The  outlook  for  poets  today  is  the  same  as 
its  always  been,  says  Chappell.  "They  share 
the  common  human  condition— just  death  at 
the  end  of  it  and  whatever  you  can  get  in  bet- 
ween. It  hasn't  changed,  so  far  as  I  can  tell, 
in  the  four  thousand  years  that  we  know  of  I 
poetry  existing.  It's  not  quite  so  popular  now  I 
as  it  was,  say,  in  the  19th  century  when 
several  poets  became  very  famous.  But  that 
was  an  abberation  in  the  history  of  poetry. 
Mostly  poets  have  made  their  way  by  going 
door  to  door  and  getting  pots  flung  at  them." 


Despite  this,  he  will  cheerfully  admit  he 
would  "rather  write  poetry  than  anything 
else.  The  challenge  (in  poetry)  is  always  there 
from  word  to  word  and  pause  to  pause, 
wheras  in  fiction  you  have  to  worry  a  great 
deal  about  things  that  aren't  absolutely 
necessary  to  the  theme  you've  developed.  You 
have  to  do  lots  of  housekeeping  in  fiction— 
you've  got  to  put  clothes  on  people,  empty  the 
ashtrays,  raise  and  lower  the  window  and  a 
lot  more  detail  work  to  convince  people  that 
it's  a  solid  world  there  for  the  story  to  take 
place  in.  Poetry,  with  its  wonderful  genius  for 
compression,  gets  rid  of  a  lot  of  that  kind  of 
stuff  for  you." 

Poetry  brought  Chappell  what  most  would 
consider  his  greatest  literary  honor  in  1985 


when  he  was  awarded  the  Bollingen  prize  for 
poetry  by  Yale  Library.  The  award  brought 
him  into  the  spotlight,  yielding  countless  in- 
terviews, calls  for  readings,  and  even  a  televi- 
sion appearance  on  the  UNC  Television  net- 
work with  UNC  President  William  Friday. 
Winning  awards,  however,  is  not  something 
Chappell  sees  as  any  measure  of  long  term 
success.  "It  changed  things  quite  tumultuous- 
ly  for  about  six  months  with  a  lot  of  publici- 
ty, a  lot  of  correspondence,  some  requests  for 
material— but  then  it  blows  over.  Ours  is  a 
media  society,  and  unless  you're  on  the  front 
page  every  other  day  people  tend  to  forget 
about  it,  as  they  should.  I'm  not  in  favor  of 
poetry  prizes  myself  at  all.  There  are  reasons 
one  has  to  accept  them— mostly  because  it 


would  be  churlish  not  to  accept.  But  they  are 
no  gauge  of  the  worth  of  a  product  itself  and 
they're  as  much  a  matter  of  luck  as  anything 
else." 

Luck  not  withstanding,  Chappell 's  winning 
of  the  Bollingen  was  no  fluke,  but  rather  part 
of  a  distinguished  literary  career  that  has 
spanned  five  novels,  several  volumes  of 
poetry,  and  numerous  works  in  literary 
magazines  around  the  world.  He  won't  talk 
about  it  much,  but  this  isn't  unexpected, 
because  perhaps  he  is  best  described  by  his 
own  description  of  a  writer  as  a  shy  person 
not  interested  in  fame,  but,  rather,  interested 
in  writing. 

Mark  A.  Coram 


Clarence  Vanselow 

Chemistry 


Clarence  Vanselow  of  the  UNCG  Chemistry 
department  pauses  to  consider  his  students. 
He  readily  admits  that  not  all  will  do  as  well 
as  one  might  hope,  that  some  are  less 
motivated  or  simply  less  intelligent  than 
others.  Still,  he  remains  philosophical. 

"It's  kind  of  an  intangible  thing.  I've  got 
seventy  students  in  a  class  right  now.  Perhaps 
one-third  simply  don't  belong  there.  Another 
third  might  be  able  to  muddle  through  if  they 
really  work  at  it.  But  the  remaining  third 
always  includes  seven  or  eight  people  who  will 
do  really  well,  whom  it's  a  pleasure  to  teach. 
They  make  it  worthwhile." 

"After  all,  it's  the  students  who  make  the 
job.  not  the  salary  or  the  hours." 

Not  that  that's  the  only  incentive  to  con- 
tinue teaching  at  UNCG.  "This  area  has  a  lot 
going  for  it.  When  we  interview  people  for 
positions  we  often  get  our  first  choices, 
because  they  like  the  school,  they  like  the  area, 
they  like  the  chmate.  You  don't  have  to  tell 
native  North  Carolinians  about  that,  of 
course." 

Dr.  'Vanselow  is  not  a  native  North  Caroli- 
nian. Originally  from  New  York  State,  he 
recieved  his  Ph.D.  from  Syracuse  and  taught 
at  Thiel,  a  small  Lutheran  college  in  Penn- 
sylvania, and  then  at  Colgate,  before  coming 
here  over  twenty  years  ago.  Since  then  he  has 
seen  the  transition  from  the  old  Women's  Col- 
lege to  the  current  co-ed  university  and  has 
watched  three  changes  in  administration.  Ask- 
ed if  the  university  has  changed  much  since 
that  time,  he  shrugs.  "It's  twice  as  big,  of 
course." 

Unfortunately,  that's  not  the  only  change. 
"Students  are  entering  the  university  less 
well-prepared,  less  motivated.  Some  seem 
uninterested  in  learning.  For  too  many  of 
them,  college  may  have  become  an  extension 
of  high  school.  Part  of  the  problem  may  be 
that  college  is  too  cheap,  that  it  costs  so  lit- 
tle, and  it  is  so  easy  to  drop  classes.  Nothing 
is  really  at  stake.  At  any  rate,  if  those  students 
ever  become  the  real  majority,  we're  all  in  real 
trouble." 

Not  that  he's  a  complete  pessimist.  "I  think 
we've  got  a  pretty  good  school  here.  It  really 
does  have  a  lot  of  solid  aspects.  Most  of  the 
problems  I've  mentioned  would  show  up  at 
almost  any  school  you  went  to.  At  least  peo- 
ple here  are  addressing  the  issue  a  little 
more." 

Vanselow  usually  teaches  the  general 
science  major  chemistry  course— the  first  year 
course  aimed  at  pre-med  students,  engineers, 
and  the  like— and  the  senior  course  aimed  at 
Chemistry  majors.  And  he  doesn't  think  that 
chemists  or  other  scientists  are  the  only  ones 
who  can  benefit  from  a  basic  chemistry  class. 

"We  have  a  history  going  back  to  the  mid- 
dle ages.  It's  perceived  as  a  hard  discipline. 


of  course,  but  that's  because  there's  been  so 
little  preparation  for  it  compared  to  what  you 
get  for  English  or  History  or  whatever.  It's 
good  for  a  student  to  know  what  matter  and 
structure  are,  even  if  it  just  helps  them  read 
labels  on  bottles  and  paint  cans." 

When  asked  for  some  sort  of  parting  ad- 
monition. Dr.  Vanselow  ponders  the  matter. 
"I've  been  in  this  racket  for  a  long  time.  I 
think  about  this  a  lot.  I  often  wonder  what  you 
can  tell  a  student  that  he'll  believe  without 


pontificating.  I  do  talk  in  the  first  couple  of 
days  of  each  semester  about  the  importance 
of  not  deceiving  yourself,  about  believing 
you're  here  in  school  for  a  reason.  Maybe  I'm 
not  inspiring,  but  I  find  that  their  values  have 
pretty  much  been  set  by  not  having  had 
rigorous  demands  made  on  them  in  the  past 
eight  years." 

"Still,  this  is  a  good  place.  I  think  you  can 
get  a  decent  education  here.  It's  the  best  deal 
around,  for  the  price." 

Ian  McDowell 


Marian  Franklin 

Education 


Marian  Franklin  believes  in  the  future  of  the 
counseling  program  at  UNCG. 

She  started  the  program  in  1959  by  teaching 
one  course  in  guidance  for  school  teachers. 
"My  job  was  to  write  a  Master's  and  Educa- 
tion Specialist  program,"  she  explained. "Now 
we've  developed  to  the  point  where  we  are 
accredited." 

UNCG's  counseling  program  is  the  only  ful- 
ly accredited  program  in  the  state  and  one  of 
iinly  32  accredited  programs  in  the  nation. 
■  We  meet  national  standards,"  Franklin  said 
proudly.  "We  have  a  program  that  prepares 
students  for  three  settings:  school  counseling, 
community  counseling,  and  higher  education. 
I  )ur  alumni  have  been  able  to  get  outstandmg 
jnlis,  and  they  contribute  to  the  state  and 
nation." 

Franklin's  life  changed  in  1965  when  she 
saw  an  advertisment  in  a  magazine  for  a  book 
called  Reality  Therapy,  which  was  touted  as 
"a  new  highly  controversial  book  by  the  world 


famous  psychiatrist  William  Glasser."  She 
decided  to  give  the  book  a  try  and  dropped  a 
check  in  the  mail. 

"No  one  in  college  before  1965  had  ever 
heard  of  Glasser,"  Franklin  explained.  "He 
said  that  anyone  who  could  understand  sim- 
ple, simply  communicated  processes  could 
counsel  others." 

After  reading  Reality  Therapy,  Franklin 
knew  she'd  found  a  counseling  approach  she 
believed  in.  She  began  taking  classes  from 
Glasser  in  1966  and  was  one  of  the  first  peo- 
ple to  be  certified  as  a  Reality  Therapist. 

Not  only  did  she  believe  in  Glasser,  Glasser 
believed  in  her.  He  has  personally  recommend- 
ed her  to  teach  classes  for  him  in  Europe, 
Canada  and  the  United  States. 

Franklin  is  one  of  the  busiest  people  in  the 
School  of  Education.  She  teaches  a  variety  of 
classes,  including  Helping  Relationships, 
Counseling  Theories,  Counseling  Adolescents, 
Student  Development  in  Higher  Education 


and  Reality  Therapy.  She  is  finishing  her  se- 
cond term  as  vice  chairperson  of  the  School 
of  Education,  and  she  is  a  member  of  13 
School  of  Education  Committees.  Working 
with  students  is  another  thing  she  enjoys,  and 
she  is  advisor  to  the  graduate  students' 
organization,  the  student  alumni  organization, 
and  Chi  Sigma  Iota,  the  honor  society  for 
counseling  students. 

Franklin  has  the  highest  praise  for  her 
fellow-professors.  "I  am  proud  of  the  seven 
faculty  in  our  department.  I  have  outstanding 
scholars  for  collegues." 

Her  enthusiasm  for  the  program  she  found- 
ed bubbles  out  whenever  she  talks  about  it. 
"Students  can  come  into  our  program  from 
any  major— they  don't  have  to  be  psychology 
or  education  majors.  And  our  graduates  have 
strong  research  backgrounds.  We  can  offer  so 
much." 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Mel  Shumaker 

&  Hugh  Hagaman 

Instructional  Resources 


As  students,  we  get  to  know  our 
teachers  and  even  a  few  administrators 
along  the  way  if  we  take  the  time.  We  ge 
to  know  them  because  they're  the  people 
here  that  we  meet  every  day.  On  the 
other  hand,  students  on  the  whole  tend 
to  forget  there  are  other  people  out  there 
whose  work,  even  if  not  directly  noticed, 
is  what  allows  those  same  teachers  and 
administrators  to  do  their  jobs.  Like  the 
chefs  back  in  the  kitchen,  they're  the  ones 
who  do  a  lot  of  the  work  that  doesn't  get 
noticed. 

Dr.  Hugh  Hagaman  and  Mel  Shumaker 
of  the  Instructional  Resources  Center  are 
two  such  people.  They  deal  in  futures, 
making  plans.  And  every  student  here 
has  benefited  from  their  work.  They're 


the  ones  who,  each  day,  have  to  make 
sure  that  films  and  equipment  like  pro- 
jectors, tape  recorders,  and  VCR's  are 
delivered  to  departments  all  over  campus 
for  the  day's  classes. 

Besides  sharing  their  workspace, 
Shumaker  and  Hagaman  share  an  avid 
interest  in  cameras.  They're  forever 
bringing  back  photographic  relics  from 
auctions  and  even  yard  sales  to  the  point 
where  their  collections  fill  large  portions 
of  their  homes  and  quite  a  large  part  of 
their  offices  in  McNutt  Center. 

"It's  really  a  strange  sort  of  hobby— 
but  our  interests  aren't  exactly  alike,"  ex- 
plains Shumaker.  "Yes, "she  specializes 
in  miniatures,  small  cameras,  and  things 
like  that  while  I  go  in  for  these  ..." 


Hagaman  adds,  motioning  to  a  wall  of 
large  view  cameras  that  look  like  the 
photographic  apparatus  from  a  Three 
Stooges  film  rather  than  anything  from 
this  day  and  age." 

And  while  this  hobby  might  seem  a  bit 
strange,  it  does  have  its  attraction.  When 
they  take  the  time  to  put  certain  of  their 
cameras  on  display  around  McNutt, 
you're  sure  to  see  students  clustered 
around  the  showpieces  trying  to  figure 
out  the  oddities.  In  a  strange  way, 
everyone  is  interested  in  pictures  and 
how  they  are  made.  Indeed,  if  a  picture 
paints  a  thousand  words,  the  collection  of 
this  pair  must  have  been  the  seed  of  many 
libraries. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Paul  Courtright 

Religious  Studies 


Dr.  Paul  Courtright  keeps  strange  company. 

His  office  is  crowded  with  elephant-headed  gods, 
strange  goddesses,  bizarre  and  mythical  beasts,  all 
guaranteed  to  make  any  student  in  the  Religious 
Studies  department  pause  in  wonder  when  coming 
in  to  ask  him  about  a  homework  assignment  or  some 
point  in  his  lecture.  But  perhaps  strangest  of  all  is 
the  fact  that  these  creatures  are  a  large  part  of  his 
life's  work— the  study  of  non-western  religions— a 
field  few  people  understand. 

"My  interest  began  when  I  graduated  from  Cor- 
nell and  was  awarded,  along  with  four  or  five  other 
students,  a  scholarship  to  go  and  teach  in  India  at 
a  college.  I  taught  conversational  English,  and 
basically,  the  reason  for  the  program  was  to  bring 
some  Americans  there  to  give  the  students  a  chance 
to  work  hands-on  with  them,  so  to  speak.  I  travel- 
ed in  almost  every  state  in  the  country,  met  people 
from  all  sorts  of  contexts:  Hindus,  Christians,  Sikhs, 
Jains.  And  since  I  wasn't  at  that  time  committed 
academically  to  studying  India  I  wasn't  doing 
research,  so  my  year  there  was  very  unfocused. 
When  I  got  back  to  the  states  I  went  to  Yale  Divinity 
School,  but  after  a  year  of  theological  study  I  decid- 
ed I  wanted  to  find  some  way  of  following  up  on 
my  interest  in  India.  I  seized  on  the  idea  of  teaching 
religion  in  college  at  about  the  time  a  lot  of  univer- 
sities were  forming  religious  studies  programs- 
back  in  '65— so  there  were  openings  for  people  with 
my  interest  at  an  unprecedented  rate.  I  didn't  want 
to  be  a  missionary  or  a  minister  or  a  theologian,  so 
I  went  to  one  of  the  faculty  and  he  told  me  if  I  was 
serious  about  it  I  should  go  down  to  the  graduate 
school  and  study  Sanskrit.  That  was  my  right  of 
passage.  After  slogging  my  way  through  that  I  went 
to  Princeton,  did  my  graduate  study  there,  and  then 
back  to  India  for  more  study." 

Courtright's  recently  published  book  Ganesa: 
Lord  of  Obstacles.  Lord  of  Beginnings,  has  already 
attracted  much  notice.  But  even  as  it  was  being 
published,  his  research  interests  had  moved  on  to 
subjects  that  Americans  might  find  even  stranger. 
"In  the  last  few  years  I've  been  working  on  another 
project  which  I  hope,  with  a  research  leave,  will  get 
finished.  That's  a  study  of  the  Hindu  goddesses— 
particularly  the  goddess  Sutee,  one  of  the  forms  of 
Parvati,  the  wife  of  Shiva.  In  her  incarnation  as 
Sutee  she  commits  a  sacrifice  in  defense  of  her  hus- 
band in  which  she  immolates  herself  (throws  herself 
onto  a  fire).  And  this  has  been  related  to  a  practice 
in  traditional  culture,  which  in  remote  areas  of  In- 
dia still  takes  place,  and  seems  to  be  increasing. 
Widows  will  burn  themselves  aUve  on  the  funeral 
pyres  of  their  dead  husbands.  In  the  early  19th  cen- 
tury the  practice  was  banned  in  the  areas  of  India 
under  British  rule.  What  I've  been  working  on  is 
taking  two  tracks.  The  first  involves  texts  and  folk 
traditions  and  what  they  take  for  granted  in  the  In- 
dian religious  universe,  which  includes  such  things 
as  rebirth  and  karma;  and,  secondly,  trying  to 
reconstruct  a  case  for  why  this  represents  an  heroic 
effort.  The  second  track  is  about  how  westerners 
saw  this,  why  they  were  at  first  fascinated  with  it 
and  now  find  it  abhorrent  and  representitive  of 
everything  in  India  they  don't  like.  So  coming  down 
on  Sutee  was  a  way  of  flexing  their  political  muscles, 
so  to  speak." 

"What  people  fail  to  understand  is  that  this  ritual 
sacrifice  is  heroic,  exemplary  on  the  part  of  the 
woman— in  fact,  that  it  was  on  the  same  level  or 
strata  of  heroic  sacrifice  as  the  male  warrior's 
sacrifice  of  his  life  to  the  community  in  battle— so 
much  that  these  sacrifices  are  celebrated  together 
on  the  same  traditional  memorial  stones." 


As  for  the  rigors  of  working  in  a  field  where  so 
many  other  researchers  are  hard  at  work,  Cour- 
tright thinks  there  is  more  than  enough  to  "go 
around."  "I  think  there  are  two  kinds  of  scholar- 
ship," he  says.  "One  is  trying  to  show  people 
something  that  hasn't  been  seen  before— being  the 
first  in  and  sort  of  mapping  the  territory.  That's 
what  I  did  with  Ganesa  and,  to  some  extent,  with 
Sutee.  The  other  kind  of  scholarship,  and  it  is  equal- 
ly important,  is  trying  to  get  right  what  others  have 
misread.  In  that  kind  of  scholarship  you  really  have 
to  review  all  that  has  been  done  before,  pick  your 
way  through  all  that  secondary  research  like  a 
scholar  of  Shakespeare,  because  the  texts  aren't  go- 
ing to  change.  Its  like  Biblical  studies:  its  very 
doubtful  there's  going  to  be  another  Dead  Sea  Scroll 


discovered.  It's  a  matter  of  figuring  out  new  ways 
to  look  at  the  data  we've  got." 

But  working  within  an  field  like  Religious  Studies 
does  have  one  drawback;  it  is  often  misunderstood 
by  those  who  think  it  is  "teaching  religions  to 
students."  Courtright  thinks  that  this  is  not  the 
case.  "We  have  events  to  allow  not  only  students 
to  get  involved,  but  to  involve  anyone  who  wants 
to  learn.  And  if  that  makes  people  think  we're  pro- 
selytizing for  some  Oriental  religion,  or  any  religion, 
I  just  wish  they'd  come  and  talk  about  it  or  just 
listen  for  a  moment.  It's  sad  to  watch  people  write 
off  fascinating  things  just  because  they  don't 
understand  them." 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Cliff  Lowery 

Dean  of  Students 


Cliff  Lowery  wears  many  hats. 

Dean  of  Students,  one  of  the  prime  movers 
of  the  LINCG  University  Concert  and  Lecture 
Series,  lay  counselor,  arbiter,  chaperone  for 
student  trips  to  England,  Russia  ...  his  is  an 
interesting  and  varied  resume.  But  the  role 
he  plays  day  in  and  day  out— the  closest  link 
the  average  student  has  the  the  university's 
administration— is  one  he  won't  admit  to.  He'd 
much  rather  talk  about  art  and  travel,  two  of 
his  greatest  loves. 

"I'm  very  proud  of  my  involvement  with  the 
arts  at  UNCO,"  says  Lowery.  "Especially 
UCLS.  We've  had  the  fortune  to  be  able  to 
bring  some  of  the  finest  traditional  and  young 
artists  to  UNCG  during  the  existence  of  the 
program.  I  think  we've  been  especially  suc- 
cessful with  looking  ahead.  For  example, 
when  we  brought  Ihtzak  Perlman  here  in  1977 
the  public  was  largely  unaware  of  who  he  was. 
When  he  came  back  in  1983,  he  was  a  sellout." 

But  Lowery's  involvement  with  student  ac- 


tivities goes  much  deeper  than  bringing  artists 
and  lecturers  to  our  schools.  Traveling  with 
students  is  another  route  he  takes— because, 
he  says,  students  need  to  be  "concerned  about 
international  concerns  as  much  as  they  are 
about  local  ones." 

Actually  taking  students  to  other  countries 
is  what  Lowery  sees  as  the  most  important 
step  in  giving  them  a  rounded  view  of  the 
world.  "I'm  very  concerned  about  the  pro- 
paganda our  government  puts  out  about  China 
and  the  USSR."  says  Lowery.  who  returned 
recently  from  a  student  trip  to  the  So\iet 
Union.  "While  I  was  there  I  met  a  number  of 
people  who  are  now  close  friends  and  who  I 
both  admire  and  respect.  They  don't  have  the 
freedoms  we  do.  but  they  are  very  concerned 
about  the  state  of  the  Global  Community.  It 
is  frustrating  so  see  that  they  think  we're  at 
fault  because  of  their  own  propaganda." 

"It  is  imperative  that  all  of  us,  and  especially 
students,  see  the  interdependence  of  people. 


We  have  to  understand  the  sheer  humanity 
those  people  represent.  They  are  very  good, 
just  as  we  are,  and  as  frustrated  as  we  are  as 
w-ell.  I  am  convinced  there  will  be  a  revolu- 
tion in  the  USSR  soon— one  of  a  religious 
nature— because  they  have  such  an  interest  in 
religion  and  the  personal  conscience. 

"I  personally  favor  the  idea  of  exchanging 
thousands  of  students  w'ith  Russia  each  year," 
says  Lowery.  "But  I  am  afraid  the  conser- 
vative tide  of  the  nation  may  get  in  the  way. 
A  sense  of  nationalism  can  be  dangerous— 
because  you  must  be  proud  of  what  you  have, 
but  you  must  learn  to  co-operate  as  well." 

According  to  Lowery.  this  is  only  one  thing 
our  university  should  be  teaching.  Others  im- 
portant subjects  include  trying  out  roles,  get- 
ting feedback  from  peers  about  their  actions 
and  learning  life-long  planning  skills  "so  that 
when  they  get  to  be  3.5  they'll  be  ready  to  be 
president  or  anything  else  they  want  to  be." 
Mark  A.  Coram 


Dean  Johnson,  a  senior  Biology  major. 
IS  a  man  of  many  talents. 

As  president  of  Elliott  University 
(-'enteK.  lie  is  responsible  for  keeping  the 
students  of  UNC-G  entertained.  "I  pro- 
vide the  students  with  a  socially, 
academically  and  culturally  stimulating 
environment,"  he  says,  laughing. 

While  in  high  school  in  New  Jersey, 
Dean  disc -jockeyed  for  parties  and  high 
school  proms.  At  UNC-G  he  became  in- 
volved in  EUC's  Goodnight  Charlie, 
which  provides  music  for  student  dances. 
He  also  plays  several  keyboard  and  per- 
cussion instruments  and  enjoys  all  kinds 
of  music.  "One  More  Night"  by  Phil  Col- 
lins has  been  his  favorite  song  for  over 
a  year. 

The  Martial  Arts  are  another  of  Dean's 
interests— he  has  studied  Tae  Kwon  Do, 
Shotcikan,  Kung  I"u.  Tang  Sudo, 
Okinawan  Kenpo,  Kobudo  and 
Goshuru— and  he  is  director  of  the  Stu- 
dent Escort  Service.  "I  was  disturbed 
during  my  freshman  year  when  I  heard 
aliout  rapes  on  campus,"  he  says.  "An  in- 
fiirmal  escort  service  was  started,  and  it 
kept  growing." 

Aftei-  graduation.  Dean  hopes  to  teach 
high  school  math.  "My  goal  in  life  is  to 
be  happy,"  he  says.  "At  UNC-G  I've 
learned  how  to  deal  with  people  in  any 
circumstance.  I've  learned  so  much  out- 
side the  classroom.  It's  priceless." 

—Dawn  Ellen  NvJbel 


Dean  Johnson 

EUC  President 


Greg  Brown 

Carolinian  Editor 


"A  university  newspaper  should 
function  as  a  kind  of  writing  lab," 
says  Greg  Brown,  the  editor  of  the 
Carolinian.  "It  should  be  an  educa- 
tional experience,  a  training  ground 
for  people  who  want  to  write  in  order 
to  get  some  experience  anc"  get  some 
clippings." 

Obviously,  some  practical  problems 
intrude.  "I  want  to  make  it  as  fair  as 
it  can  be,  but  you  can't  involve  10,000 
students  in  an  eight  page  weekly 
newspaper.  You  can't  use  everybody, 
and  you've  got  to  find  a  diplomatic 
way  of  turning  down  the  ones  you 
don't  have  space  for.  Still,  for  right 
now,  my  maior  problem  is  recruit- 
ment. I'd  like  to  get  more  people  from 
the  journalism  and  publishing  classes 
in  the  English  department  involved." 

As  of  this  writing.  Brown  has  only 
been  in  office  for  a  week,  but  he  clear- 
ly has  long-term  plans.  "I'd  like  to  run 
more  investigative  pieces.  I'd  like  to 
see  how  Student  Government  spends 
our  money,  how  student  activity  fees 
are  spent,  how  the  university 
allocates  money  to  the  various  depart- 
ments and  divisions,  to  see  if  some 
areas  are  getting  slighted.  There'll 
always  be  room  for  features,  and  a 
school  like  this  demands  a  lot  of  arts 
coverage— but  I  come  from  a  hard 
news  background  and  would  like  to 
see  more  of  that  done,  too.  It  would 
be  great  to  be  able  to  train  people  to 
look  and  see  what's  going  on  around 
them.  A  campus  newspaper  should  be 
like  a  microscope  focused  on  the 
university." 

Brown  is  not  the  typical  college 
newspaper  editor.  Thirty-two  years 
old,  he  has  undergraduate  degrees  in 
Journalism  and  History  from  Chapel 
Hill  and  is  working  on  his  Master  of 
Fine  Arts  Degree  in  the  Broad- 
cast/Cinema division  of  the  Com- 
munications Department.  A  former 
VISTA  volunteer.  Brown  names 
photography  as  his  main  hobby  and 
readily  admits  to  enjoying  the  music 
of  Fairport  Convention,  Steeleye 
Span,  Jethro  Tull,  and  (the  early)  Neil 
Young.  When  asked  what  else 
distinguishes  him  in  the  way  of  quirks 
or  habits,  he  smiles.  "I'm  always 
broke." 

The  smile  broadens  when  he  is  ask- 
ed if  he  has  any  words  to  live  by. 
"Always  expect  the  worst  and  you'll 
never  be  disappointed." 

Ian  McDowell 


Mark  A.  Corum 

Pine  Needles  Editor 


Mark  A,  Corum  is  blunt  about  why  he  came 
to  UNCG  from  Boone,  North  Carolina.  "It 
was  in-state,  it  was  cheap,  and  it  wasn't  Ap- 
palachian, where  I'd  been  taking  afternoon 
classes  while  going  to  high  school  during  the 
morning.  I  knew  practically  nothing  about 
UNCG  when  I  came  here." 

Although  Corum  has  worked  for  all  three 
of  UNCG's  student  publications,  has  recent- 
ly completed  the  first  draft  of  a  novel,  and  is 
applying  to  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Creative 
Writing  program,  it  was  not  the  UNCG 
Enghsh  Department  that  first  attracted  him. 
"I  wanted  to  be  a  movie  or  television  direc- 
tor, but  experiencing  the  Broadcast/Cinema 
department  changed  my  mind  about  that." 
After  flirting  with  studying  physics,  he  is  now 
almost  ready  to  graduate  with  a  double  ma- 
jor in  Enghsh  and  Communications. 

Corum  worked  his  way  up  through  the 
ranks  of  the  Carolinian,  becoming  production 
manager,  the  copy  editor,  and,  for  the  the 
1984/85  academic  year.  Editor.  He  also  serv- 
ed as  Associate  Editor  of  the  Coraddi  for  two 
years  running.  When  Dawn  Nubel  had  to  seek 
a  medical  withdrawal  in  September  of  1985, 
he  became  editor  of  the  Pine  Needles. 

He  is  proudest  of  his  association  with  Cor- 
addi. "It's  the  most  important  medium  here. 
It's  been  the  longest  lasting  and  the  farthest 
reaching.  I've  met  people  from  all  over  the  na- 
tion who've  heard  of  it.  You  can't  say  that 
about  the  paper  or  the  yearbook." 

He  is  plainly  reluctant  to  talk  about  his 
novel,  which  he  is  currently  redrafting.  This 
writer  has  seen  it,  however,  and  found  it  more 
impressive  than  many  MFA  theses.  He  does 
acknowledge  the  advice  and  assistance  of 
Fred  Chappell,  acclaimed  poet  and  novelist 
and  a  member  of  the  writing  program.  "The 
first  thing  he  told  me  was  to  lose  the  title,  but 
it  got  more  positive  after  that." 

"Fred  Chappell  has  been  a  tremendous  help. 
He's  the  only  person  writing  'Southern  Fic- 
tion' today  who  I'd  really  like  to  be  able  to 
write  like.  And  that's  strange  because  my 
style  is  almost  the  exact  opposite  of  his.  He's 
one  of  the  three  faculty  members  here  who 
have  really  inspired  me.  The  others  are  Jim 
Clark  and  Thomas  Tedford.  I'd  add  Eddie 
Bowen  to  that  list,  but  certain  imbeciles  in  the 
Communications  Department  got  rid  of  him." 

Aside  from  Chappell,  Corum  likes  to  read 
Clifford  Simak,  Harlan  Ellison  ("his  essays 
more  than  his  fiction"),  and  Walker  Percy 
("The  Moviegoer  especially").  His  favorite 
movies  are  The  Road  Warrior,  Amadeus,  The 
Terminator,  Taxi  Driver,  and  Breaker 
Morant.  His  musical  tastes  are  eclectic,  rang- 
ing from  top  forty  to  rockabilly,  and  stopping 
only  at  heavy  metal.  "I  like  almost  anything 
with  a  good  beat— fifties  stuff.  Buddy  Holly, 
Vivaldi,  Mozart,  and  Weather  Report, 
especially." 

When  asked  if  he  has  any  final  comment  to 
make,  Corum  grins.  "Nothing  I  haven't 
already  been  quoted  on." 

Ian  McDowell 


Michael  Stewart 

SG  President 


Michael  "Mike"  Stewart  can  cope 
with  the  pressures  of  being  president 
of  Student  Government. 

He  has  a  motto:  "When  the  going 
gets  tough,  the  tough  go  shopping." 

Mike  has  been  busy  this  year 
rewriting  the  constitution  of  Student 
Government.  The  new  document  will 
change  the  name  of  the  legislative 
branch  from  the  "Senate"  to  the 
"Student  Governing  Counsel." 
Representitives  will  be  elected  from 
the  freshman,  sophomore,  junior, 
senior,  and  graduate  classes.  Mike 
sees  the  Counsel  as  ideally  being  in- 
volved in  the  policy-making  network 
of  the  university. 

Mike  is  a  creative  person— so 
creative,  in  fact,  that  he  designed  his 
own  major.  Arts  Administration.  His 
studies  combine  Business  Administra- 
tion with  performing  arts  courses. 
He's  also  minoring  in  Political 
Science. 

His  interests  include  movies  and  the 
theatre  (he  prefers  serious  drama) 
and  reading  for  pleasure.  He  wants 
to  get  involved  in  community  action 
for  the  less  priveleged.  "I  really  need 
to  give  something  back  to  the  com- 
munity," he  says.  "Whether  it's 
working  in  a  soup  kitchen  of  as  a  big 
brother,  that's  what  I  really  want  to 
do." 

Mike  says  he  eventually  would  like 
to  head  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts,  but  he'll  settle  with  work- 
ing for  a  local  arts  council  after 
graduation.  "I  could  get  a  MBA  and 
a  big  job,"  he  said.  "But  I'm  not  in 
it  for  the  profit  motive.  I  want  to  love 
what  I'm  doing." 

For  relaxation,  Mike  enjoys  socializ- 
ing with  his  fraternity  brothers.  He's 
vice-president  of  the  UNCG  chapter 
of  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon.  "I  don't 
always  get  to  mixers  and  happy 
hour,"  he  says.  "Sometimes  I  find 
myself  working  more  on  the  business 
end.  But  I  enjoy  it— it's  a  group  of 
friends  to  grow  with." 

When  offered  an  opportunity  to 

give  any  final  opinions,  Mike  grins,"! 

think  everyone  should  go  Democrat!" 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Ian,  Sheila  &  Dariush 

UMB  Representitives 


Ian  McDowell  enjoys  reading  Swamp  miiy 
comics  and  watching  Godzilla  movies.  Sheila 
Bowling  likes  to  play  jokes  on  her  friends. 
Dariush  Shafagh  likes  to  play  jazz  on  his 
guitar.  These  three  seemingly  different  peo- 
ple all  have  one  thing  in  common:  they  were 
elected  the  student  at-large  representatives 
to  the  University  Media  Board.  And  for  the 
first  time  in  recent  memory,  all  the  at-large 
representatives  performed  well  in  their  posi- 
tions, attending  all  the  meetings  and  carry- 
ing out  their  committee  responsibilities. 

Ian  has  a  M.F.A.  in  Creative  Writing  and 
is  now  busy  finishing  his  M.A.  in  English.  He 
is  already  a  published  and  anthologized  writer. 
His  stories  have  appeared  in  Ares.  Fantasy 
Book,  Isaac  Asimov's  Science  Fiction 
Magazine,  Asimov  Presents:  Fantasy,  and 
Coraddi.  Ian  says  he  ran  for  a  position  on  the 
UMB  because  "I  wanted  to  raise  hell.  I  think 
1  succeeded  moderately  well.  I  wanted  to  do 
something  to  improve  the  media  rather  than 
just  sit  around  and  bitch." 

lan's  varied  interests  include  fishing 
("which  I  haven't  done  in  a  while"),  Mexican 
fried  ice  cream,  lox,  sashimi  ("and  other  raw 
things"),  exploitation  movies,  Shakespeare, 
Yeats,  horror  ("Ramsey  Campbell  more  than 
Stephen  King"),  Speckled  South  American 
Tegu  lizards  and  the  plays  of  Tom  Stoppard 
and  Peter  Shaffer. 

Sheila  Bowling,  a  junior  English  major,  was 
the  highest  vote-getter  in  the  election.  "I 
decided  to  run  because  I  thoughtl  could  be  ob- 
jective in  making  decisions,"  she  explained. 
"Media  is  important— we  need  to  know  what's 
going  on." 

Sheila  especially  enjoys  music  and  reading. 
Her  tastes  in  music  run  from  country  pop  to 
rock,  and  she  lists  Styx,  Boston,  Starship, 
Elton  John  and  Alabama  as  favorites.  In 
reading  she  leans  toward  F.  Scott  Fitzgerald, 
Robert  Browning  and  Jonathan  Swift.  "I  love 
to  read  columns  too,"  she  laughed.  "Ellen 
Goodman  and  Jerry  Bledsoe  especially.  I'd  like 
to  write  a  column  one  day." 

Sophomore  Political  Science  major  Dariush 
Shafagh  serves  as  vice  chairperson  of  the 
UMB.  "Basically,  I  find  media  very  in- 
teresting," Dariush  explained.  "I  wanted  to 
get  involved.  I  enjoy  administrative  things." 

Studying  is  one  of  Dariush's  main  interests. 
"Really!"  he  exclaimed  as  his  roommate  scoff- 
ed in  the  background.  "I  love  going  to  school 
and  academics."  Dariush  worked  as  a  staff 
writer  for  The  Carolinian  this  year  covering 
Senate  and  political  science  lectures.  He  also 
speaks  two  languages  in  addition  to  English: 
German  and  Farsi  (the  language  of  Iran). 
Daum  Elltn  Nubel 


Gary  Cerrito 

UMB  Chairperson 


Even  though  he's  only  a  sophomore, 
Gary  Cerrito  has  helped  the  University 
Media  Board  reach  a  long-time  goal— the 
adoption  of  a  new  constitution. 

"As  chair  of  the  Media  Board  I  try  to 
facilitate  information  and  work  as  a 
liason  between  student  and  faculty  board 
members,"  Gary  says.  "I  set  up  agendas 
and  try  to  keep  the  board  moving  in  a 
positive  direction." 

Gary  also  enjoys  being  a  member  of 
Tau  Kappa  Epsilon.  "I  really  like  the 
guys,"  he  explains.  "The  organization 
isn't  looking  for  what  it  can  get  out  of 
you,  but  how  we  can  join  together  and  all 
get  something." 

For  Gary,  being  in  a  fraternity  involves 
more  than  parties.  "We  try  to  help 
others.  Last  year  we  had  a  keg  roll  to 
raise  money  for  St.  Jude's  Children's 
Hospital." 

Gary,  a  Finance  major,  plans  to  keep 
working  with  the  UMB  and  improving 
student  media.  "I  was  a  sophomore  when 
I  ran  for  this  position,  with  no  real  prior 
experience.  At  this  university  students 
can  get  involved  and  make  a  difference, 
contrary  to  popular  belief." 

—Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Ellen  Bryant,  president  of  the 
Residence  Hall  Association,  wants  one 
thing  understood;  students  who  live  on 
campus  here  at  UNCG  don't  live  in 
dorms.  "Dorms  are  temporary,  like  a 
barracks— someplace  you  sleep,  not 
someplace  you  live.  A  residence  hall, 
though,  is  a  place  where  you  live  while 
you're  at  school.  That's  an  important 
difference." 

Ellen  is  very  enthusiastic  about  the 
Residence  Hall  Association,  and  more 
than  willing  to  explain  her  organization's 
function.  "We  have  representatives  from 
each  of  the  residence  halls.  They  give  us 
input  about  criticisms,  complaints,  and 
ideas  that  come  from  the  people  who  live 
there.  From  this  information,  we  can 
form  committees  to  address  certain 
issues  and  ideas.  We've  formed  a  commit- 
tee to  review  designs  for  the  new 
cafeteria,  for  instance.  We  have  a  com- 
mittee to  help  pick  out  the  new  furniture 
for  North  and  South  Spencer.  These  are 
just  a  few  examples.  We  also  participate 
in  campus  activities  like  the  team  walk 
for  the  March  of  Dimes  and  getting  a 
memorial  for  Dr.  Warren  Asby." 

Ellen  is  an  economics  and  modern 
political  science  major  from  Wilmington. 
A  sophomore,  she  enjoys  working  with 
people,  playing  the  piano,  being  with 
children,  and  politics.  While  she  has  not 
chosen  a  definite  career,  this  doesn't 
mean  her  future  plans  are  vague. 

"I'm  not  going  to  be  a  person  who  sits 
beside  a  desk  all  day.  I  want  to  be  with 
people  or  work  with  people.  Law  school 
or  graduate  school  are  possibilities.  I 
don't  want  to  stagnate.  I  want  to  grow 
as  a  person  and  be  challanged. 

—Ian  McDowell 


Ellen  Bryant 

RHA  President 


Andy  Snider  enjoys  a  challenge. 

As  president  of  the  senior  class  and 
chairperson  of  the  Class  Council,  he's 
helped  organize  events  ranging  from 
Spring  Fling  activities  to  a  senior 
class  beach  trip  to  Senior  Day. 

Andy  came  to  UNCG  from  Kennett 
Square,  Pennsylvania.  "I  thought 
about  transferring  to  Chapel  Hill 
after  two  years,  but  I  liked  the  pro- 
gi'am  I  was  in— so  I  stayed." 

His  major  is  Organizational  Com- 
munications. "I  like  the  people  in  the 
department,  and  I  like  the  blend  of 
studying  communications  and 
psychology."  Obviously  his  studies 
paid  off— he  has  been  offered  a  posi- 
tion with  People's  Express  after 
graduation. 

When  Andy  isn't  studying  or  work- 
ing with  the  Class  Council  he  enjoys 
taking  road  trips.  "Winston-Salem, 
Boone,  and  Raleigh  are  my  favorite 
places  to  go,"  he  explains.  He  also 
runs,  and  he  likes  to  eat  out  "just  to 
get  off  campus." 

Andy  can  be  described  as  a  "peo- 
ple person."  His  long  range  plans  in- 
clude attending  seminary. 

"I've  enjoyed  my  senior  year.  I've 
been  faced  with  a  lot  more  challenge. 
I'm  seeing  things  grow  and  come  in- 
to fruition.  I'm  seeing  how  everything 
I've  learned  fits  together— and  I'm  us- 
ing it." 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Andy  Snider 

Senior  Class  President 


Stuart  Smith 

WUAG  General  Manager 


Stuart  Smith  loves  to  talk  about 
WUAG,  106.1  Stereo  FM. 

When  he  came  to  UNCG  he  had  no 
broadcasting  experience.  Now  he's 
serving  his  second  year  as  General 
Manager  of  the  campus  radio  station. 
"I  just  went  to  the  organizational 
meeting  my  first  semester.  I  started 
out  in  news  and  production,  and  even- 
tually got  a  job  on  the  executive  board 
as  traffic  director.  The  following  year 
I  was  elected  General  Manager." 

WUAG's  format  is  Progressive 
New  Music,  which  emphasizes  newer 
artists  and  new  releases.  "We  aren't 
pressured  into  playing  what  is 
popular,"  says  Stuart.  "College  sta- 
tions are  instrumental  in  breaking 
new  artists.  Record  companies  use 
college  stations  as  a  test  market." 

If  you  ask  Stuart  what  his  other  in- 
terests are  besides  WUAG,  you'll 
most  likely  be  met  with  a  blank  stare. 
"I  do  a  lot  of  things  at  the  station," 
he  laughs. 

R.E.M.  amd  U2  have  been  popular 
on  the  station  this  year,  according  to 
Stuart.  So  was  'Tom  Petty's  new 
album  and  several  local  artists  such 
as  One  Plus  Two. 

A  survey  this  fall  showed  WUAG's 
format  to  be  quite  popular  with 
students.  "379-5450,"  says  Stuart. 
"We  take  requests." 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


J| 

i 

^^ 

P 

d 

^^HL  -  >* 

T   ' 

i 

I 

A 

K| 

1 

t 

p 

bf 

^^^^Kp* 

1    % 

^    "^ 

■^^■L^ 

L 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Hm 

Mm 

. 

t      1 

^^^^^^^^H 

-M 

i 

Antonia  Monk 

NBS  President 


Antonia  Monk  has  worked  on  revising 
the  Neo-Black  Society  constitution  and 
restructuring  the  organization  to  better 
reiHect  their  motto,  "Something  For 
Everyone." 

"We  want  to  cater  to  everyone,"  she 
explained,  "not  just  a  select  group." 

As  president  of  the  NBS,  Antonia,  a 
junior  communications/broadcasting  ma- 
jor from  Goldsboro,  has  helped  increase 
the  membership  of  the  organization  to 
400  this  year.  The  groups  has  sponsored 
special  events  ranging  from  perfor- 
mances by  the  dance  and  drama  troupes 
and  the  NBS  Gospel  Choir  to  tutoring 
services,  a  fashion  show,  films  and 
speakers  and  a  spring  musical. 

When  Antonia  is  not  working  or  study- 
ing, she  enjoys  listening  to  music  (her 
favorites  range  from  Michael  Jackson  to 
Wynton  Marsalis)  and  playing  the  flute 
and  piano.  Her  future  plans  include 
graduate  school  at  UNCG  and  breaking 
into  broadcasting,  hopefully  on  a  major 
television  station. 

"People  seem  to  think  the  Neo-Black 
Society  is  just  for  blacks,"  Antonia  said. 
"It  is  an  organization  with  new  black 
ideas,  but  it's  for  everyone.  Now  we  just 
have  one  white  member  and  two  foreign 
members.  We  want  to  convince  the 
students  the  NBS  is  for  everybody." 

—Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Ed  McLester  is  a  busy  man. 

He's  president  of  the  University 
Graduate  Student  Council,  the  father  of 
a  16-year-old  and  a  21 -year-old,  and  a 
chemistry  instructor  at  Rockingham 
Community  College. 

He's  also  working  on  his  doctorate  in 
Higher  Education  Administration. 

Ed  is  interested  in  governance  and 
decision-making,  and  he's  interested  in 
what  graduate  students  can  do  to  help 
themselves.  His  organization  provides 
grants  to  academic  departments  for 
seminars  and  to  individuals  to  foster  their 
professional  development. 

Jackson  Library  is  Ed's  main  hobby. 
All  that  stands  between  him  and  gradua- 
tion next  year  is  his  dissertation.  "I  used 
to  have  some  hobbies,"  he  says  with  a 
laugh.  "Playing  the  guitar,  swimming, 
camping...!  remember  them." 

A  graduate  student's  work  is  never 
done. 

—Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Ed  McLester 

UGSC  President 


Chris  Harlow 

IFC  President 


Chris  Harlow  has  worked  diligently  this 
year  to  make  Inter-Fraternity  Council 
(IFC)  a  forum  to  improve  communica- 
tions between  all  of  UNCG's  fraternities. 

"I  came  to  school  with  a  prefabricated 
notion  of  what  fraternities  are  from  the 
movies,"  Chris  explains.  "It's  not  like 
that." 

His  goals  this  year  were  promoting 
Greek  unity,  educating  the  campus  about 
the  Greek  system  and  increasing 
membership.  Before  leaving  office  he'd 
like  to  use  some  IFC  funds  to  make  an 
alcohol  awareness  video  to  show  in  local 
high  schools. 

Chris,  a  junior  public  relations  major 
from  Miami,  joined  Lambda  Chi  Alpha 
fraternity  as  a  freshman.  "There  are  a  lot 
of  leadership  skills  to  be  gained;  it's  not 
like  Animal  House." 

This  year  IFC  went  from  an  inactive, 
"token"  organization  to  a  vital  part  of 
Greek  life  on  cmapus.  Under  Chris' 
leadership  the  group  printed  a  fraterni- 
ty handbook,  planned  a  structured  Rush 
without  alcohol,  set  up  smokers,  started 
a  file  of  franternity  clippings  and  rosters, 
worked  to  improve  relations  between  all 
fraternities  on  cmapus,  and  planned 
Greek  Week  and  fundraisers. 

Chris  describes  himself  as  a  "people 
person."  "I  look  at  life  as  a  set  of  ex- 
periences. How  many  and  how  good  they 
are  constitutes  your  life  span.  I'm  for  the 
Greek  system  because  it  opens  new  doors 
and  can  only  improve  your  life." 

—Dawn  Elle7i  N^ibel 


Leah  Griffin  made  the  front  page 
of  the  city  section  of  the  Greensboro 
Daily  News  on  January  23, 1986.  She 
was  taking  part  in  a  pro-choice  vigil 
at  the  Greensboro  governmental 
center. 

As  president  of  the  Association  of 
Women  Students,  Leah  is  an  active 
advocate  for  women.  On  campus, 
AWS  shows  films,  sponsors  cultural 
events  and  sponsored  a  series  of 
speakers  titles  "Women  Supporting 
Women",  and  a  Susan  B.  Anthony 
birthday  dinner. 

"We're  not  a  secluded  group  of 
women  who  hate  men,"  Leah  explain- 
ed. "We  love  men.  We  wish  more 
would  be  involved." 

Leah  describes  herself  as  a  Beatle- 
maniac.  "My  room  is  papered  with 
Beatle  posters."  She  also  writes  short 
stories  and  has  been  featured  in  Cor- 
addi,  the  campus  fine  arts  magazine. 

After  graduating  in  May  with  her 
B.A.  in  English,  Leah  will  attend  law 
school  in  hopes  of  trying  discrimina- 
tion cases  one  day. 

If  the  yearbook  awarded   senior 

superlatives,  Leah  would  be  named 

Most  Likely  to  Make  the  Cover  of  Ms. 

—Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Leah  Griffin 

AWS  President 


Bernetta  LaChelle  Ghist  collects  rocks, 
seashells,  keychains,  quotes,  unicorns, 
stuffed  dogs  and  purple  pigs. 

She  is  also  vice-president  of  Student 
Government. 

"It's  like  being  in  a  corporation," 
Bernetta  explained.  "Mike's  the  presi- 
dent, and  we  consult.  Then,  there  are 
people  who  work  under  me.  There  are 
channels  just  like  in  a  regular  business." 

Bernetta  is  on  the  publicity  committee 
in  Identity,  and  she  is  parlimentarian  of 
the  North  Carolina  Student  Legislature. 
She  also  attends  the  meetings  of  eleven 
other  organizations  "out  of  interest." 

When  she's  not  attending  meetings, 
chairing  the  Senate,  or  writing  legisla- 
tion, Bernetta  enjoys  reading.  She  likes 
romances  and  mysteries,  and  Nora 
Roberts,  Dixie  Brown  and  Agatha 
Christie  are  her  favorite  writers. 

After  graduating  with  a  degree  in 
Business  Administration  in  May,  Bernet- 
ta will  attend  the  National  Paralegal 
Training  Institute  in  Atlanta.  Her  long- 
range  goals  are  to  earn  advanced  degrees 
in  law  and  business. 

She  also  enjoys  educating  others  on 
unicorns.  "They  have  the  tail  of  a  lion  and 
the  legs  of  an  antelope,"  she  explained. 
"Their  bodies  are  white,  their  heads  are 
purple  and  their  horns  should  be  white, 
red  and  black." 

—Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 


Bernetta  LaChelle  Ghist 

SG  Vice-President 


Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 

Coraddi  Editor 


Dawn  Ellen  Nubel  is  from  Shallotte,  a  town 
on  the  North  Carolina  coast  that  she  grudg- 
ingly admits  was  named  after  a  high-faluting 
French  onion.  After  receiving  a  B.A.  in 
Religious  Studies  and  English  from  UNCG, 
she  returned  here  in  the  summer  of  '85  to  pur- 
sue a  M.Ed  in  Counseling.  This  is  her  third 
year  as  Editor  of  Coraddi.  the  university's 
much-respected  magazine  of  art,  literature, 
and  photography. 

"I  didn't  expect  to  be  doing  it  again,"  she 
explains.  "I  started  out  the  year  as  editor  of 
Pine  Needles,  but  I  had  to  take  a  medical 
withdrawal  from  school.  When  I  came  back 
in  January  I  expected  to  continue  working  on 
the  yearbook  in  some  capacity,  though  not  as 
editor.  But  when  the  editorship  of  Coraddi 
became  vacant  and  it  became  clear  people 
weren't  lining  up  to  apply,  I  volunteered  to 
do  it  again." 

It  is  obvious  that  Nubel  is  passionately  com- 
mitted to  the  magazine.  "I  think  it  is  the  most 
important  medium  we  have  here.  Now  I  know 
that  sounds  awful,  that  people  will  think  I'm 
just  saying  that  because  I'm  editor— but  think 
about  it.  This  school  has  such  a  great  creative 
writing  program  and  such  an  outstanding  art 
department  and  those  students  need  a  forum 
for  their  work.  And  if  other  students,  even  in 
different  fields,  like  to  write  or  draw  or  take 
pictures,  and  if  they  happen  to  be  good  at  it, 
they  need  an  outlet  to  be  published  in.  It's 
really  vital." 

"People  don't  always  realize  just  what  a 
great  tradition  we  have  here.  Coraddi  has 
published  Flannery  O'Connor,  James  Dickey, 
Randall  Jarrell,  and  many  others.  And,  for 
every  year  up  until  the  mid-sixties,  there  was 
a  great  arts  forum  held  on  campus— the  Cor- 
addi Arts  Forum.  During  that  time  we  invited 
many  famous  artists,  writers,  and  even  musi- 
cians to  speak  here.  People  as  disparate  as 
Robert  Frost  and  John  Cage  came." 

Nubel's  unimpeachable  intellectual  creden- 
tials do  not  make  her  a  snob,  however.  Her 
tastes  are  very  catholic.  She  likes  bunny  rab- 
bits, listening  to  music,  going  to  art  galleries, 
and  reading  ("everything  except  class 
assignments").  Her  list  of  favorite  things 
would  have  to  include  Sylvia  Plath,  Prince, 
Bloom  County  (she  leans  more  towards  Opus 
than  Bill),  Wallace  Stevens,  Hindu  Mythology 
(especially  anything  to  do  with  Kali,  the  dark 
goddess,  or  Krishna),  Sherlock  Holmes  (the 
original  canon,  not  blasphemous  re- 
interpretations),  T.S.  Eliot,  Emily  Dickinson, 
Sting,  E.L.O.,  Chaim  Potok,  Flannery  O'Con- 
nor, Wang  Chung,  Milan  Kundera,  and  gothic 
cathedrals. 

This  last  passion  once  led  a  friend  to  buy  a 
stone  in  her  name  in  the  Washington 
Cathedral  for  her  birthday.  Her  favorite  place 
in  the  whole  world,  however,  is  the  National 
Gallery  of  Art.  One  of  her  favorite  people  is 
her  cat  Colour,  "the  world's  most  brilliant 
fehne." 

Ian  McDowell 


SET 


A  few  of  the  opinions, 
thoughts,  and  reasons 
that  shape  UNC-G. 


A  Disturbing  Trend 


Ian  McDowell,  Copy  Editor 


Like  many  graduate  students,  I  have  a 
teaching  assistantship.  Mine  involves 
teaching  Freshman  Composition.  Recent- 
ly, I  read  an  essay  by  one  of  my  students, 
an  essay  in  which  the  writer  explained  his 
decision  to  join  the  Republican  party. 

"Many  people  have  called  the 
Republican  party  the  party  of  the  Big 
Guy  against  the  Little  Guy,"  he  wrote. 
"But  that's  okay  with  me.  I  plan  to  be  a 
Big  Guy  myself  someday.  Besides,  the 
Democrats  lose  more  ground  each  year; 
by  the  turn  of  the  century  it's  possible  we 
will  have  a  one  party  system.  I  don't 
know  about  you,  but  I  want  to  be  on  the 
winning  side." 

Such  cynical  opportunism  shocked  me. 
I  started  attending  college  in  the  late 
Seventies,  when  the  tide  of  Sixties  ac- 
tivism was  still  receding,  and  I  saw 
enough  of  it  before  it  was  gone  to  realize 
that  many  of  the  cherished  myths  about 
the  generation  just  preceding  mine  have 
a  precarious  foundation  in  reality.  So 
don't  mistake  me  for  the  typical  former 
flower  child  who  continually  attacks  to- 
day's young  people  for  a  presumed  lack 
of  idealistic  altruism.  Normally,  I  would 
hate  to  become  such  a  cliche. 

Still,  the  attitude  voiced  by  the  writer 
of  that  essay  seems  more  prevalent 
among  my  students  now  than  it  did  when 
I  started  teaching  in  1983,  and  there's  no 
way  I  can  pretend  it  doesn't  disturb  me. 
Every  reason  that  young  man  gave  for 
joining  the  Republican  party  could  have 
been  used  by  a  Nazi  in  the  waning  days 
of  the  Weimar  Republic.  In  fact,  it  is  dif- 
ficult for  me  to  consider  him  morally  superior 
to  the  typical  Klansman.  However 
twisted,  ideals  are  usually  behind  a  deci- 
sion to  join  the  Klan,  rather  than  a  self- 
serving  desire  to  be  on  the  winning  side. 

And  that's  what  I  find  disturbing  about 
some  of  today's  young  conservatives. 
Philosophically,  they  seem  to  have  little 
in  common  with  the  great  conserative 
tradition.  Indeed,  they  seem  to  define 
their  conservatism  in  terms  of  a  party 
line,  a  series  of  set  positions  on  key 
issues,  rather  than  any  particular  moral 
and  ethical  stance.  And  that  scares  me. 

Democracy  depends  upon  a  certain 
amount  of  belief  in  the  common  good. 


That  belief,  however,  must  be  an  organic 
part  of  a  culture,  rather  than  the  creed 
of  a  ruling  party.  If  we  become  a  nation 
of  me-firsters,  of  selfish  opportunists 
adopting  a  callow  set  of  beliefs  because 


such  beliefs  are  fashionable  and  make  it 
easier  to  get  ahead,  our  national 
character  will  change  radically.  I  don't 
want  to  be  around  when  that  happens. 


Women's  Studies  Program  Fills 
a  Need  that  Still  Exists 

Lana  Whited  and  M.  Katherine  Grimes,  English  Department 


It  might  surprise  those  of  us  who  think 
of  Women's  Studies  as  a  new 
phenomenon  to  know  that  courses  in  the 
field  have  been  offered  at  UNCG  since 
our  current  freshmen  were  four  years 
old.  The  program  began  on  an  experimen- 
tal basis  in  the  spring  of  1972  with  forty- 
one  students  in  three  courses.  The 
original  committee,  chaired  by  Jane  Mat- 
thews (History),  consisted  of  five  faculty 
members  and  four  students.  The  commit- 
tee for  the  1985-86  and  1986-87  academic 
years  is  chaired  by  Jacquelyn  White 
(Psychology)  and  includes  Jodi  Bilinkoff, 
Kenneth  Caneva,  and  John  D'Emilio 
(History);  Mary  Ellis  Gibson  (English); 
Margaret  Hunt  (Political  Science); 
William  Markam  (Sociology);  John  Scan- 
Eoni  (Child  Development/Family  Rela- 


tions); Patricia  Spakes  (Social  Work); 
Rebecca  Taylor  (Nursing);  Mary 
Wakeman  (Religious  Studies);  Susan 
Canning  and  Patricia  Wasserboehr  (Art); 
Karma  Ibsen-Riley  (Communication  and 
Theatre);  Judy  Jounson  (Business  Ad- 
ministration); Marilyn  Haring-Hidore 
(Education);  and  Kathryn  Moore  (Jackson 
Library).  Student  members  are  also  ap- 
pointed to  the  committee. 

The  Women's  Studies  Program  cur- 
rently offers  courses  in  the  areas  of  an- 
thropology, child  development  and  fami- 
ly relations,  english,  history,  nursing, 
physical  education,  psychology,  religion, 
sociology,  political  science,  and  women's 
studies.  Besides  committee  members,  the 
Women's  Studies  faculty  includes  Rebec- 
ca   Adams    (Sociology),    Pearl    Berlin 


(Emeritus,  Health  and  Physical  Educa- 
tion), and  Robert  M.  Calhoun  (History). 
The  program  schedules  about  six  courses 
a  semester.  During  the  most  recent 
semester  accounted  for  by  the  program's 
self-study,  over  200  people  were  enroll- 
ed, with  an  average  of  over  thirty  in  each 
course.  Psychology  courses  have  been  the 
most  popular,  and  the  Department  of 
History  has  consistently  offered  the  most 
courses.  The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
currently  recognizes  a  minor  in  Women's 
Studies  consisting  of  six  courses  in  the 
program,  with  no  more  than  three  from 
one  discipline.  With  permission,  a  student 
may  substitute  a  course  such  as  Charles 
Davis'  ENG  534-Modern  Southern  Fic- 
tion by  Women.  The  University  has  never 
offered  a  major  in  Women's  Studies.  The 


Women's  Studies  Program  also  sponsors 
and  co-sponsors  extra-curricular  ac- 
tivities such  as  lectures,  films,  and  a 
lunch-time  series,  "Conversation  with 
Women  Faculty."  In  addition,  Jackson 
Library  has  an  outstanding  Women's 
Studies  collection. 

The  UNCG  Women's  Studies  Program 
has  encountered  many  difficulties  com- 
mon to  such  programs.  One  major  pro- 
blem is  governance;  the  interdisciplinary 
nature  of  the  field  makes  its  position  in 
the  administration  nebulous.  A  fun- 
damental suggestion  made  by  the 
Women's  Studies  Committee  in  a  1985 
self-study  is  that  the  program  be  housed 
under  the  Vice-Chancellor  for  Academic 
Affairs  to  give  it  stability  and  visibility. 
The  administration  of  the  University  has 
quite  recently  (January  1986)  ap- 
propriated an  office,  25  Foust,  for  the 
Women's  Studies  Program;  Jacquelyn 
White's  administrative  duties  will  be  con- 
ducted from  this  office. 

A  pervasive  problem  is  lack  of  releas- 
ed time  for  Women's  Studies  faculty,  par- 


ticuarly  for  the  committee  chair.  Some 
department  chairs  are  reluctant  to 
release  faculty  from  commitments.  Thus, 
the  success  of  any  Women's  Studies  pro- 
gram is  usually  the  result  of  individual 
generosity,  conviction,  and  dedication. 
Students  in  the  field  must  be  willing  to 
make  similar  investments,  as  no  scholar- 
ship or  financial  aid  is  available. 

A  particularly  problematic  situation  at 
present  is  the  departure  of  Judith  White, 
former  Director  of  the  Women's 
Resource  Center.  Her  duties  had  ranged 
beyond  the  Center  to  include  many  of 
those  of  Coordinator  of  the  Program,  a 
position  eliminated  in  the  late  1970s 
because  of  lack  of  funding. 

Student  opinion  and  the  Academic  Self- 
Study  have  indicated  a  need  for  a  broader 
curriculum.  The  most  expansion  is  ex- 
pected to  come  from  the  Department  of 
English;  considerable  international  atten- 
tion is  currently  focused  on  women's 
literature,  as  evidenced  by  the  1985 
publication  of  The  Norton  Anthology  of 
Literature  by  Women,  edited  by  Sandra 


Gilbert  and  Suan  Gubar.  Much  interest 
has  been  expressed  in  a  course  on  Women 
in  the  Arts  (music,  theatre,  visual  arts, 
dance).  Other  possible  additions  are 
courses  in  the  departments  of  Com- 
munications, Education,  Home 
Economics,  Romance  Languages,  and 
the  Natural  Sciences,  and  in  the  schools 
of  Health,  Physical  Education,  Recrea- 
tion and  Dance  and  of  Business  and 
Economics. 

The  primary  controversy  surrounding 
Women's  Studies  is  whether  such  a  pro- 
gram is  as  divisive  as  the  society  it  at- 
tempts to  improve.  Critics  feel  that 
Women's  Studies  programs  can  be  self- 
serving  and  polemical.  But  supporters 
would  remind  us  that  the  traditional 
tendency  to  minimize  or  exclude  the  con- 
cerns of  women  creates  an  imbalance  in 
scholarship  that  must  be  recitified,  even 
if  for  a  while  the  correction  creates  its 
own  imbalance,  just  as  affirmative  action 
for  a  time  will  seem  to  create  its  own 
inequities. 

In  a  perfect  world,  as  the  English 
Department's  Mary  Ellis  Gibson  says, 
there  would  be  no  need  for  such  a  pro- 
gram. But  as  long  as  the  need  exists, 
UNCG  is  particularly  suited  for  Women's 
Studies  because  of  the  resolve  of  its 
founders  to  educate  women  and  its  con- 
tinued dedication  as  a  liberal  arts  institu- 
tion to  humanistic  concerns. 


Success  of  the  Home  Economics 
School  Based  on  Deep  Roots 

Michelle  Dosier,  School  of  Home  Economics 


People  are  surprised  when  they  hear 
the  founder  of  Home  Economics  was  the 
first  woman  to  graduate  from  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
(MIT). 

Back  in  the  1800s,  MIT  graduate  Ellen 
Richards  was  restricted  to  addressing 
social  issues  rather  than  science  because 
she  was  a  woman.  Resolute  and  deter- 
mined, she  applied  scientific  principles  to 
the  rugged  living  conditions  of  her  day. 
A  discipline  based  on  improving  quality 
of  life  was  born  and  given  a  name— Home 
Economics. 

Today,  controversy  over  the  name  con- 
tinues; yet,  students  still  bring  the  same 
energy  and  determination  characteristic 
of  Richards  to  their  studies  in  the  UNCG 
School  of  Home  Economics.  The  dif- 
ference in  the  programs  today  and  in  the 
past  is  the  focus— the  students,  mostly 
women,  prepare  for  exciting,  dynamic 
careers  outside  the  home. 


Why  do  students  from  all  over  North 
Carolina,  the  nation,  and  the  world 
choose  the  UNCG  School  of  Home 
Economics  as  their  place  of  study?  What 
is  it  that  draws  them  here? 

Jacqueline  Voss,  Dean  of  the  School  of 
Home  Economics,  says  the  school's 
history  has  much  to  do  with  its  reputa- 
tion. "For  the  last  25  years,  our  pro- 
grams hav2  been  involved  with  'cutting 
edge'  issues.  There's  not  a  social  problem 
anywhere  that  we  don't  have  response  to 
in  our  academic  programs." 

The  UNCG  School  of  Home  Economics 
was  the  first  program  in  the  nation  to 
receive  funding  for  research  to  study  the 
effects  of  daycare  on  infants.  The  pro- 
gram was  also  first  to  study  daycare  as 
an  alternative  for  handicapped  students. 

Today,  the  research  continues,  cover- 
in  current  topics  like  changing  sex  role 
attitudes,  excercise,  nutrition,  and 
physiology,  and  the  effect  of  television 


and  computers  on  children. 

The  UNCG  School  of  Home  Economics 
is  one  of  18  universities  in  the  nation  to 
offer  a  Ph.D.  in  every  subject  matter  area 
of  Home  Economics.  The  subject  matter 
areas  include  Clothing  and  Textiles,  Child 
Development  and  Family  Relationships, 
Food-Nutrition/Food  Service  Manage- 
ment, Interior  Design,  and  Home 
Economics  in  Education  and  Business. 

The  impressive  graduate  program  here 
also  attracts  outstanding,  nationally 
recognized  faculty  to  the  school.  Among 
them  are  Dr.  Hyman  Rodman  and  Dr. 
John  Scanzoni,  both  noted  for  their 
research  cntributions  and  publishing  in 
Child  Development  and  Family  Relations. 
Dr.  Manfred  Wentz,  new  chairperson  of 
the  Clothing  and  Textiles  Department, 
and  Dr.  Barbara  Clawson,  an  interna- 
tional leader  in  Home  Economics,  are  just 
a  few  of  the  others. 

The  blend  of  prominent  professors  and 


current  research  promises  for  outstan- 
ding alumni.  UNCG  Home  Economics 
alumni  hold  prestigious  positions  all  over 
the  country  in  business,  academia,  and 
government. 

Many  students  are  attracted  to  the 
school  by  the  reputation  of  specific  pro- 
grams under  the  Home  Economics  um- 


brella. UNCG  is  the  only  school  in  the 
state  to  offer  an  M.Ed,  in  Interior 
Design.  The  Master's  program  in 
Dietetics  and  Nutrition  is  the  largest  in 
the  country,  boasting  a  built-in  consor- 
tium. The  consortium  is  a  unique  intern- 
ship placement  plan  with  contacts  in  25 
hospitals  and  clinics  across  the  state. 


Ninety-four  percent  of  all  dietetics 
students  pass  the  American  Dietetics 
Association  exam  which  certifies 
students  for  professional  practice.  In 
1985,  the  Department  of  Child  Develp- 
ment  and  Family  Relations  was  rated 
sixth  in  the  nation  in  a  study  conducted 
by  the  National  Council  on  Family 
Relations. 

The  achievements  listed  here  are  only 
a  few.  The  combination  of  outstanding 
research,  faculty,  and  departmental  pro- 
grams in  every  subject  matter  area  has 
made  the  UNCG  School  of  Home 
Economics  an  easy  target  for  respect  and 
national  attention. 

From  all  indications,  it  appears  the 
reputation  will  stick  in  the  future.  Dean 
Voss  agrees.  "I  just  think  we're  in  on  the 
action  everywhere." 


A  Lack  of  Activism  is  Not  the 
Same  as  Apathy 

Michael  Stewart,  Student  Government  President 


Apathy.  Webster  defines  it  as  a  noun 
meaning  a  lack  of  interest  or  concern.  It 
has  been  the  word  I  have  most  often 
heard  used  to  describe  our  generation. 
Are  we  apathetic?  Well  that  depends  on 
the  area  in  question. 

Take  extracurricular  activities  at  this 
school,  for  example.  During  my  four 
years  at  UNCG  I  have  often  heard  peo- 
ple say  we  need  to  combat  student 
apathy.  The  concern  has  been  that  we 
need  to  get  more  students  involved  in 
school  activities,  whether  it  be  a  meeting 
of  the  Student  Senate  or  a  dance  in  Cone 
Ballroom. 

As  I  asserted  in  my  State  of  the  Cam- 
pus Address  last  Fall,  I  don't  believe  that 
there  is  much  apathy  in  this  area  at 
UNCG.  After  all,  we  have  over  100  stu- 
dent clubs  and  organizations,  including  an 
active  Student  Government  that  has 
worked  to  restructure  itself  this  year  in 
order  to  more  fully  participate  in  the 
overall  framework  of  university  gover- 
nance. We  also  have  a  social  programm- 
ing board,  four  different  student  media 
organizations,  and  many  social,  service, 
and  educational  clubs.  With  all  of  this,  we 
can  hardly  be  called  apathetic.  It  might 
be  nice  if  we  could  achieve  more  involve- 
ment or  enthusiasm  from  time  to  time, 
but  clearly  the  students  at  UNCG  do  not 
wholly  lack  interest  or  concern  in  the  area 
of  extracurricular  activities.  As  I  see  it, 
it  is  more  a  matter  of  diversified  and  scat- 
tered interests,  which  don't  happen  to 
center  around  one  major  theme  or  con- 
cern. If  anything,  this  ought  to 
strengthen  our  sense  of  community, 
because  we  try  to  address  and  meet  the 
needs  of  many  various  interests,  and  not 
just  a  few. 

So  where  does  the  conclusion  come 
from  that  the  students  of  the  '80s  are 
plagued  with  apathy?  Easily  enough,  the 
answer  lies  in  a  comparison  between  the 
students  of  today  and  the  students  of  the 
'60s  and  '70s.  It  is  certainly  true  that  the 
generation  preceding  ours  seemed  more 
involved,  and  vocal  activism  was  found  on 
many  campuses,  but  a  major  difference 
between  then  and  now  is  that  years  ago 
American  students  were  threatened  with 
going  to  war;  today,  we  are  not. 


Although  much  of  the  activism  of  the 
recent  past  was  a  product  of  the  self- 
interest  of  staying  alive,  there  was  an 
elevated  social  consciousness  that  arose 
then  which  seems  to  be  less  prevalent  to- 
day. A  decade  or  two  ago  most  college 
students  were  proud  to  call  themselves 
progressive,  and  those  who  were  conser- 
vative were  often  embarrassed  to  admit 
it.  Now  the  opposite  is  true,  and  some  are 
concerned  that  we  may  be  dangerously 
close  to  becoming  a  Darwinian  genera- 


unambiguous  problems  in  30  to  60 
minutes,  and  we  become  conditioned  to 
expect  the  same  out  of  real  life,  and  have 
a  difficult  time  dealing  with  more  am- 
biguous problems  over  the  long  haul.  One 
might  also  suggest  that  there  is  less  ac- 
tivism today  because  we  have  achieved 
many  of  the  social  and  political  goals  of 
the  past,  at  least  in  writing  if  not  com- 
pletely in  actual  practice. 

Personally,  I  believe  that  a  major  part 
of  the  problem  is  that  we  recognize  that 


"a  major  difference  between  then  and  now  is 
that  years  ago  students  were  threatened  with 
going  to  war;  today,  we  are  not." 


tion  with  a  primary  concern  not  for 
equality,  human  rights,  or  our  fellow 
man,  but  for  materialistic  values  and  our 
targeted  income  level  ten  years  from 
now.  Perhaps  this  is  where  we  seem 
apathetic,  not  in  the  area  of  extracur- 
ricular activities,  but  in  the  area  of 
sociopolitical  activism.  It  is  important  not 
to  confuse  the  two,  which  may  seem  ob- 
vious enough,  but  all  too  often  these  two 
areas  are  interchanged  in  discussions  on 
the  subject  at  hand. 

Several  reasons  have  been  suggested 
as  to  why  today's  youth  may  not  be  as 
concerned  or  responsive  to  social  and 
political  issues  as  past  generations  have 
been.  Aside  from  the  lack  of  a  war,  which 
is  a  significant  factor,  a  lack  of  respect 
for  and  faith  in  government  has  also  been 
suggested.  For  example,  we  grew  up 
after  the  deaths  of  John  F.  Kennedy  and 
Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  who  led  efforts 
of  social  and  political  change.  Instead  of 
witnessing  their  idealism,  we  grew  up 
watching  government  leaders  defrocked 
in  various  criminal  investigations.  Or,  as 
has  also  been  suggested,  perhaps  we 
equate  politicians  with  negative  cam- 
paigning, slogans,  and  flashy  commer- 
cials, instead  of  being  honest  and  upfront 
about  their  stands  on  the  issues.  Another 
possible  reason  might  be  that  we  are  a 
television  audience  who  is  accustomed  to 
watching  T.V.  programs  where  the  good 
guys  fight  the  bad  guys  and  settle  major. 


our  world,  national,  and  even  local  pro- 
lems  include  a  vast  array  of  issues  often 
older  than  ouselves,  that  even  if  we 
wanted  to  understand  them,  we  wouldn't 
know  where  to  start.  And  day  after  day 
the  newspapers  report  so  many  tragedies 
that  we  become  coolly  indifferent  to  the 
problems  around  us.  One  need  only  look 
at  the  ongoing  problems  in  the  Middle 
East  to  know  what  I  mean. 

And  how  do  we  sometimes  respond  to 
such  problems?  Perhaps  too  often  we 
throw  our  arms  up,  resign  ourselves  to 
wondering,  "What's  the  use?",  and  are 
content  to  ignore  problems  and  do  our 
best  to  "look  out  for  number  one." 

Obviously  we  do  not  always  take  this 
approach.  The  college  movement  against 
apartheid  and  investment  in  South 
African  business  operations  is  testimony 
that  students  do  take  up  the  placards 
from  time  to  time.  But  even  apartheid  is 
an  easy,  risk-free  cause  that  does  not  re- 
quire a  tough  or  well-thought-through 
stand  on  an  ambiguous  issue.  After  all, 
there  is  only  one  morally  acceptable  stand 
on  aprtheid,  and  that  is  to  oppose  it.  But 
we  must  be  willing  to  address  the  tough, 
ambiguous  issues  as  well;  ones  that  re- 
quire well-thought-out  stands  after  we 
educate  ourselves  on  the  issues.  At  the 
university  we  are  surrounded  with  in- 
dividuals and  information  on  nearly  every 
subject,  and  we  ought  to  avail  ourselves 
of  these  resources,  both  while  we  are 


enrolled  and  even  after  we  have  left  as 
registered  students.  Education  does  not 
end  at  graduation,  and  I  believe  that  the 
university  can  and  should  be  utilized  more 
often  by  society  at  large  in  helping  it  to 
address  its  needs  and  concerns. 

Also,  we  need  not  give  up  on  govern- 
mental activity  because  it  is  confusing  or 
imperfect,  but  instead,  as  just  stated, 
take  on  the  civic  responsibility  of 
democracy  to  educate  ourselves  on  issues 
and  work  to  improve  their  status.  And  we 
need  not  give  up  on  politics  because  it  has 
become  commercialized,  but  instead  in- 
stist  that  our  representatives  level  with 
us  about  their  stands  and  not  simply 
espouse  clever  slogans.  And  finally,  we 
need  not  give  up  on  our  fellow  man 
because  his  problems  are  complex  or 
because  administrative  efficiency  of 
public  relief  is  imperfect,  but  strive  to  im- 
prove our  systems  of  assistance  and  be 
willing  to  share  of  ourselves  and  our 
resources. 

Finally,  I  believe  that  we  musn't  be 
willing  to  so  easily  give  up  on  the  pro- 
gressive spirit  that  was  prevalent  on  col- 
lege campuses  just  a  few  years  ago.  (This 
doesn't  mean  that  I  advocate  confronta- 
tions, pickets,  and  protests,  because  such 
channels  are  often  meant  to  force  one- 
sided change.  There  are  more  diplomatic 
ways  to  address  issues  so  that  all  sides 
can  be  considered.)  We  need  to  ask 
ourselves  if  we  are  really  content  to  go 
along  with  the  current  conservatism,  and 
do  things  such  as  address  our  nation's 
fiscal  deficit  by  cutting  domestic  pro- 
grams while  building  military  spending 
and  opposing  taxes.  Can  we  so  easily 
overlook  the  fact  that  were  it  not  for 
some  domestic  programs,  such  as  student 
financial  aid,  many  of  us  would  not  even 
be  in  college  right  now? 

If  we  so  easily  give  up,  then  we  will 
deserve  to  be  called  both  apathetic  and 
selfish.  And  we  will  have  to  ponder  what 
there  is  to  be  proud  of,  and  what  would 
be  worth  protecting.  In  fact,  America  has 
so  much  to  be  proud  of,  and  our  nation 
has  worked  too  long  and  too  hard  for  us 
to  go  backwards  now.  I  believe  that  our 
generation  has  the  capacity  to  care  and 
become  more  involved  in  the  continual  ef- 


fort to  improve  our  society.  We  do  not 
lack  the  necessary  energy,  as  is 
demonstrated  by  our  activity  in  other 
areas  of  interest.  Individually,  we  may 
not  have  the  answers  to  the  world's  pro- 
blems, and  even  if  we  did  we  might  not 
be  able  to  implement  them.  But  we  should 
do  our  part,  individually,  whether  we 
become  the  leading  politicians  of  tomor- 
row, or  simply  search  our  souls  before  we 
vote  in  an  election,  or  think  twice  about 
buying  a  $20,000  sports  car. 


This  is  not  meant  to  be  as  much  inspir- 
ing as  it  is  meant  to  be  challenging, 
because  inspirational  highs  too  easily  run 
out  of  steam  when  confronted  with  the 
nitty-gritty  work  and  tough  decisions  and 
sacrifices  involved  in  not  just  espousing 
our  values,  ethics,  and  ideals,  but  in  tru- 
ly living  them  out.  Our  challenge  is  to  be 
concerned  about  our  environment,  to 
take  interest  in  one  another's  welfare, 
and  act  upon  our  convictions.  Only  then 
can  we  claim  that  we  are  not  apathetic. 


students  Should  Accept  the 
Challenge  of  Understanding 

Dr.  Cliff  Lowery,  Dean  of  Students 


Each  of  us  must  find  challenges  to 
enrich  us  if  we  are  to  be  truly  human  in 
the  20th  century.  Recently  our  challenges 
have  been  found  at  the  University,  but 
upon  graduation  you  must  seek  new 
challenges  if  you  are  to  apply  your  univer- 
sity skills  to  life. 

Recently  I  completed  my  third  tour  of 
the  Soviet  Union  and  was  forcefully 
reminded  through  these  travels  and  new 
friendships  that  a  continuing  challenge  of 
our  time  is  to  develop  mutual  concerns 
for  community.  Community  must  come  to 
mean  more  than  these  people  we  see 
everyday— it  must  include  a  world  view 
of  community.  This  new  vision  ought  to 
be  built  on  mutual  concern,  not  the  na- 
tional fervor  that  so  often  blinds  us. 

Such  a  vision  may  be  the  only  hope  for 
world  peace.  But  peace  alone  is  not  suf- 
ficient, we  must  require  justice  for 
others,  including  those  we  do  not  know 
and  who  may  be  very  different  from 
ourselves.  Justice  therefore  requires  a  vi- 
sion of  service  that  demands  complete 
commitment  to  those  we  would  serve.  We 
must  share  their  feelings  of 
powerlessness  and  must  resist  the  urge 
to  rush  in  for  a  moment  of  euphoria  and 
then  return  to  our  overly  comfortable  life 
style. 

I  hope  you  will  accept  this  challenge.  It 
can  guide  you  in  your  search  for  an  im- 
proved quality  of  life  that  relies  on  a 
mature  understanding  of  justice  and 
peace  that  represents  far  more  than  legal 
order  in  the  community.  Justice  is  more 


than  obediance  to  the  law.  It  is  a  call  for 
action  that  invites  reflection  upon  our 
motivations  and  insights.  It  is  a  call  to 
critically  evaluate  our  capacity  for  being 
compassionate. 

As  a  student  at  UNC-Greensboro  you 
have  hopefully  acquired  the  discipline  of 
a  scholar— the  vision  to  know  what  to  do 
and  to  know  when  to  do  it.  Discipline  im- 
proves our  own  sense  of  community  and 
with  serious  contemplation  permits  us  to 
share  new  insights.  I  believe  these  new- 
insights  become  our  expression  of  hope— 
hope  that  the  future  can  be  better  than 
the  past. 

As  you  leave  the  University,  I  trust 
that  you  will  find  another  caring  com- 
munity where  you  will  help  to  build  open- 
ness and  trust  and  sensitivity  to  others; 
continue  your  spirit  of  inquiry  and  seize 
opportunities  to  get  to  know  others  both 
at  home  and  abroad.  Over  the  years  I 
have  come  to  cherish  close  friends  and  to 
savor  those  special  friends  from  my 
travels  to  the  USSR,  People's  Republic 
of  China,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Japan, 
Hungary,  Austria,  Germany,  England, 
Denmark,  and  Finland. 

Norman  Cousins,  (who  visited  the  cam- 
pus a  few  years  ago)  former  editor  of 
Saturday  Review  and  author  of  Human 
Options,  has  invited  Americans  to  res- 
pond more  to  the  challenge  of  compassion 
than  that  of  adventure;  and  to  respond 
to  the  challenge  of  the  human  spirit 
rather  than  scientific  intelligence.  He  has 
identified  a  very  real  concern  for  our  na- 


tion. Each  of  us  must  reflect  upon  the 
role  we  can  play  in  reordering  our  per- 
sonal and  national  priorities. 

In  conclusion,   I   offer  the  following 
toast  and  challenge  to  your  spirit: 
May  your  University  ex- 
perience give  you  greater 
insight  for  success. 

May  your  success  give 
you  the  vision  for  future 
challenges. 

May  you  have  both  hap- 
piness and  humility. 

May  you  have  friends  and 
friendships  for  warmth  and 
comfort. 

May  you  be  faithful  and 
courageous  to  high  ideals. 

May  you  be  filled  with 
love  and  caring. 

May  your  sorrows  be 
great  enough  to  enhance 
your  character. 

May  your  challenges  in 
your  life  and  work  bring 
you  the  joy  that  many  of  us 
have  experienced  while  ser- 
ving you  at  UNC- 
Greensboro. 


Why  People  are  Ignoring  the 
Real  Roots  of  Censorship 


Mark  A.  Corum,  Editor 


In  this  state,  and  this  year,  there's  pro- 
bably been  no  hotter  subject  for  discus- 
sion or  protest  than  the  decline  in  the 
right  to  free  speech.  The  new  North 
Carolina  Obscenity  Law,  statements  by 
politicians  cutting  at  reporters'  rights, 
and  even  Ted  Turner's  attempted 
takeover  of  CBS  all  worked  to  bring  free 
speech  to  the  front  pages  of  newspapers 
and  the  lead  stories  of  TV  newscasts 
throughout  1985  and  early  '86.  There 
were  columns  and  articles  churned  out  by 
the  hundreds  about  the  necessity  of  some 
censorship,  how  rights  needed  to  be 
guaranteed,  how  dangerous  censorship 
was  as  well  as  how  necessary  it  had 
become.  And,  yet,  for  all  this  talk  about 
censorship  of  opinions,  members  of  the 
print  and  broadcast  press  alike  failed  to 
admit  to  themselves  a  simple  truth— that 
they  have  done  as  much  as  a  group  to 
threaten  free  speech  as  has  any  outside 
force. 

The  idea  of  the  media  as  its  own  worst 
enemy  on  the  free  speech  question  is  far 
from  new— but  it  was  new  this  year  com- 
ing from  some  of  the  nation's  most  liberal 
idealists.  While  conservatives  like  Jesse 
Helms  have  attacked  the  rights  of  jour- 
nalists to  report  stories  for  years  as  be- 
ing counterproductive,  dangerous,  or 
tlatly  "un-American,"  it  is  the  journalist 
who  seeks  to  use  his  first  amendment 
rights  as  a  battering  ram  rather  than  a 
shield  that  have  lessened  its  effectiveness 
and  reputation  at  a  much  swifter  pace. 

Sure,  people  look  up  to  journalists  like 
those  who  cracked  the  Watergate  case  or 
who  write  about  other  factions  in  a  crook- 
ed government  to  help  the  nation  at  the 
risk  of  their  hides.  But  when  your  basic 
National  Enquirer  type  uses  his  "first 


amendment  rights"  to  defend  his  libeling 
and  abuse  of  innocent  people  to  make  a 
headline,  the  public  as  a  whole  has  learn- 
ed to  turn  its  collective  head  and  murmur 
"oh,  hell,  not  again!"  Indicative  of  this  is 
a  remark  a  journalist  friend  of  mine  made 
recently.  "It's  gotten  to  the  place  that 
'taking  the  first'  (amendment)  to  protect 
a  source  from  harrassment  or  defend 
publishing  something  shocking  to  people 
makes  you  as  guilty  in  their  eyes  as  'tak- 
ing the  fifth'  does  when  you're  on  the 
witness  stand." 

America's  media  has  had  its  day  of 
blind  trust— and  it  had  better  begin  the 
slow  process  of  winning  back  people's 
trust  with  a  voice  of  truth  and  reason 
before  that  voice  is  simply  cut  off.  The 
case  of  the  NC  Censorship  law  points  this 
out  better  than  almost  any  other.  When 
news  of  the  law  first  became  known,  it 
was  the  media  that  responded  first  with 
attacks  that  pro-censorship  forces  easily 
turned  into  ammunition  in  favor  of  the 
law  in  pointing  out  how  the  media  was 
working,  as  it  always  had,  only  for  its 
own  interests  and  not  for  the  people  it 
"pretended  to  serve."  It  was  only  when 
"people"  became  involved  that  legislators 
began  to  take  notice.  Protests,  lawsuits, 
petitions,  all  became  weapons  against 
censorship  when  the  media  itself  couldn't 
handle  the  issue. 

There's  a  reason  for  all  this,  and  it's  not 
the  excuse  given  by  so  many  journalists 
that  "the  conservative  tide  has  turned 
against  us."  The  reason  is  a  lack  of  care 
and  a  lack  of  self-discipline  within  the 
media.  After  years  of  faking  shocking 
stories,  letting  people  read  about  10  year 
old  heroin  addicts  that  were  figments  of 
a  Pulitzer  prize-winning  imagination,  and 


not  working  to  stop  the  publication  of  in- 
nacurate  and  damaging  stories,  people  in 
1985  continued  the  trend  of  turning  their 
backs  to  the  media  as  a  reliable  source  or 
setter  of  trends.  As  one  former 
newspaper  editor  put  it  "we  acted  like 
children,  so  we're  being  treated  like 
children." 

The  final  outcome  of  this  trend  is  what 
is  most  frightening  today.  Because  when 
a  medium  writes  off  the  ethical  reasons 
behind  its  freedom  of  speech  in  search  of 
better  headlines,  they  also  help  write  off 
the  rights  we  all  have  to  free  speech.  The 
pro-censorship  forces  have  learned  the 
lesson  of  the  seventies  and  don't  go  after 
journalists  directly.  Now  they  go  after 
easy  targets  like  pornography  as  a  way 
of  whittling  away  at  our  rights  because 
people  aren't  so  quick  to  defend  por- 
nography as  they  are  to  defend  news  ar- 
ticles or  editorials.  But  once  a  person  has 
participated  in  one  form  of  censorship,  I 
have  to  ask— won't  it  make  it  a  little 
easier  to  sit  idly  by  when  those  same  peo- 
ple go  after  rights  like  free  speech  in 
newspapers. ..or  the  classroom. 

My  point  is  simple— we  need  the  media. 
The  problem  is  we  need  media  that  are 
trustworthy  and  honest  enough  to  be  of 
any  help  in  defending  our  rights.  In  1985 
and  '86  the  media  were  to  busy  defending 
themselves  to  be  of  any  real  help  in  fulfill- 
ing that  role.  And,  if  the  trends  of  the  day 
continue,  they  may  not  have  the  chance. 


hetical 
"gazine 


UNC-G's     ALTERNATIVE   NE 


ontro 

V  e  r  s  y 

EWSPAPER  f/ 


The 

Year 

In  Review"" 


Fire  in  Reynolds   Page  152 

Explosion  '85   Page   154 

Homecoming Page    162 

Dorm  Life  Page  174 

WUAG   Page    178 

Luminaires   Page  182 


Spartan  Soccer  Squad 
Team  Wins  3rd 
National  Title 

Page  186 


Orientation;  or  a 
first  step  out  of  the 
frying  pan 


Excited,  anxiety-ridden,  weather-beaten  new 
students  came  pouring  onto  LINC-G's  campus  Satur- 
day. August  17.  splashing  rain  everywhere.  Some 
brought  multiple  carloads  of  belongings.  Some 
brought  moving  vans  and  truckloads.  Some  new 
commuting  students  brought  themselves  with  the 
intent  of  staying  for  an  hour  or  two.  But  almost  all 
of  them  were  either  laughing,  crying,  or  just  plain 
screaming! 

One  freshman  Business  major  said  she  was 
frightened.  "When  I  saw  the  rain  and  all  my  dren- 
ched belongings.  1  thought  this  must  be  a  sign  from 
God.  I  knew  He  was  trying  to  tell  me  something." 

Orientation  Leaders  (O.L.'s)  were  there  to  assure 
the  new  students,  by  helping  them  move  in.  that 
the  rain  was  not  a  sigh  of  divine  displeasure.  The 
O.L.'s  reminded  them  of  the  O.L.— student 
meetings  starting  at  3:00  that  afternoon.  At  the 
three  o'clock  meetings,  the  O.L.'s  attempted  to  give 
the  new  students  an  informative,  one-hour  crash 
course  on  everything  one  ever  wanted  to  know 
about  UNC-G  and  more.  They  were  trying  to  create 
an  informal,  friendly  atmosphere  for  their  groups. 
They  even  mentioned  the  orientation  dance  taking 
place  in  EUC  that  night. 

And  what  a  dance  it  was!  Cohacus  energized  Cone 
Ballroom  with  ubeat  top-40  sounds  mixed  with  their 
own  unique  style  that  sent  everyone  rocking, 
twisting  and  smoothly  jamming.  The  band  charm- 
ed the  crowd  with  liits  like  "Purple  Rain"  and 
"Fresh"  while  UNC-G  students  m.ingled.  After  the 
music  stopped  at  1:00  a.m.,  everyone  went  home 
in  the  rain. 

"I  really  had  a  good  time  at  the  dance,"  said 
Michele  Twaddell.  a  freshman  P.E.  major. 
"Everyone  seemed  so  excited.  It  made  us  feel  more 
comfortable  with  UNC-G." 


The  rain  changed  Sunday's  afternoon  orientation 
program  slightly.  Instead  of  taking  students  on  the 
originally  planned  Piney  Lake  excursion,  buses 
carried  UNC-G  students  to  Four  Seasons  Mall  and 
then  back  to  campus.  Piney  Lake  would  have  to  wait 
until  Wednesday. 

Sunday  evening's  orientation  schedule  was  not 
drastically  changed,  however.  The  evening  started 
off  with  the  Chancellor's  convocation  held  inside 
Aycock  Auditorium,  followed  by  the  almost  tradi- 
tional O.L.  skit  that  revealed  a  few  UNC-G  survival 
techniques.  After  the  skit,  the  O.L.'s  led  the  au- 
dience to  the  semi-annual  outdoor  block  party  which 
was  held  in  Cone  Ballroom,  this  year  because  of  (sur- 
prise!) more  rain.  But  moving  the  block  party  in- 
doors did  not  make  it  any  less  fantastic,  not  when 
there  were  UNC-G  students  ready  to  get  down! 

Disc  jockey  Goodnight  Charlie  kept  everyone  mov- 
ing by  playing  a  variety  of  music  from  the  funkiest 
soul  to  the  hardest  rock.  Cone  Ballroom  was  pack- 
ed with  new  students,  along  with  early-arriving  up- 
perclassmen  and  a  few  potential  future  students 
from  Greensboro's  high  schools. 

The  weekend's  parties  were  fun,  displaying  a  sam- 
ple of  irNC-G's  social  life,  but  reality  should  have 
been  dawning  on  the  new  students  Monday  morn- 
ing. The  orientation  program  began  preparing  them 
for  Thursday's  classes.  O.L.'s  were  seen  giving  their 
groups  campus  tours  at  9;00  a.m.  Students  went 
from  their  tour  groups  to  a  mandatory  study  skills 
workshop.  Students  who  had  not  preregistered 
learned  where  and  how  to  register  to  avoid  being 
totally  lost  in  Wednesday's  registration  lines. 

Monday  afternoon,  O.L.'s,  with  volunteering 
faculty  members,  gave  their  orientation  groups  a 
sense  of  how  classes  would  be  Thursday  and  Fri- 
day. Monday  evening,  students  hiked  out  to  the  log 


cabin  above  the  golf  course  to  the  Games  Fair  where 
they  played  games  like  soccer,  volleyball  and  even 
had  sack  races.  Then  they  headed  towards  Cone 
Ballroom  to  see  the  movie  Footloose. 

The  O.L.'s  met  their  groups  one  last  time  to 
answer  any  last-minute  questions.  Students  then 
met  with  their  faculty  advisors  and  went  to  select 
workshops. 

UNC-G  bookstore  lines  seemed  miles  long,  filled 
with  people  rushing  to  get  their  books  before  Thurs- 
day. The  entire  misty  Tuesday  afternoon  was  spent 
getting  ready  for  the  next  three  days.  But  students 
were  able  to  relax  or  party— indoors— Tuesday 
night.  That's  right;  it  rained  that  night. 

Wednesday's  class  registration  process  ran  fair- 
ly smoothly.  Students  had  most  of  the  day  free  to 
enjoy  the  few  remaining  hours  left  before  Thurs- 
day officially  started.  The  Piney  Lake  excursion  had 
been  cancelled  because  of  rain,  but  the  campus  was 
still  full  of  on-going  parties  and  activities. 

The  people  who  had  been  active  in  directing  the 
orientation  program  were  able  to  breathe  a  sigh  of 
relief,  their  task  done.  They  would  never  really 
know  how  successful  they  had  been  in  welcoming 
and  preparing  the  new  students. 

Michele  Twaddell  commented  on  how  she  felt  dur- 
ing the  transition  from  orientation  to  the  first  week 
of  classes.  "When  we  first  got  here,  everything  was 
easy.  It  was  like  one  big  party.  But  when  classes 
got  here,  boy,  were  we  surprised.  Those  classes  hit 
us  hard." 

One  wonders  how  many  other  new  students 
shared  Twaddell's  reaction  and  how  many  had  the 
•opposite  reaction,  and  w'ere  prepared.  One  also 
wonders  how  crucial  that  reaction  was  to  their 
success. 

Sheila  Bowling 


The  Fire  in  Reynolds: 

A  Near  Tragedy  that  Became  a 

Big  Headache  for  Residents 


It  was  Sunday  evening,  September  8,  at  approx- 
imately 10:50  p.m.  Sherri  Leonard,  a  junior  Interior 
Design  major,  had  come  from  the  second  floor  of 
Cone  Hall  to  visit  Wendy  Helms,  a  junior  Medical 
Technology  major,  on  third  floor  of  Reynolds  Hall. 
They  were  watching  the  pilot  for  ABC's  new  prime- 
time  series.  Lady  Blue,  when  the  fire  alarm 
sounded. 

Wendy  and  Sherri  were  more  annoyed  than 
alarmed  when  they  heard  the  noise.  After  all, 
Reynolds  had  had  several  fire  alarms  go  off  the 
previous  week.  So,  after  Wendy  and  Sherri  descend- 
ed the  fire  escape,  they  went  to  the  front  of 
Reynolds  instead  of  the  back.  In  order  to  do  so,  they 
crossed  over  the  patio  under  the  building.  Wendy 
explained  to  Sherri  that  if  there  had  been  a  real  fire 
they  should  not  have  crossed  the  patio,  because  the 
fire  could  cause  the  dorm  to  fall  on  them. 

However,  Wendy  and  Sheri  soon  found  out  that 
there  was  a  real  fire.  As  soon  as  they  reached  the 
front  of  the  building,  they  saw  a  few  people  poin- 
ting up.  As  they  walked  closer,  they  saw  an  orange 
glow  four  stories  above  them.  When  molten  glass 
splattered  down  from  the  window  towards  them, 
Wendy  and  Sherri  ran. 

"I  was  scared  to  death!"  said  Wendy  Helms.  "I 
had  never  experienced  anything  like  this  before." 

WTien  the  initial  shock  of  the  fire  died  down,  Wen- 
dy and  Sherri  stood  by  and  watched  the  flames 
flicker  past  Reynolds'  roof.  The  flames  were  pur- 
ple. They  were  amazed  at  the  speed  and  intensity 
of  the  fire.  The  people  in  the  crowd  around  Reynolds 
were  filled  with  mixed  emotions  as  they  observed 
the  police  confirm  the  fire's  existence  and  then 
notify  the  fire  department. 

"Wendy  thought  it  took  the  firemen  forever  to 
arrive  on  the  scene  and  extinguish  the  fire.  She  was 
worried  about  her  belongings,"  said  Sherri  Leonard. 
There  were  other  people  who  felt  the  same  way,  but 
it  took  the  fire  trucks  a  relatively  short  time  to  get 
there  and  only  about  four  minutes  to  extinguish  the 
fire.  I  went  to  Cone  to  get  my  camera  right  after 
they  got  there,  and  when  I  came  back,  the  fire  was 
out." 

After  the  fire  department  left,  Wendy  and  the 
other  Reynolds  residents  numbly  trailed  into  the 
cafeteria,  where  they  were  provided  with  Itza  piz- 
za and  hot  chocolate.  Residence  Life  officials  also 
distributed  blankets  to  all  of  them.  Wendy  went 
back  to  Sherri's  dorm  room  and  camped  out.  She 
felt  fortunate  that  she  could  go  to  Sherri's  room 
when  she  considered  that  some  of  Reynolds 
residents  spent  the  night  in  the  cafeteria. 

Later  Wendy  and  Sherri  found  out  the  fire  was 
sparked  by  a  candle.  Wendy's  room  did  not  receive 
any  of  the  $25,000  worth  of  damage  that  the  fire 
caused.  She  was  lucky.  She  got  to  go  back  to  her 
room  the  next  day.  Others  were  not  so  lucky.  They 
did  not  go  back  to  their  rooms  to  live  until  two 
months  later. 

Sheila  Bowling 


Fall  Election  Enthusiasm  Brings 
Hope  to  Apathy-ridden  Campus 


5he-ilaL 
SHEILA 

sheila. 

Sheila 

Sheila 
Powhn 


boulinQ 

■the  nftwe 

for  UhB 

represerthVivej 


September's  fall  elections  were  a  sur- 
prise to  nearly  everyone  involved.  Nor- 
mally a  boring  affair  with  only  a  few 
senate  seats  being  contested,  the  fall  elec- 
tion became  a  hotbed  of  contention  with 
the  elections  of  freshman  class  officers 
yielding  half  the  action. 

Freshman  class  president  candidates 
had  their  posters  up  the  day  campaign- 
ing began.  Michelle  Saito,  Catherine  Con- 
stantinou,  and  a  pseudonoymous  "Fred" 
blanketed  the  campus  witli  flyers  featur- 
ing everything  from  Garfield  to  Mr.  T 
promoting  the  presidential  hopefuls. 
Many  student  government  members 
were  frankly  amazed  at  how  "they're  do- 
ing more  work  to  be  freshman  class  presi- 
dent than  the  student  body  president  had 
to  do  last  spring." 

For  the  first  time  in  some  years, 
students  put  up  posters  to  campaign  for 
the  University  Media  Board  at  large  posi- 
tions. Dariush  Shafagh,  Sheila  Bowling 
and  Ian  McDowell  won  the  three  board 
seats  while  Gary  Ceritto  cruised  to  an 
unopposed  victory  as  UMB  chairperson. 

While  the  vigor  shown  in  the  increas- 
ed campaign  effort  boded  well  for  future 
elections,  it  alone  is  not  enough,  said  SG 
president  Mike  Stewart.  According  to 
Stewart,  getting  students  involved  and 
active  in  a  meaningful  way  was  one  of  the 
main  reasons  behind  the  new  SG 
constitution. 


t. 


o^ 


.\ 


In  many  ways,  UNC-G's  Explosion  '85 
shaped  up  as  some  sort  of  bizarre  mix  of 
a  party  and  an  audition,  as  participants 
in  many  of  the  university's  student 
organizations  lined  College  Avenue  with 
tables,  posters  &  people  promoting  their 
activities  to  passuig  students.  And  while 
a  festive  mood  was  created  by  laughter, 
pranks,  and  even  a  juggling  group,  there 
remained  a  serious  side  to  the  event  as 
many  of  the  gr(jups  realized  they  needed 
those  students  they  were  conversing  with 
to  become  involved  with  more  than  just 
talking.  So  while  balloons  passed  out  by 
members  of  Elliott  Center  Council  sail- 
ed away  to  catch  in  the  trees  overhead 
and  people  hammed  it  up  for 
photographers,  some  very  serious  deal- 
ing was  going  on. 


The  mastermind  of  Explosion,  Student 
Affairs'  JoAnna  Iwata,  organized  the 
event  just  a  year  before  but  found  the  se- 
cond Explosion  to  be  "very  successful." 
She  added  that  "I  would  have  like  to  see 
a  few  more  groups  represented,  but  I 
think  the  ones  we  have  out  here  are  a 
good  cross  section."  Indeed,  a  quick 
glance  down  the  rows  of  tables  revealed 
everything  from  Greeks  to  Baptists  and 
Political  Science  to  Science  Fiction. 
Seated  behind  the  Student  Government 
table  at  the  event,  UNC-G  Senator 
Denise  Wallington  took  time  out  from  ex- 
plaining Senate  to  interested  students  to 
say,  "I  think  it's  a  good  example  of  how 
things  should  go. ..with  people  actually 
getting  involved." 

As  for  the  students  who  took  the  time 
to  browse  the  tables  on  the  way  to  and 


from  class,  their  reactions  ranged 
everywhere  from  "pretty  ridiculous"  to 
"very  enlightening"  and  "I  can't  believe 
I  just  saw  Charles  Davis  walk  by  with  a 
balloon."  Standing  at  the  EUC  and  Stu- 
dent Affairs  table  set  up  by  the  EUC 
steps.  Dean  of  Stutlents  Cliff  Lowery  said 
he  was  happy  to  "see  so  many  students 
and  so  many  faculty  taking  the  time  to 
stop  by,"  as  he  helped  hand  out  buttons 
Ijromoting  the  event. 

In  all.  the  participation  in  Explosion  '85 
made  it  a  major  mark  in  kicking  off  the 
new  school  year  on  a  positive  note.  Ac- 
cording to  at  least  one  student  "it  lets  you 
know  that  at  least  some  of  the  people  who 
say  there's  nothing  to  do  here  aren't  real- 
ly looking." 

—Mark  Corum 


IfflB  m'^mrw^.i    ,,T 


m 


When  your  car  disappears 


My  car  isn't  there. 

I'd  just  walked  halfway  from  Cot- 
ten  Dorm  to  the  gym  parking  lot,  on- 
ly to  realize  I'd  left  my  keys  in  my 
room.  So,  I'd  trudged  back  through 
the  late  November  rain,  gritting  my 
teeth  in  the  face  of  the  chill,  wet  wind. 
Then,  just  as  I  was  leaving  the  dorm, 
I  decided  that  I  really  ought  to  lock 
my  room,  so  I  went  charging  back  up 
the  steps.  A  little  too  fast,  it  turned 
out,  for  I  slipped  and  bruised  a  knee. 
My  room  secured,  I  limped  back 
downstairs  and  out  into  the  in- 
hospitable weather.  Five  minutes 
later,  I  find  myself  searching  the 
parking  lot  where  I  thought  I'd  left 
my  car. 

O.K.,  I'm  getting  old  and  the 
memory  is  becoming  hazy.  I  probalby 
parked  beside  the  library. 

No,  my  Starfire  isn't  in  any  of  the 


"B"  spaces  there.  Only  two  other 
possibilities. 

If  I  were  somebody  else,  I'd  punch 
myself  in  the  face,  I  think  as  I  trudge 
off  to  the  Mclver  parking  lot.  Nor  is 
my  temper  improved  by  what  I  find; 
two  Starfires,  but  neither  of  them  is 
mine.  Wonderful. 

Of  course,  you  imbecile,  I  think;  you 
parked  up  in  the  Aycock  overflow  lot, 
and  now  you've  managed  to  get  just 
about  as  far  away  from  it  as  you  can 
get  and  still  be  on  campus. 

Fifteen  minutes  later,  I  find  out  I'm 
wrong.  The  lot  contains  a  nice 
Thunderbird,  a  Volkswagen,  and  a 
battered  Ford,  but  no  Starfire.  Ouch. 

It  dawns  on  me  that  my  car  has 
either  been  stolen  or  towed.  I  almost 
hope  it's  stolen;  that  way  I  can  just 
report  it  to  the  police  and  not  worry 
about  it  for  a  while.  I  really  didn't 


need  to  go  out  to  Ki'oger's  anyway. 

When  I  check  the  gym  lot  again,  I 
notice  the  single  state-owned  vehicles 
place.  Now  that  wasn't  there  last 
semester,  was  if?  How  long  has  it 
been  there'.'  More  importantly,  did  I 
park  there  last  night,  when  it  was 
foggy'?  I  walk  up  to  the  space.  The 
restricted  parking  sign  is  atop  a  very 
tall  post.  If  you  were  actually  parked 
there,  it  would  be  above  your  line  of 
sight.  And  I'd  been  used  to  parking 
there  for  all  of  the  fotu'  previous  years 
I've  been  on  campus.  I'll  bet  I  pulled 
in  there  last  night  without  thinking. 

The  woman  in  the  campus  police  of- 
fice cheerfully  tells  me  that  I  did,  and 
gives  me  my  ticket,  towing  invoice, 
and  the  address  of  the  tow  lot.  "They 
take  MasterCard  and  VISA,"  she 
adds  helpfully. 

So  does  the  Mafia,  I  feel  like  saying. 
—Ian  McDowell 


1963  -  1986 


UNC-G's  Hyphen  Takes  a  Hike 


Its  the  kind  of  thing  we  tend  not  to 
think  about  until  its  gone  -  something  so 
basic  and  everyday  that  it  becomes  a  part 
of  the  wallpaper.  At  UNC-G,  we  began 
1986  with  something  our  university  will 
probably  never  have  again  -  a  piece  of  our 
history  from  23  years  ago  when  our 
school  became  co-educational  and  drop- 
ped the  "Woman's  College"  moniker  it 
had  so  long  and  proudly  held. 

History  will  record  1986  as  the  "year 
we  lost  our  hyphen."  UNC-G  was  no 
longer  UNC-G  -  it  was  now  UNCG  follow- 
ing a  proclaimation  in  January. 

Needless  to  say,  the  news  made  the 
front  page  of  the  Greensboro  Daily  News 
even  though  it  was  ignored  by  our  own 
campus  newspaper.  Only  Residence 
Life's  Today  cm  Campus  newsletter  an- 
nounced the  change  to  the  students,  who 
seemed  at  first  to  take  it  in  stride. 

Then,  as  one  residence  life  official  put 
it,  "the  radicals  latched  onto  it."  Im- 
mediately rumours  about  "save  the 
hyphen  campaigns"  began  to  circulate 


and  people  began  drafting  letters  to  the 
Chancellor  waxing  poetic  about  the 
shame  of  "losing  one's  hyphen  at  such  a 
young  age."  Whether  those  campaigns  or 
letters  will  ever  get  anywhere  -  or  even 
just  get  off  the  ground  -  is  academic. 
UNCG's  hyphen  was  caught  in  the  wave 
of  the  future  -  growth  and  modernization. 
Administrators  say  the  reason  is  con- 
sistancy,  since  the  official  UNCG  logo 
hasn't  ever  contained  the  hyphen,  and  be- 
ing current  with  trends.  Other  North 
Carolina  universities,  it  seems,  don't  use 
their  hyphens  anymore.  That  goes  for 
UNCC,  UNCW,  and  UNCA  -  and,  as  of 
1986.  UNCG. 

So,  with  the  passing  of  our  old  friend 
the  hyphen,  we  should  reflect  for  a  mo- 
ment on  just  why  it  disappeared.  Its 
banishment  is,  at  once,  a  statement  on 
the  minimalism  of  our  day  and  the  lack 
of  importance  we  place  on  history.  Its  loss 
was  not  sudden  or  unheralded,  since  our 
own  bookstore  had  been  selling  UNCG 
shirt  sans  hyphen  for  almost  three  years. 


But  the  student  body  seemed  strangely 
apathetic  on  this  matter  -  choosing  to 
wear  the  newfangled  shirts  without  once 
thinking  they  were  part  of  an  ongoing 
conspiracy.  We  passed  them  everyday 
until  UNCG  became  as  much  a  part  of  the 
scenery  as  our  old  UNC-G.  At  that  point 
the  battle  was  lost. 

History  will  record  1986  as  the  year  we 
lost  our  hyphen,  this  is  true.  It  is  only  sad 
that  such  an  event  did  not  carry  with  it 
a  sudden  maturation  or  change  in  outlook 
towards  the  world  on  the  part  of  the  new 
L'NCG.  Once  all  the  UNC-G  shirts,  UNC- 
G  team  uniforms,  and  UNC-G  stationery 
are  gone,  our  hyphen  will  fade  into 
history  -  a  dim  memory  from  the  past  to 
be  puzzled  over  in  the  future  by  the  same 
sort  of  people  who  wonder  who  the 
Mclver  statue  is  "of"  and  who  the  Jar- 
rell  Lecture  hall  is  named  after.  The 
hyphen  will  hopefully  be  remembered  as 
a  bridge  to  our  past  -  a  bridge  which  has 
now  been  burned  once  and  for  all. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Registration: 

The  Joys  of  Standing  in  Line 


"In  Hell,"  says  the  balding 
graduate  student  in  front  of  me,  "you 
have  to  stand  in  line." 

Maybe  so,  maybe  no,  but  you  cer- 
tainly do  have  to  do  it  dm-ing  registra- 
tion. Even  if  you're  not  actually  get- 
ting registered;  I  just  want  to  pay  a 
traffic  fine  in  the  cashier's  office,  but 
I  have  to  wait  on  all  the  people  pay- 
ing off  their  tuition.  I  do  notice, 
though,  that  the  line  for  deferred 
payments  is  very  short,  almost  non- 
existent, even.  Good,  I  think;  when  I 
register  tomorrow  afternoon  and  sign 
my  deferrment  form,  I  won't  have  to 
wait. 

Wrong.  The  next  day  the  cashier's 
line  doesn't  extend  outside  of  the 
room,  but  the  deferred  payments  line 


extends  out  through  Mossman  and 
twists  back  on  itself  like  an  arthritic 
snake.  A  few  not-so-quiet  obscenities 
escape  my  lips,  causing  the  waiting 
parents  of  some  hapless  new 
freshman  to  frown  at  me.  I  should  be 
embarassed,  but  I'm  not.  Sod  them, 
I  think  uncharitably. 

Registration  brings  out  the  worst  in 
people. 

Lines  bring  out  the  worst  in  some 
people.  "Whenever  I'm  in  a  line  like 
this,"  says  one  fellow  waiting  near  the 
end,  "I  begin  to  sympathize  with  the 
maniacs  who  go  up  on  tall  buildings 
with  high-powered  rifles.  Put  me  in 
a  room  and  make  me  wait  behind  a  lot 
of  people,  and  I  start  wanting  them 
all  to  die.  Painfully."  Right.  Surrep- 


titiously, I  edge  away  from  him. 

Two  other  students,  both  bespec- 
tacled, male,  and  stocky,  have  a 
theory.  "The  Russians  are  behind  all 
this,"  says  one  with  a  pronounced 
Jersey  accent.  "Think  about  it.  You 
stand  in  line  for  hours  in  hours.  Final- 
ly, you  end  up  face  to  face  with  some 
petty  clerk  or  bureaucrat,  who 
humiliates  you  for  a  few  minutes 
before  sending  you  to  stand  in 
another  line  for  another  four  or  five 
hours.  We're  being  indoctrinated. 
This  way,  when  the  Soviets  actually 
take  over,  we  won't  notice;  we'll 
already  be  used  to  living  under  their 
system." 

The  scary  thing  is,  I  think  he's 
right. 

—Ian  McDowell 


H  O  M  E  C  O  M 


DANCIN'  IN  ■ 


OCTOBER  23  (WEDNESDAY) 

700.900pm    "Feats  in  the  Streets"  Activities  College  Ave. 


All  organizations  are  invited  to  participate  in  an  evening  of 
fun  and  frolic  on  College  Avenue.  Group  competition  in 
relays  and  obstacle  courses  will  be  highlighted.  Special  prize 
will  be  awarded  to  the  group  which  receives  the  highest  score 
in  the  contest,  (cancel  if  rain) 


OCTOBER  24  (THURSDAY) 

4°°-63opm     Reception  (Adult  Students)  Alderman 

4^0-6^°pm    Greek  Show  Park  Gym 

7°°pm  Mo\j\e:  Animal  House  JLH 

8°°-9°°pm     Lip  Synch  Competition:  Cone 
"Puttin'  On  the  Lips" 


\J  SPONSORED  BY  EUC  COUNCIL 


B 


OCTOE 

9o°-5°°pm  Homecomi 
Elections 
11°°-2°0pm  Commuter 
(sponsored 
4oo-6oopm    Social  Hou 
6^°pm  Movie:  Ani 

8°°pm  Pep  Rally 

930- 1230am  Block  Parti 


V 


1 


D  o  n'  t 


1  N   G        19  8  5 

IE  STREETS 

OCTOBER  26  (SATURDAY) 

11 30am 

Alumni  Barbecue                     "Tent"  (Field) 

^// 

1o°pm 

Parade 

i 

200pm 

Soccer  Game:  UNC-G  vs.      Soccer  Field 
Winthrop  College 

400pm 

Alumni  Post  Game  Bash          Log  Cabin 

400-600prT 

1     Picnic                                       College    Avenue 

25  (FRIDAY) 

800- 1230am  Semi-Formal  Dance                Cone 

ueen/Court    EUC  and 

(with  live  band) 

Dining  Halls 

ent  Deli           Cone 

SA) 

G.I.F."           Benbow 

House             JLH 

OCTOBER  27  (SUNDAY) 

College  Ave. 

10«am 

Campus  Ministries:  "In           St.  Mary's  House 

College  Ave. 

Touch'"  Ecumenical  Service 

200pm 

Student  Forum:  "World          Alderman 

\                     A^ 

Issues" 

*    ^ 

300pm 

Movie:  Animal  House             JLH 

700pm 

Movie:  Animal  House             JLH 

'A 

800pm 

Cultural  Night/Spaghetti         St.  Mary's  House 

Dinner  (sponsored  by  Associ- 

ation of  Women  Students) 

1  s  s    it! 

■jC^ 


«l 


'M#'-«iai 


,v|-.*V^^ 


Coming  up  the  stairwell,  I  notice 
that  there's  a  hole  in  the  wall  where 
the  third  floor  extension  used  to  be. 
Puzzled,  I  ask  the  summer  R.A.  what 
gives. 

He  sighes  ruefully.  "Didn't  you 
hear,  man'?  They're  taking  out  all  the 
phones  in  the  dorm.  By  the  time  the 
fall  semester  starts  there'll  just  be  the 
one  at  the  desk,  and  it  will  only  have 
one  line.  The  receptionist  won't  even 
be  allowed  to  page  you  unless  it's  an 
emergency." 

I  am  genuinely  dumbfounded. 
"Why  on  earth  did  they  do  that?" 

He  shrugs.  "Maybe  the  university's 
taking  kickbacks  from  Southern  Bell 
to  make  us  all  buy  private  phones.  I 
don't  know.  It  just  seems  like  every 
semester  there's  one  more 
inconvenience." 

Those  sentiments  were  pretty  much 
echoed  by  all  the  returning  students 
last  Fall.  Many  were  irritated  by  the 
inconvenience;  even  more  were 
angered  by  the  fact  that  the  univer- 
sity did  not  tell  them  about  the 
changeover  until  they  returned,  even 
though  some  residence  hall  staff 
members  had  evidently  known  about 
it  since  the  first  summer  session. 

Residence  Life's  side  of  the  story 
was  given  prominent  coverage  in  the 
Carolinian  during  the  first  few  weeks 
of  school.  The  reasons  for  their  ac- 
tions were  not  unexpected;  rising 
costs  of  university  telephone  service, 
plus  the  expense  of  wiring  all  dorm 
rooms  for  private  phones,  had  created 
the  need  to  save  money  somewhere, 
and  this  option  was  considered  to  the 
least  of  several  possible  evils. 

And  so,  the  upshot  of  it  all  is  that 
I  have  a  phone  in  my  room  for  the 
first  time  in  four  years.  It's  more  con- 
venient, I  suppose,  than  running 
downstairs  for  pages  or  going  door  to 
door  borrowing  quarters  for  the  pay 
phone.  The  monthly  bills  aren't  all 
that  much,  and  at  least  the  universi- 
ty was  able  to  convince  Southern  Bell 
not  to  charge  the  usual  exorbitant 
deposit.  If  I  wasn't  spending  fifteen 
or  twenty  dollars  a  month  on  a  phone, 
I'd  probably  be  spending  it  on  alcohol 
and  pizza,  and  my  waistline  doesn't 
need  that. 

I  haven't  actually  reached  out  and 
touched  anyone  yet,  but  anything  is 
jMissible. 

—Ian  McDowell 


Picking  A  Bone 
About  the  Phone 


Raisin  Bran  Scores  Touchdown 
In  Varsity  Sport  of  the  Mind 


With  a  345  to  175  victory  over  the 
Pi  Kappa  Phi  team,  Raisin  Bran,  con- 
sisting of  Mark  A.  Corum,  David 
Pugh,  Ian  McDowell  and  Tim 
Blankenship,  became  the  1985-86  Col- 
lege Bowl  champions. 

Wearing  red  ties  as  a  symbol  of 
solidarity,  the  team  managed  to  keep 
their  cool  in  the  face  of  heated  com- 
petition. Unlike  the  final  matches  in 
previous  years,  the  contest  was  con- 
ducted in  a  polite  and  dignified  man- 
ner. No  blows  or  obscenities  were 
exchanged. 


Questions  in  various  fields,  ranging 
from  Jacobean  revenge  tragedy  to 
quantum  physics,  helped  Raisin  Bran 
maintain  an  increasing  lead  after  a 
tight  first  half. 

Captain  McDowell  and  team 
member  Blankenship  had  both  cap- 
tained winning  teams  in  previous 
years.  It  was  a  first  victory  for  Pugh 
and  Corum,  but  without  their  combin- 
ed knowledge  of  recent  American 
history,  movies,  physics  and 
astronomy,  Raisin  Bran  would  not 
have  fared  so  well. 


The  team  went  through  many 
names,  including  The  Flying  But- 
tresses, Four  Characters  in  Search  of 
Cocaine,  and  Large  Bloody  Chunks. 
Each  name  had  its  partisans,  and  the 
final  choice  was  arrived  at  in  a  spirit 
of  disgusted  compromise. 

After  the  match.  College  Bowl  coor- 
dinator and  game  moderator  Bruce 
Harshbarger  presented  the  winners 
with  offical  championship  polo  shirts. 

Team  member  Corum  said,  "That 
was  truly  excellent,  I  must  say." 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel  & 
Ian  McDowell 


Home  Sweet  Home  or  Hovel  Sweet  Hovel 

Two  Views  of  Dorm  Life 


UNC-G  has  been  called  a  "suitcase 
college"  and  a  "commuter  school"  for 
as  long  as  people  can  remember.  And, 
with  more  than  half  its  students  liv- 
ing off  campus  and  a  large  number  of 
dorm  students  going  home  each 
weekend  or  travelling  to  party  havens 
like  Chapel  Hill  for  a  good  time,  those 
are  monikers  destined  to  hang  on  for 
a  long  time  to  come.  Still,  our  cam- 
pus does  have  22  dorms  (though  two, 
North  and  South  Spencer  were  both 
closed  for  part  of  the  year  for  renova- 
tions) that  house  literally  thousands 
of  students.  For  some  of  those 
students,  their  dorm  room  is  a  home 
away  from  home  and  for  others  their 
only  home.  Student's  views  on  their 
own  dorm  life  vary  almost  as  widely 
as  concepts  of  heaven  and  hell. 

For  Linda,  a  freshman  hoping  to 
major  in  home  economics,  her  room 


in  one  of  UNC-G's  high  rise  dorms 
was  a  Godsend.  "I  was  scared  to 
death  coming  here,"  she  says.  "But 
since  a  lot  of  the  other  girls  in  here 
are  new  too  we  kinda  got  it  all 
together  at  the  same  time.  Me  and  my 
roommate  put  up  curtains  and  posters 
and  it  (her  room)  came  out  even  nicer 
than  my  room  at  home.  Really,  when 
I  went  home  to  my  own  room  I 
thought  of  getting  back  to  school  to 
my  'real'  room." 

At  the  other  extreme,  a  sophomore 
in  Guilford  Hall  (who  asked  not  to  be 
named)  had  stronger  feelings  about 
his  dorm.  "This  place  sucks,"  he  said 
as  he  made  his  way  one  Saturday 
morning  down  a  hallway  strewn  with 
broken  beer  bottles  and  skirted  a  pool 
of  vomit  just  outside  the  bathroom 
door.  "People  talk  about  dorms  being 
homey— but  I'd  hate  to  see  any  home 


like  this."  Between  the  mess,  the 
often  deafening  roar  of  stereo  war- 
fare, and  the  frequent  fire  alarms  in 
the  wee  hours  of  the  morning,  he 
found  only  one  reason  to  stay  in  the 
dorm  after  living  there  his  first 
semester— "If  I  get  an  apartment 
they  won't  give  me  my  housing 
deposit  back  at  Residence  Life." 

While  Residence  Directors  and 
Assistants  (RD's  and  RA's)  hoped  for 
Linda's  experience  to  be  the  norm, 
the  actual  life  in  dorms  usually  fell 
between  these  extremes.  Few 
students  didn't  have  days  when  they 
wanted  to  kill  their  roomate,  move 
out  and  never  come  back,  or  hang  the 
idiot  who  pulled  off  a  false  fire  alarm 
that  got  them  and  their  friends  out  of 
a  warm  bed  and  into  a  freezing  driz- 
zle at  2  am.  On  the  other  hand,  dorm 
life  gave  most  people  at  least  a  few 


li^^^rT  '^v  ^^^K 

^ 

J 

^^B^B  t           i  j^H 

^^fi/l     \ 

^H' 

m 

m 

w 

■ 

■ 

J 

Robinson 

close  friends  within  a  couple  of  doors 
down  to  talk  with,  watch  TV  with,  or 
just  beg  from  for  change  for  the 
washing  machine. 

According  to  many  RA's,  students 
in  the  dorms  took  the  time  to  come 
to  them  with  their  problems  and  get 
help  because  there  was  someone 
available  right  "down  the  hall."  The 
amount  of  counseling  being  done  by 
RA's  and  RD's  has  even  prompted 
some  to  think  that  people  with  that 
kind  of  background  should  be  given 
those  jobs— especially  in  light  of  the 
number  of  students  who  expressed  as 
a  major  complaint  that  their  RA's  and 
RD's  always  seemed  to  be  out  doing 
something  else  when  they  were 
needed. 

On  the  whole,  the  view  of  dorm  life 
held  by  residents  varied  not  only  from 
person  to  person,  but  from  dorm  to 
dorm.  Guilford  and  Strong  maintain- 
ed their  "hell  dorm"  status,  high  rise 
dorms  gained  a  reputation  as  sorori- 
ty havens,  and  Coit  as  the  "porn 
palace"  after  a  strip  show  was  held 
in  their  basement. 

The  almost  patriotic  dorm  na- 
tionalism instilled  in  residents  by  the 
RD's  in  some  dorms  led  to  outright 
wars.  The  Guilford/Mary  Foust  Con- 
flict that  went  through  stages  of 
threats,  theft,  toilet  papering,  and 
even  the  hanging  of  an  innocent  pic- 
nic table  by  guerilla  Guilfordites  was 
perhaps  the  most  visible— but  the 
much  shrewder  battle  between 
graduate  dorm  Gotten  and  co-ed  Coit 
was  also  notable.  One  Coit  resident 
put  in  blunt  terms  -  "all  they  are  is 
a  bunch  of  stuck-up  bookworms  that 
spend  all  their  time  in  their  rooms  and 
the  library.  So  we  blast  our  stereos 
just  to  wake  'em  out  of  their  coma." 
The  Gotten  response  was  simply  to 
"call  up  campus  security  and  have 
them  turn  in  down  for  us."  This  route 
was  taken  more  than  once. 

The  monotony  of  dorm  existance 
was  broken  by  controversy  over  the 
new  telephone  system,  a  fire  in 
Reynold's  Hall,  an  unprecedented 
rash  of  false  alarms  following  it,  and 
Residence  Life  sending  notes  to  all 
students  saying  that  they  had  decid- 
ed to  hike  their  rent  halfway  through 
the  fall  semester.  However,  the  places 
remained  the  same  and  only  the  peo- 
ple provided  tiny  moments  of  light. 
Mark  A.  Corum 


STUDY 
HALL 
OR 
TOMB? 


Charley,  a  short,  acerbic  EngUsh  Ma- 
jor who  hved  in  Gotten  last  year,  had  the 
theory  that  graduate  students  were  just 
waiting  to  die.  "We're  different  from  the 
undergrads,"  he  used  to  say.  "They're 
still  capable  of  hope.  We  know  better." 

His  mordant  outlook  may  be  unique, 
but  many  of  the  residents  would  agree 
that  life  in  Gotten  is  different  from  that 
in  other  dorms. 

It's  even  quieter  than  last  year,"  says 
one  small,  ruddy-featured  guitar  major. 
"Last  year,  we  had  Party-boy  Pulley  and 
Pughman  the  Subhuman  and  the  God- 
father and  the  other  crazy  foreigners. 
Those  were  some  real  party  animals. 
Even  then,  though,  it  was  the  quietest 
dorm  I've  ever  seen.  Now  that  all  those 
guys  have  graduated  or  gotten  apart- 
ments, it's  almost  a  tomb." 

The  appropriate  place,  really,  for  peo- 
ple who  are  just  waiting  to  die,  Charley 
would  add  if  he  were  present. 

Actually,  there  is  some  life  in  the  place 
from  time  to  time.  That  sometimes  sur- 
prises undergraduates.  I  still  remember 
the  happy  occassion  three  years  ago, 
when  we  discovered  some  dorm  funds  re- 
mained unspent  in  late  April.  Some  peo- 
ple suggested  we  buy  a  computer  ter- 
minal; Charley  circulated  a  petition  sug- 
gesting we  spend  the  money  on  a  horse 
and  chainsaw  (the  reason  for  those  two 
items  being  paired  remained  unclear). 
Eventually,  cooler  heads  prevailed,  and 
we  decided  to  have  a  pig  picking  and 
blowout  hot  tub  party.  At  that  time,  the 
graduate  dorm  was  South  Spencer,  and 
the  party  ended  up  being  held  in  back  of 
the  dorm,  not  too  far  from  Spartan  din- 
ing hall.  As  we  gorged  on  steaming  pig 
and  lukewarm  beer,  only  to  immerse  our 
bloated  bodies  in  the  huge  tub,  we  were 
greeted  by  envious  stares  from  people 
entering  the  dining  hall.  "Hey,  you  guys 


aren't  supposed  to  have  fun,"  someone 
yelled,  "you're  grad  studentsl" 

Even  then,  though,  the  dorm  was  pret- 
ty sedate,  and  it's  become  even  more 
serious-minded  each  year  since,  especially 
after  everyone  was  relocated  to  Gotten. 
Which  isn't  always  a  bad  thing. 

Not  too  long  ago,  I  was  visiting  a  friend 
in  an  undergraudate  men's  dorm.  Ratt 
and  AC/DC  seemed  to  be  having  a  battle 
of  the  bands  from  opposite  ends  of  the 
hall.  Pizza  cartons  and  gnawed  crusts  lit- 
tered the  floor.  Someone  seemed  to  be 
managing  the  difficult  trick  of  screaming 
and  laughing  at  the  same  time.  It  was  in- 
vigorating for  the  short  time  I  was  there, 
but  I  could  imagine  it  all  getting  very  old 
fast. 

Sometimes  tombs  aren't  such  bad 
places. 

If  the  place  seems  quiet,  it's  because  a 
lot  of  the  students  have  to  spend  most  of 
their  time  elsewhere.  Most  have 
assistantships;  few  Master's  degrees  or 
doctorates  are  financed  by  mom  and  dad. 
The  residents  tend  to  get  up  early  and 
work  most  of  the  day  and  then,  if  they 
don't  have  night  classes,  and  most  do, 
spend  the  better  part  of  the  evening  in 
the  library. 

Also,  the  students  tend  to  be  older. 
Last  summer,  the  average  age  was  pro- 
bably thirty-five.  During  the  regular 
academic  year  it  probably  comes  down  to 
twenty-seven  or  twenty -eight,  but  that's 
still  a  decade  older  than  the  average  in 
some  dorms. 

All  of  which  means  that  people  tend  to 
be  responsible  and  considerate.  Good 
qualities,  those;  they  make  up  for  the 
sometimes  oppressive  calm.  Sometimes 
only  the  fact  that  you  have  to  trudge 
down  a  public  hallway  to  get  to  the 
bathroom  reminds  you  you're  in  a  dorm. 
—Ian  McDowell 


Life  in  Gotten  Hall: 
The  Graduate  Center 


a  •  •  1 1 


Day  and  Night  at  the  Music  106 


Indies  are  burning  brightly  in  dorm  rooms  across  campus.  It  ii 
1  December  and  dozens  of  students  are  grinding  out  research  papers  and  ( 
ling  for  exams.  And  across  camous.  an  unseen  frienrf  is  V<.»r,in<,  th^m 


cord  to  end. 
on  the  Music  106,"  the  young  man  says 
.     5t,  here  are  the  Psychedelic  Furs.  If  you 
ore  requests,  just  give  me  a  call  at  379-5450."  The  phone  rings; 
anotner  tired  voice  wants  to  hear  a  song  for  inspiration,  something  to  fortify 
him  for  his  final  attack  on  an  overdue  paper.  The  young  man  tells  the  C"""' 

he'll  take  care  of  it  and  gently  pu*-  **■»  — "= —  '-— '-  ~  "- J' 

Across  campus,  lights  start  dii" 
But  back  in  Taylor,  the  young  m 

"•     ading  the  liner  notes  of  albums  and  waiting  for"the  sun  to  rise.  And  as 
y  as  it  does,  the  young  man  will  still  be  there,  playing  the  music  we  the 
students,  want  to  hear. 
^  WUAG-FM  is  the  campus  radio  station  here  at  UNC-G.  It  is  on  the  air  24 

""■" '   'iig  the  Greater  Greensboro  community.  There  is  a  real  sense 

ition's  downstairs  studios  and  it's  the™  for  tu,n  ont;™!,. 


mBSBM 


MtiffiffWliiWiaB 


portant  thing  you  < 


In  this  Ught,  WUAG  appears  to  be  a  training  ground  for  careers  in  the  broad- 


T,M.ifiimiwii|ifl.SMfa 


tions  and  Thea 
munity.  Itworl 
airwaves  of  tomorrow. 

Nighttime: 

"The  radio  was  magic  to 


Sm^m 


gi 


lal  than  its  daytime  counterpart.  The  at- 
.  And  despite  the  fact  that  WUAG's  airstaff  pro- 
folks  who  come  on  at  night,  especially  late  night, 


"The  I 
and  Conu,.u.m 

Other jocks e 
king  of  late  night  college  radi 


liimffliwSHS 


"^bf 


iio  staff  involved  and  for  the 

1  you  hear  it  first  on  WUAG,  you'U 


-David  Pugh 


The 

Moravian 

Lovefeast 

UNC-G's  Opener 
for  the  Holiday 
Season 


More  than  600  students,  faculty  and 
members  of  the  Greensboro  com- 
munity gathered  in  UNC-G's  Cone 
Ballroom  December  2nd  and  3rd  to 
celebrate  a  festival  of  lights  and  song 
as  participants  in  the  22nd  Annual 
UNC-G  Moravian  Lovefeast. 

"I  didn't  know  what  do  expect," 
said  Todd  Green  -  an  eight  year-old 
brought  to  his  first  Lovefeast  this 
Christmas  season.  "But  I  think  its 
pretty." 

As  general  as  Todd's  impression 
may  have  been,  it  is  indeed  one  of  the 
mainstays  of  the  Lovefeast.  Fighting 
against  outside  claims  that  the  feast 
-  in  its  presentation  of  a  Christian 
message  and  hymns  -  violated  the 
spirit  of  the  separation  of  church  and 
state,  administration  members  asked 
those  giving  the  "message"  at  the 
two  nights  of  ceremonies  to  look  for 
a  more  "universal  focus"  in  what  they 
said.  As  Rev.  Ron  Moss  (of  Wesley- 
Luther  House)  led  the  Monday 
festival  and  Father  Jack  Campbell  (of 
the  University  Catholic  Center)  the 


Tuesday  event,  it  became  evident  that 
the  festival  was  indeed  swinging  to 
the  "universal"  more  than  in  years 
past. 

With  song  as  a  major  portion  of  the 
feast,  the  contributions  of  the  groups 
who  led  in  the  singing  were  very  im- 
portant to  the  success  of  the  enter- 
prise. The  Neo-Black  Society  Gospel 
Choir,  the  UNC-G  SjTnphonic  Chorus, 
EUC  Council,  Inter-Fraternity  and 
Intersority  Councils,  the  Residence 
Halls  Association  all  deserve  special 
notice  for  their  efforts  -  as  well  as 
Hillel,  the  campus'  Jewish  students' 
group,  who  were  what  many  saw  as 
both  an  unexpected  and  important 
part  of  the  "unity"  of  the  festival. 

A  staple  at  UNC-G  since  1963,  the 
Feast  in  reality  had  its  basis  in  the 
Moravian  church,  which  adopted  the 
Festival  stressing  the  breaking  of 
bread  and  unity  in  1727.  Thus,  the 
"Moravian  star"  figured  prominent- 
ly in  the  ceremony.  It  was,  however, 
the  lighting  of  the  candles  by  each 
participant    during    the    ceremony 


which  was  the  climax  of  the  solemn 
occassion.  And  as  those  participants 
wandered  out  on  the  campus  to 
return  to  their  dorms,  cars,  and 
homes  while  trying  to  keep  the  wind 
from  snuffing  out  their  candles,  they 
foreshadowed  the  Reading  Day 
Luminaires  display  that  would  soon 
follow.  Those  candles  moved  out,  tiny 
lights  along  the  sidewalks,  until  one 
by  one  they  disappeared  from  view. 
"When  I  came  to  the  Festival  I 
thought  it  would  be  just  a  social  or 
something  -  or  maybe  a  church  ser- 
vice," said  one  student  as  she  hurried 
back  to  the  library  after  the  Festival. 
"But  it  wasn't.  It  was  just  a  lot  of  peo- 
ple  getting  together  to  enjoy 
something  beautiful.  Sure,  I  heard 
people  talking  about  how  it  was 
wrong,  and  how  it  violated  students 
rights,  but  I  can't  help  but  think  that 
something  as  beautiful  as  that  was 
couldn't  have  done  anything  but 
help." 

Mark  A.  Corum 


The  Luminaires: 

Our  Festival  of  Lights 


n   §    i    i    •  J 

^NNi 

^^Mi^^^BP 

....v'^iy 

lie  nil    «>' 


^Nt%i 


> 


^aSifH*- 


k 


Nine  floors  of  the  library  amounts 
to  little  more  than  a  hundred-and-fifty 
feet  -  but  from  the  roof  it  might  as 
well  be  the  view  from  another  world. 
Especially  at  night. 

The  occasion  was  the  December 
10th  Luminaires  display  when  various 
campus  groups  worked  together  to 
literally  blanket  the  campus  with 
small  candles  placed  inside  white 
paper  bags.  The  result,  once  the  lights 
of  the  campus  were  extinguished,  was 
astonishing.  Because  from  the  top  of 
the  library  they  are  all  you  can  see. 


The  familiar  landmarks  of  the  campus 
are  reduced  to  a  connect-the-dots  puz- 
zle of  lights  with  barely  visible,  almost 
ghostly  figures  of  people  wandering 
around  among  them  like  small 
creatures  caught  in  a  maze. 

It  makes  one  wonder  to  see  such  a 
sight,  even  once  a  year.  Even  when 
it  is  expected,  even  scheduled,  it  isn't 
expected.  Not  when  you  can't  hear 
the  bustle  of  people  walking  around 
kicking  the  bags  over  -  or  the  horns 
of  the  cars  tracking  slowly  through 
campus    carrying    parents,    local 


families  and  other  sightseers.  There 
are  no  drunken  songs,  no  loud  boom 
boxes,  no  mischevious  news  reporters 
trying  to  turn  candles  in  bags  into  a 
live  feed  for  the  11  o'clock  news.  On- 
ly lights  stretching  out  in  patterns 
that  are  familiar  and  yet  unrecogniz- 
ed in  the  light  of  day. 

In  the  midst  of  the  blazing  lights  of 
Greensboro,  our  campus  is  for  one 
day  a  year  an  island  of  sanity.  At  least 
it  seems  that  way  from  the  right 
perspective.  Only  an  occasional  flame 
from  a  burning  bag  that  has  been 


'  ><^iK»'^^ ;  ^»r  ^-  ^Hy^i^^^^^ar^ 


:•  iv-*?r*^ 


H'=^ 


I.HI         ,  ,„ 


«H  ; 


kicked  over  tells  otherwise. 

On  the  way  down  from  the  roof  I 
see  there  are  lines  of  people  on  the  9th 
floor  waiting  to  press  their  faces 
against  the  glass  and  look  out  for  a 
moment  before  being  pushed  back  out 
of  the  way  by  more  eager  lookers. 
They  don't  know  what  they've 
missed. 

On  the  ground,  the  same  is  true. 
Loud  music  from  the  dorms  fills  the 
air,  people  run  around  like  skiers 
slaloming  around  the  candles  until 


they  mis-step,  and  only  an  few 
isolated  couples  seem  to  be  enjoying 
the  event  in  the  spirit  inwhich  it  was 
intended.  The  crowds  of  dusk  are 
thinning,  heading  back  to  dorms  and 
homes  to  study  for  the  first  round  of 
exams  the  next  day,  as  a  sudden  mass 
of  faculty  and  administrators  comes 
out  of  the  alumni  house  the  the  recep- 
tion there  to  catch  the  last  of  the 
show.  Already,  the  four-hour  candles 
are  burning  out  and  holes  abound  the 
carefully  wrought  patterns. 


At  eleven,  the  lights  come  back  on 
and  the  show  is  reduced  to  a  jungle 
of  sand-filled  paper  bags  strewn  over 
the  campus.  As  students  go  about 
their  studies  in  lighted  dorms,  the 
same  volunteers  from  Alpha  Phi 
Omega,  EUC  Council,  the  Neo-Black 
Society,  and  Gamma  Sigma  Sigma 
take  to  the  streets  and  stack  the  re- 
mains into  piles  that  can  be  picked  up 
by  the  cleaning  crews  in  the  morning. 

So  many  good  things  seem  to  end 
up  that  way,  it  seems.  Here  and  gone 
before  you've  noticed. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


i#*^  9 


:e  ^  i  i 


Victory  in  St.  Louis: 

Spartans  win  Championship 


Saint  Louis  on  Sunday,  December 
8, 1985  saw  the  realization  of  a  UNC- 
G  soccer  fan's  dream.  Saturday's 
practice  had  been  unpromising,  as  the 
players  stumbled  about  on  a  cold, 
hard,  and  slippery  field,  but  the 
temperature  had  risen  that  evening, 
held  all  night,  and  now  the  sun  was 
burning  off  the  patchy  cloud  cover.  It 
turned  out  to  be  a  perfect  day  for  both 
the  fans  in  the  stands  and  the  Spar- 
tans on  the  field.  By  game  time,  for- 
ty banner-wielding,  hand-clapping, 
and  cheer-shouting  Spartan  sup- 
porters were  surrounded  by  approx- 


imately 2,100  others,  all  of  whom  ex- 
pected a  close  and  tense  game. 

The  Spartans  gained  control  of  the 
ball  immediately  with  the  first  shot  on 
the  Washington  University  goal  in 
under  one  minute  and  the  first  ball 
netted,  by  Andrew  Mehalko,  in  less 
than  ten  minutes.  This  early  score 
psyched  the  Spartans  for  more  and 
pressured  the  Bears  to  be  prepared. 

UNC-G  continued  to  dominate  play 
and  Mehalko  scored  a  second  goal 
with  22.29  remaining  in  the  first  half. 
According  to  the  Bears'  coach,  Joe 
Carenza,  this  was  the  critical  goal. 


"We  were  also  starting  and  then  they 
were  up  by  two  goals."  Coach  Parker 
had  also  anticipated  this  to  be  a  one- 
goal  match,  but  the  Spartans  had  on- 
ly begun. 

Following  a  tripping  violation  on 
the  Bears,  Mehalko  scored  a  spec- 
tacular number  three  off  a  direct  kick 
from  twenty-two  yards,  over  the 
heads  of  six  Washington  University 
defenders,  and  beyond  goalkeeper 
John  Konsek's  reach.  Willie  Lopez 
scored  the  final  goal  of  the  half  with 
less  than  two  minutes  remaining.  The 
Spartans  were  well  on  their  way  to 


the  title  and  to  the  pages  of  the  record 
books. 

The  first  half  excitement  quieted 
during  the  second  half,  as  Bears  fans 
sat  in  awe  or  in  silent  meditation  and 
the  Spartan  fans  began  to  lose  their 
voices.  The  Spai'tan  players,  however, 
would  not  quit.  Though  there  had 
been  some  arm  waving  interaction 
between  the  Spartan  players  and 
their  support  group  during  the  first 
half,  the  second  half  brought  a  lot 
more  as  the  outcome  became  more 
and  more  predictable. 

The  Spartan  defense  had  held  the 
Bears  to  two  shots  during  the  first 
half  and  they  continued  to  do  so 
throughout  the  second  half.  The  Spar- 
tans proceeded  to  dominate  play 
against  a  very  discouraged  but  deter- 
mined Washington  U.  squad. 
Washington  U.  did  not  have  as  bad 
luck  in  the  first  half,  but  Steve  Har- 
rison did  score  goal  number  five  on 
a  high  arching  shot  with  12:20  left  in 
the  game. 

The  final  score,  5—0,  gave  UNC-G 
its  third  Division  III  national  cham- 
pionship in  four  years.  Mehalko's 
three  goals  enabled  him  to  secure  the 
record  of  most  points  scored  in  the 
play-off  games  and  to  tie  the  records 
for  most  goals  scored  in  a  game,  most 
goals  scored  in  a  tournament,  and 
most  points  in  a  career.  He  was  nam- 
ed Most  Valuable  Offensive  Player. 
Doug  Hamilton  earned  the  award  for 
Most  Valuable  Defensive  Player  and 
goalie  Rich  Schlentz  tied  the  record 
for  lowest  number  of  goals  allowed  in 
a  tournament  and  in  a  career. 

Yes,  December  8,  1985  in  St.  Louis 
was  a  perfect  setting  for  the  realiza- 
tion of  dreams.  Many  records  were 
set,  a  title  was  regained  and  I  was 
able  to  watch  the  last  UNC-G  soccer 
game  of  my  college  career  result  in 
a  victory.  Now  that  was  worth  travel- 
ing 800  miles  in  a  car! 

—Jennifer  Cornell 


Spartans 
Bears    .  . 


ieM  ^ 

k  '  «  M 

^S^^^^^^^v^^B 

^'^wp'r  \     ^ 

^■R^V 

H9H 

w^i 

';.M 

Bt^%v    ^^^^1 

rT 

^^jp  .'^v^VH 

~( 

-^  .^^^^R  ^*K_-^^^»--       '^M^^^^H 

^ 

«^   '1|f  ^H 

L>^ 

^ 

Economics  Club 


The  Economics  Club  was  founded  this  past  Fall 
(1985)  by  President,  Donna  Peters.  The  purpose  of 
the  Economics  Club  is  to  promote,  encourage,  and 
sustain  student  interest  in  economics  and  business 
related  areas,  and  to  establish  closer  ties  between 
students  and  faculty  in  economics. 

The  club  sponsors  discussions  on  current  economic 
events,  an  annual  simulation  activity,  workshops 
related  to  job  search,  and  discussions  with  recent 
economic  graduates. 


President: 
Secretary /Treasurer: 


Donna  Peters 
Laura  Bauer 


Laura  Bauer 
Jane  Beeson 
Laura  Greene 
Robert  Noble 
Rebecca  Pettyjohn 
Danita  Powell 
Scott  Thomas 

Dilara  Batca 
Phyllis  Cage 
Kim  Donovan 
Earl  Logan 
Ann  Smith 
Laurie  Smith 


Media  Production  Club 


Randy  Harris 
Sean  Penn 
Mitch  Dutch 
Louise  Grape 
Daivd  Styles 
Dr.  Ben  Andrew 


The  Media  Production  Club  is  designed  to  give 
students  a  look  at  Television  News  production  as 
well  as  other  sides  of  the  Communications  field. 

The  club  video  tapes  many  events  on  campus  such 
as  Homecoming  and  other  atheletic  events.  Spring 
Fling,  and  various  other  events  sponsored  by  cam- 
pus organizations 

President: 

Vice-President: 

Executive  Producer: 

Secretary: 

Business  Manager: 

Advisor: 


Jeannie  Howard 
Catherine  Constantinar 
Susie  Hawley 
Brent  Rogers 
Donna  Beasley 
Kevin  Bowman 
Greg  Brown 
Will  Plyler 
Whitley  McCoy 


Tony  Clark 
Anne  Whitton 
Adam  Alphin 
Scott  Foley 
Doritha  Dixon 
Jeff  Smith 
Jeff  Lovin 
Cynthia  Clark 
Mamroe  Revis 


Neo-Black 
Society 
Gospel 
Choir 


Association  For  Women  Students 


The  Association  for  Women  Students  serves  as 
a  support  system  for  all  UNC-G  students.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  organization  is  to  instill  a  sense  of  uni- 
ty among  the  women  of  this  campus,  and  to  help 
women  explore  their  potential  as  women  and  people, 

AWS  provides  education  programs  concerning 
Women's  issues  which  are  designed  to  stimulate 
thought  and  discussion.  Some  past  programs  have 
included  workshops  on  pornography  awareness, 
self-defense,  and  automechanics.  Last  year,  AWS 
won  the  Human  Relations  award  for  the  film  series 
entitled  "Men's  Lives:  Roles  and  Choices."  Some 
annual  events  include  a  Susan  B.  Anthony  birthday 
dinner  and  a  celebration  of  Women's  Equality  Day. 
A  reception  was  also  held  for  Bella  Abzug  by  AWS 
this  Fall. 

The  Association  welcomes  men  as  well  as  women 
to  get  involved  in  the  organization  and  to  become 
interested  in  Women's  issues. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 


Leah  Griffin 
Lauren  Smith 
Mindy  Durranni 
Jennifer  Miller 


Philosophy  Club 


The  purpose  of  the  Philosophy  Club  is  to  provide 
an  informal  academic  setting  where  members  ma- 
discuss  matters  of  philosophical  interest  with  fellow 
students  and  members  of  the  faculty.  The 
Philosophy  Club  is  interested  in  activities  such  as 
inviting  speakers  to  talk  and  answer  questions  about 
philosophical  topics,  and  holding  debates  or  discus- 
S1I  ,n  groups  on  controversial  philosophical  problems. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Treasurer: 

Secretary: 


Caralea  Nichols 
Dixie  Sprinkle 
Lisa  Mitchell 
Allison  Lundy 


Katherine  Pinyan 
Matt  Wallace ' 
Rick  Gallimore 
Margret  Oliverio 
Robert  Blankenship 
Al  Albano 
Abe  Abrams 
Inga  Kear 
Frank  Wimmer 
John  Peele 
Frank  Dale 


•V 


Karate  Club 

Karate  C  ub  i)raptir.o=  t„     J      "-;""^<?Ption.  The 
art   of  seKnse  '^"""' ^°- "'^ '<"'-™" 


Instructors: 

President 

Vice-President 

Secretary. 


Bob  Hughes 
Dennis  Plyler 
Randy  Harris 
Bill  Hubbert 
Tracy  Banner 
Lisa  Figueroa 
Ari  Soeleiman 
torn  Crooker 
Paul  Washington 
Keith  Martin 
Rachel  Kranz 
Jack  Panyakone 
Amy  Buchenburg 


Garry  Ward 
Artie  Macon 
Gina  Zahran 
Tom  Gallager 
Donna  McDaniel 


Jake  Johnson 

Malinda  Longphre 

Frank  Dale 

Sharon  Janesick 

Rod  Krause 

Sean  Underwood 

Jennifer  Sharp 
Anthony  Fincher 
Malena  Bergmann 
Paul  Doggett 
Sabrina  Woodbury 
Jim  Penny 


r' 


'4 


> 


Wesley 
Luther 
House 


The  history  of  the  Wesley-Luther  House  begins 
in  1930  with  the  Wesley  Foundation  of  Women's 
College.  Wesley  House  was  moved  to  its  present 
location  on  Walker  Avenue  in  1971,  and  in  1972, 
the  Lutherans  began  to  share  the  facility. 

Today,  the  goal  of  Wesley-Luther  House  is  to 
assist  students  and  faculty  of  UNC-G  to  discover 
and  fulfill  their  vocations  in  Christ.  In  order  to  at- 
tain this  goal,  times  for  worship,  study  and 
fellowship  are  held  regularly.  The  organization  also 
has  annual  Fall  and  Spring  retreats,  an  Ad- 
vent/Christmas celebration.  Holy  Week  Tenebrae 
Service,  and  a  Closing  Picnic. 


President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Worship: 

Hospitality: 

Table  Talk  Meals: 

Programs: 

Community  Life: 

Mission/Service/Outreach: 

Publicity: 

Campus  Ministers: 


Nancy  Murph 
Stephanie  Houston 
Sandy  Godfrey 
Neill  Shaw 
Bill  Snedden 
Shannon  Outen 
David  Styles 
Terry  Cannon 
Jeannie  Howard 
Lynda  Disher 
Carol  Jones 
Ron  Moss 
Brady  Faggart 


Sabrina  Shaffer 
Kimberly  Spaulding 
Pam  Otte 
Kim  Hicks 
Lisa  Carpenter 
Elizabeth  Saine 
Kelly  Green 
Natalie  Baker 
Jeff  Woods 
Lisa  Ritch 
Jean  Ann  Anderson 
Kelly  Salyer 
Sarah  McCabe 
Chuck  Clark 
Beth  Sanderson 
Steven  Reeves 


Campus  Crusade  For  Christ 


Campus  Crusade  for  Christ  is  an  international  stu- 
dent movement  committed  to  helping  students 
develop  a  personal  relationship  with  God  through 
Jesus  Christ.  It  was  founded  in  1957  at  UCLA  and 
now  has  16,000  full-time  staff  ministering  in  151 
countries  around  the  world. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 


Tedd  Haymore 
Annette  Hemmings 
John  Kuehne 
Robin  Batts 


Byron  Barlow 
Dave  Clement 
Tricia  Clememt 
Susan  DeHart 
Jeanne  Duncan 
Susan  Frye 
Beth  Howard 
Andrea  Kerhoulas 
Maria  Lemmons 
Susan  McMasters 
Laura  Orlandi 
Dacia  Penley 
Diane  Phillipo 
Kent  Rector 
Melanie  Rowell 
Dave  Snider 
Cam  Thompson 
Greg  Vann 
Jeff  Watson 
Rob  White 


University  Wind  Ensemble 


The  University  Wind  Ensemble  performs  music  for 
wind  ensembles  in  concerts  both  on  and  off  campus. 
The  Ensemble  had  a  total  of  approximately  75 
members  this  year  with  16  faculty  members  involv- 
ed as  well  as  two  graduate  assistants. 


Elizabeth  Saine 
Kevin  Nathanson 
Pam  Keen 
Mary  Bullock 
Mindy  Smith 
Joan  Wojcieki 
Brent  Register 
Camille  Rathbone 
Marcie  Carson 
Ron  FoUas 
Marybeth  Zuvich 
Mario  Huggins 
Kris  Wike 
Rebecca  Kirby 
Darrell  Parks 
Jeff  Matthews 
Beth  Hundley 
Stephen  Arichea 
Donnette  Godfrey 
Paula  Ray 
Beth  Fageol 
Paul  Schultz 
Lois  Atkinson 
Laurie  Mock 
Janeen  Killian 
Chris  Proctor 
Penn  Farr 
Jennifer  Miller 
Wade  Henderson 


Beth  Beeson 
Barbara  Hig^nutt 
Sonny  Austin 
Tim  Hudson 
Russ  Gaffney 
Sandra  Clay 
Brenda  Clay 
Roger  Moore 
Ray  Matthews 
John  Carmichael 
Tony  Jones 
Tom  Jenner 
David  Wulfeck 
Marlon  McDonald 
Andrew  Wing 
Tink  Ellison 
Matt  Brooks 
Mark  Norman 
Louanna  Bishop 
Helen  Rifas 
Sandra  Snow 
Mike  Austin 
Jon  Hyde 
Chris  Brown 
Erin  Studstill 
Natalie  Carey 
David  Grubb 
Amv  Edmondson 
William  Keith 


The  Jazz  Laboratory  Ensemble,  composed  of  16 
members,  studies  and  performs  a  variety  of  jazz 
styles  with  standard  instrumentation  (trumpets, 
trombones,  saxaphones,  rhythm  section).  Ori^nal 
compositions  and  arrangements  are  encouraged  as 
is  individual  improvisation. 


Penn  Farr 
Chris  Proctor 
Janeen  Killian 
John  Isley 
Dave  Wulfeck 
Marlon  McDonald 
Mike  Mauretz 
Andy  Wing 
Russ  Gaffney 
Russ  Nelms 
Brian  Follas 
Elijah  Fisher 
Bill  Keith 
Mark  Freundt 
Ben  Folds 
Chris  Brown 


Jazz  Laboratory  Ensemble 


Sociology 
Club 


Golden  Chain 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Scholarship  Chairperson: 

Advisors: 


Jeanne  Dickens 
Susan  Dosier 
Amina  Durrani 
Deborah  Fravel 
Jennifer  Moore 
Tammy  Minor 
Todd  Nichols 
Angela  Saito 
Robert  Stephens 
Brenda  Volpe 
Michael  Stewart 
Lynda  Black 


Bill  Wilder 

Laura  Greene 

Jean  Ann  Anderson 

Jennifer  Miller 

Kristy  Bowen 

Mrs.  Louise  Johnson 

Mrs.  Sylvia  Watson 


Lisa  Carpenter 
Jennifer  Cornell 
Lori  Redmond 
Mary  Catherine  Scott 
Dale  Sheffield 
Ginnifer  Stephens 
Gary  Glass 
Thomas  Little 
David  Nance 
Laura  Peake 
Kimberly  Webster 
Kathryn  Whitfield 


Omicron  Nu 


Omicron  Nu,  founded  at  Michigan  State  in  1912. 
seeks  to  promote  g;raduate  study  and  research, 
superior  scholarship  and  leadership  in  home 
economics. 

The  national  organization  provides  fellowships  for 
lioth  master's  and  doctoral  level  graduate  students 
as  well  as  providing  matching  funds  for  a  UNC-G 
undergraduate  scholarship.  The  Alpha  Kappa 
Chapter  of  L'NC-G  also  sponsors  the  annual  Honors 
Convocation  of  the  School  of  Home  Economics,  at 
which  it  presents  an  award  to  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  with  the  highest  grade  point  average. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Editor: 


Deborah  Lewis  Fravel 
Gregg  Hancock 
Heidi  Shope 
Paula  Davis 
Patti  Jones 


Neo-Black 
Society 
Executive 
Board 


Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 


Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  is  the  international  honor 
society  of  economics.  The  organization  was  original- 
ly founded  at  Harvard  University  in  1915.  UNC-G 
was  granted  a  charter  on  April  24,  1973  as  Iota 
Chapter  of  North  Carolina.  The  objectives  of 
Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  include  the  recognition  of 
outstanding  achievements  in  the  field  of  economics 
and  the  establishment  of  closer  ties  between 
students  and  faculty  in  economics. 


President:    Donna  Peters 


Laura  Greene 
Robert  Noble 
Ann  Smith 
Jeff  Armstrong 
Caroline  Gramley 
Nancy  Robbins 
Abigail  Spencer 
Charles  Saunders 


Business  and  Industrial  Relations  Club 


The  Business  and  Industrial  Relations  Club  is  the 
>tudent  chapter  of  the  Personnel  Action  Associa- 
1 1'  in  of  the  Greensboro  Area.  The  club  is  a  student 
urbanization  in  the  School  of  Business  and 
l^unomics  which  provides  members  an  opportuni- 
ty to  get  to  know  business  professionals  and  to  learn 
about  firms  in  the  local  and  regional  business 
community. 

Representatives  from  some  of  North  Carolina's 
major  firms  speak  at  club  meetings  on  topics  such 
as  human  resources  management,  banking,  and 
keting. 

Members  participate  in  a  unique  Mentor  Program 
which  allows  them  to  work  with  one  or  more  per- 
iM.iinel  prefessionals  on  a  one-to-one  basis.  Students 
meet  with  their  mentor,  learning  first-hand  the  in- 
\olvements  of  different  jobs. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 


Karen  Chandler 
Danita  Powell 
Caroline  Silver 
Teresa  Garrison 


Angie  Marion 
Jackie  Burleson 
Beth  McKissick 
Kris  Willard 
Zoe  Henricksen 
Dennis  Wilkerson 
L.  Hamilton  Stenerson 


Beta  Alpha  Psi 


Beta  Alpha  Psi  is  the  national  scholastic  and  pro- 
fessional accounting  fraternity.  The  primary  objec- 
tive of  the  fraternity  is  to  encourage  and  give 
recognition  to  scholastic  and  professional  excellence 
in  the  field  of  accounting,  which  includes  the  follow- 
ing: the  promotion  of  the  study  and  practice  of  ac- 
counting; the  promotion  of  opportunities  for  sell 
development  and  association  among  members  and 
practicing  accountants;  and  the  encouragement  of 
a  sense  of  ethical,  social,  and  public  responsibUities. 


President: 
Vice-President: 
Accounting  Assoc: 
Corres.  Secretary: 
Treasurer: 
Recording  Secretary: 

Members: 

Deneal  Hicks 
Vickie  Howard 
Lorraine  Hric 
Stephen  Partrick 
Melanie  Rathmell 
Faith  Shields 
Robin  Thompson 


Angela  Blackmon 

Deborah  Cladwell 

Willard  Fenegan 

Laura  Kennerly 

Carrie  Koontz 

Alice  Wilson 


Pledges: 
Sue  Adams 
Ronald  Baldwin 
Jennifer  Burton 
Karen  Chandler 
Jeffrey  Clapp 
Kathy  Gallop 
Susan  Hairfield 
Wendy  Hall 
Dean  Harris 
David  Hill 
Wendy  Hoos 
Sharon  Janesick 
Patty  Laing 
Gary  Lake 
Karen  Maness 
Kathryn  Martin 
Tammy  McClaugherty 
Doug  Mecimore 
Billy  Melton 
Sharon  Miller 


Dale  Phipps 
Ann  Pope 
Beverly  Rhoades 
Debbie  Robinson 
Martha  Rogers 
Michelle  Rothrock 
Kerry  Safley 
Tamara  Sandness 
Mandy  Saunders 
Beth  Smith 
Amy  Southerland 
Annette  Swing 
Tammy  Tesh 
Mark  Toland 
Jill  Turk 
Denise  Walker 
Dennis  Wilkerson 
Marsha  Wyche 
Barry  Yates 
Al  York 


Spartan 
Cheerleaders 


Heather  Benton 
Tonya  Bradshaw 
Shelby  Clark 
Kelly  Craver 
Leigh  Good 
Stephanie  Holcombe 
Brenda  Hough 
Mario  Huggins 
Nancy  Hartsema 
Ellen  Satterwhite 
Ashley  Waters 
Michelle  Wright 

Co-Captains: 

Ann  Bryant 
Lynne  Oakes 


Beta  Gamma  Sigma 


Beta  Gamma  Sigma  was  founded  in  1907  as  a  na- 
tional honor  society  with  the  chapter  at  UNC-G 
established  in  April,  1983.  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  is 
intended  for  students  enrolled  in  AACSB  accredited 
business  schools.  With  only  students  ranked  in  the 
top  ten  percent  of  the  undergraduate  program  ac- 
cepted, election  to  membership  in  Beta  Gamma 
Sigma  is  the  highest  scholastic  honor  that  a  student 
in  business  and  administration  can  attain. 

The  purposes  of  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  include  en- 
couragement and  reward  of  scholarship  among 
students  of  business  and  administration,  and  pro- 
motion of  the  advancement  of  education  in  the  art 
and  science  of  business.  The  organization  also  seeks 
to  foster  integrity  in  the  conduct  of  business 
operations. 


President: 
Vice-President: 


Laura  Bauer 
Steven  Cheek 
James  Bennett 
Kenneth  Jordon 
Vivian  Maness 
Robert  Spurrier,  Jr. 
Sylvia  Walker 
Alice  Walker 


Donna  Peters 
Susan  Adams 


Physical 
Educatioi 
Steering 
Committe< 


Baptist  Student  Union 


The  Baptist  Student  Union  is  a  religious  organiza- 
tion comprised  of  college  students  interested  in  con- 
tinuing their  spiritual  growth. 

BSU  offers  many  programs  and  ministries 
through  which  students  can  become  a  part  of  and 
serve  the  campus,  community  and  state.  A  few  of 
their  programs  are  The  New  Beginnings  Choir 
which  performs  for  churches  and  nursing  homes. 
The  BSU  also  sponsors  a  clown  and  puppet  troupe. 
Spring  and  Summer  mission  programs  provide  BSU 
members  volunteer  work  to  minister  to  youth 
groups  and  needy  organizations.  In  addition  to  these 
services  the  BSU  manitains  the  "Campus  John", 
a  newsletter  which  is  distributed  through  the  dorm 
bathrooms  around  campus. 

Fellowship  is  a  tradition  the  BSU  is  proud  to 
uphold.  Family  groups,  prayer  partners,  covered 
dish  suppers,  movie  nights,  student-led  worships  as 
well  as  the  weekly  program  on  Thursday  evenings, 
give  students  a  time  to  come  together  in  Christian 
reverence  and  service. 

BSU  was  established  in  1922  through  the  auspices 
of  College  Park  Baptist  Church  under  the  direction 
of  Mr.  C.A.  Williams.  The  BSU  program  at  UNC- 
G  was  the  first  initiated  in  North  Carolina  and  one 
of  the  first  in  the  nation. 


President: 

Programs: 

Growth  Study: 

Social: 

Publicity: 

Summer  Missions: 

Community  Missions: 

Outreach: 

Commuter  Students: 

International  Students: 

Recreation: 

Campus  Minister: 


Melissa  Bentley 

Richard  White 

Kim  Joyce 

Kathy  McCroskey 

Kim  Shelton 

Sandy  Brown 

Jodie  Gentry 

Becky  Robertson 

Jody  Thompson 

Harriett  Knox 

Thom  Little 

Geneva  Metzger 


Beta  Beta  Beta  Biological  Society  is  a  society  for 
students  interested  in  biology.  Founded  in  1922  at 
Oklahoma  City  University,  Tri-Beta  reserves  its 
membership  to  those  students  who  achieve  superior 
academic  records  and  who  indicate  special  aptitude 
for  and  major  interest  in  the  natural  sciences.  It  em- 
phasizes a  three-fold  program;  stimulation  of 
scholarship;  dissemination  of  scientific  knowledge; 
and  promotion  of  biological  research. 

'To  see  the  foundatioyis  of  life" 


Beta  Beta  Beta 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 


Shelley  J.  Foster 
JoAnn  Fanney 
Alice  Smith 


Stewart  Barnett 
Patricia  Brady 
Roger  Cooke 
Jeanne  Dickens 
Donna  Dyson 
Lisa  Figueroa 
Joyce  Gordon 
Rhonda  Greene 
Donna  Hogan 
Robin  Hopkins 
Debra  Jarrett 
Barbara  Klaiber 
Tara  Lowrance 
Franklin  Moore 
Debra  Muskovin 


Jeanette  Perry 
Teresa  Phillips 
Elaine  Poston 
Lori  Redmond 
Patricia  Rountree 
Angela  Saito 
Shannon  Simpson 
Tammy  Spear 
Sharon  Tesh 
Joseph  Warren 
William  Welder 
Becky  Wheeler 
Sheila  Williams 
Martha  York 


Pi  Sigma  Epsilon 


Pi  Sigma  Epsilon  is  a  professional  national 
organization  dedicated  to  college  students  who  wish 
to  expand  their  knowledge  and  experience  in  sales 
and  marketing.  It  was  developed  to  promote  real- 
lite  situations  and  prepares  its  members  to  handle 
them  well.  PSE  membership  is  your  link  to  the  pro- 
fessional world  and  advancement  to  higher  level 
career  positions  than  those  achieved  by  non- 
members. 


President: 

Vice-President  Marketing: 

Vice-President  Administrative  Affairs: 

Vice-President  Finance: 


Robert  Noble 
Anton  W.  Bantel,  Jr. 
Melinda  Taylor 
Peter  Anderson 


Identity 


Identity  was  formed  four  years  ago  by  UNCG's 
Student  Government,  the  Neo-Black  Society,  and 
UNCG  Presbyterian  House.  The  goal  of  the 
organization  is  to  provide  a  support  group  for  in- 
dividuals who  have  encountered  racial  bias  and  seek 
to  understand  why  these  biases  exist  and  how  they 
can  be  changed.  The  group  meets  monthly  in  an  in- 
formal setting  with  individuals  knowledgeable  in  the 
area  of  race  relations. 

Over  the  years.  Identity  has  worked  on  forming 
and  implementing  a  black  studies  program, 
educating  students  in  the  area  of  race  relations,  in- 
volving international  students  in  programming,  and 
providing  a  forum  for  individuals  encountering 
racial  problems.  Although  some  people  believe  that 
discrimination  is  no  longer  a  current  issue,  the 
members  of  Identity  have  discovered  disc nmi nation, 
like  the  Loch  Ness  Monster,  is  alive  and  well  but 
below  the  surface  where  it  can  not  be  readily 
observed. 


University  Democrats 


This  was  the  charter  year  for  the  University 
Democrats  of  UNC-G.  However,  the  organization's 
origins  lie  in  the  campus  Young  Democrats 
organization  which  was  founded  in  1981.  The 
University  Democrats  are  members  of  the  North 
CaroUna  Young  Democrats  and  the  North  Carolina 
Federation  of  College  Democrats. 

The  University  Democrats  serve  as  a  forum  for 
Democratic  leaders  and  candidates  to  speak  to 
students,  but  they  also  serve  a  forum  for  students 
to  speak  to  and  influence  the  Democratic  party. 
They  are  a  voice  for  the  young  people.  They  discuss 
issues,  debate  ideas  and  pass  resolutions,  thereby 
educating  and  involving  their  student  members  in 
the  political  process  and  arena.  Finally,  they  work 
to  see  that  Democratic  candidates  are  elected  to 
positions  of  inlfuence  where  they  can  put 
Democratic  values  into  policy.  Their  meetings  and 
lectures  are  open  to  any  student  who  chooses  to 
come  and  be  involved  in  the  issues  that  impact  their 
lives. 

Featured  at  University  Democrat  meetings  and 
receptions  this  year  were  various  Democratic  of- 
ficials and  candidates.  Among  these  visitors  were 
Congressional  Candidate  Robin  Britt,  Former  Can- 
didate for  Governor  Tom  Gilmore,  Guilford  Party 
Chair  Jim  Van  Hecke,  Guilford  County  Commis- 
sioner Dot  Kearnes  and  N.C.  Young  Voters  Coor- 
dinator Harry  Kaplan. 

"lnjlv£nce  the  Decisions  That  Influeyice  You!' 


"Join  the  Best  Party  in  Town! 


President:  Thorn  Little 

Vice-President:  Amy  Farley 

Secretary:  Ellen  Bryant 

Treasurer:  Catherine  Constantina 

Public  Relations:  Jonathan  Hall 

Darlene  Allen 
Wanda  Batts 
Steve  Beale 
Edwina  Bostic 
Lori  Carey 
Susan  Dosier 
Gayle  Frazier 
Bernetta  Ghist 
Clinton  Hughes 
Rebecca  Klemp 
Lucy  Lawrence 
James  Marion 
Greg  Nicollian 
Michael  Stewart 
Denise  Walling^on 


The  Women's  Choir  studies  and  performs  music 
WTitten  between  the  16th  and  20th  centuries  for  tre- 
ble voices.  The  ensemble  is  open  by  audition  to 
qualified  singers,  and  includes  both  music  majors 
and  non-majors.  Within  recent  years,  the  choir  has 
been  chosen  to  sing  at  several  major  professional 
music  organization  conventions,  the  most  recent  be- 
ing the  Southern  Division  Music  Educators  National 
Conference  meeting  in  Mobile,  Alabama  in  March 
198.5.  From  time  to  time,  the  choir  embarks  on  brief 
tours  throughout  the  southern  states. 


Director:  Dr.  Hilary  Apfelstadt 

President:  Janice  Porter 

Vice-President:  Ellen  M.  Gozion 

Treasurer:       Wendy       A.       Crews 
Librarians:  Paige  Thaeker 

Cynthia  Childress 


Julie  Andrews 
Jennifer  Beck 
Mary  Anne  Bolick 
Missy  Brockwell 
Shannon  Campbell 
Elaine  Carlisle 
Marcie  Carson 
Kim  Chaney 
Stephanie  Creech 
Heather  Daniel 
Janice  Daugherty 
Mignon  Dobbins 
Jeanne  Duncan 
Barbara  Ector 
Erin  D.  Ervin 
Julie  Fischer 
Rebecca  Fletcher 

Melodie  Griswold 

Tracy  L.  Hall 

Beth  Howard 

Jamie  Johnson 

Lou  Anne  Kennedy 

Laura  Laws 

Linda  A.  Mitchell 

Karen  Mozingo 

Katherina  Nowotny 

Rickie  J.  Palmer 

Paula  Payne 

Robbin  Pierce 

Jan  Poindexter 

Daphne  D.  Roberson 

Cheryl  Shufelt 

Nancy  Slater 

Sandra  Snow 

Kim  Spiller 

Felicia  Wright 


Women's 
Choir 


UNCG  Show  Choir 


The  UNC-G  Show  Choir  consists  of  thirty 
students  who  enjoy  singing  and  dancing.  The  choir, 
directed  by  Bill  Carroll,  performs  a  variety  of  styles 
of  music  along  with  choreography.  Show  Choir  ap- 
peals to  a  varied  audience  who  enjoys  a  large  selec- 
tion of  music  such  as  pop,  broadway,  and  choral. 

The  purpose  of  the  Show  Choir  is  to  provide  an 
organized  performance  group  that  entertains  with 
popular  music  and  dancing.  The  organization  was 
active  this  year  performing  for  the  likes  of  IBM,  the 
Eastern  Music  Festival,  the  Musical  Arts  Guild,  and 
many  other  groups.  Show  Choir  also  entertained 
outside  of  Greensboro  at  the  NCMEA  Convention 
m  Winston-Salem. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Accompanist: 


Rickie  Jean  Palmer 

Carol  Graves 

Craig  Howell 

Marc  Cheek 

Cathy  Williams 


Harry  Bleattler 
Lament  Brown 
Shannon  Campbell 
Kim  Chaney 
Ellen  Everette 
Steve  Howard 
Melanie  Hudson 
Lee  Jewell 
Charles  Johnson 
Jamie  Johnson 
Melanie  Johnson 
Frank  Laprade 
William  Lester 
Judy  Lincks 
Greg  Ottoway 
Steven  Reeves 
Jeannine  Smith 
Angela  Stirewatt 
John  Mark  Swink 
Dana  Temple 
Tim  Tourbin 
Kerry  Wilkerson 
Cathy  Zeggert 
Jeff  Zitofskv 


University  Media  Board 


The  University  Media  Board  was  created  by  Stu- 
dent Government  in  1977,  but  has  since  become  a 
separate  and  autonomous  organization  acting  as  an 
advisory  board  to  the  campus  media  and  the 
manager  of  media  business  and  constitutional 
matters. 

Known  primarily  as  the  students'  link  with  cam- 
pus media,  it  is  the  UMB's  constitutional  duty  to 
oversee  the  budgets  of  all  media  funds,  foster  ex- 
cellence in  the  media,  act  as  an  arbiter  in  case  of 
media  disputes,  see  that  each  mediimi  has  a  qualified 
presiding  officer,  and  approve  charters  for  new 
media  organizations. 


Sheila  Bowling 
Ian  McDowell 
Dariush  Shafagh 
Gary  Cerrito 
Jim  Clark 
Bill  Tucker 
Jim  Lancaster 
Stuart  Smith 
Mark  A.  Corum 
Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 
Greg  Brown 


Citizens 
Against 
Censorship 


University  Catholic  Center 


1 


St.  Mary's  House 


The  purpose  of  St.  Mary's  House  is  to  minister 
to  the  UNC-G  community  and  the  surrounding 
neighborhood,  providing  worship  of  the  Episcopal 
Church.  Through  the  community,  St.  Mary's  ex- 
presses commitment  with  ministry  in  many  areas 
such  as  caring  for  the  homeless,  the  hungry  and  the 
dying.  Concern  for  women's  issues  and  support  of 
minority  student  counseUng  are  more  examples  of 
the  group's  commitment  through  ministry,  as  is  St. 
Mary's  participation  in  a  number  of  peace 
organizations. 

Beyond  such  commitment,  St.  Mary's  House  spon- 
sors many  activites  during  the  year,  some  in  con- 
juction  with  other  religious  organizations  on  cam- 
pus. These  include  the  Thanksgiving  celebration 
with  the  Catholic  Center,  the  Christmas  trip  to  Old 
Salem  with  Presby  House,  and  the  annual  Seder 
with  Hillel.  St.  Mary's  also  sponsors  such  events  as 
the  Halloween  Trick-or-Treat  for  UNICEF,  a  Carol- 
ing and  Christmas  Party,  and  retreats  at  various 
times  during  the  year. 


President:  Jenny  Miller 

Vice-President:  Andrew  Whaley 

Secretary:  Greg  Jenkins 

Treasurer:  Clinton  Hughes 

Chaplain:  Rev.  Charles  Hawes 

Assistant:  Mary  Ellen  Droppers 


Neo-Black  Society 


Student  Government  Senators 


SStTf^':'^ 


V 


College  Republicans 


Political  Awareness  Club 


The  Carolinian: 
UNCG's  Newspaper 


CORADDI: 
The  magazine 
of  the 
fine  arts 
at  UNCG 


Women's  Soccer  Club 


The  Women's  Soccer  Club,  after  being  inactive 
for  three  years,  was  reinstated  this  Fall  with  30 
members.  The  club  officially  plays  in  the  Spring, 
competing  against  various  team  in  North  Carolina. 
This  year,  the  Women's  Soccer  Club  devoted  much 
of  its  time  to  practice  as  well  as  to  fund  raisers  in 
preparation  for  future  years. 


Marianne  Snipes 
Lisa  Clark 
Juliet  Pearman 
Pam  Warner 
Laura  Brust 
Tiffany  Taylor 
Colleen  Jennett 
Diana  Cowhey 
Amy  Walson 
Cathy  Carlin 
Mario  Huggins 
Katy  McClure 
Julia  Richardson 
Ann  Sehoonman 
Eilleen  Hoyle 
Rita  Nagel 
Su  Kermon 
Anne  Casey 
Kitty  Wickes 
LuAnne  Whiteheart 
Ellen  James 
JoAnne  Schettiro 
Marcia  Harvey 
Liza  DeKumenjian 
Elizabeth  Gaire 
Catherine  Nolin 
Tara  Luftus 
Tarin  Kita 
Frances  Knight 
Elaine  Walker 


Student  Educators'  Association 


Student  Pre-Medical  Society 


Pine  Needles 


Sports 


Co-President:  John  Fitzsmaurice 

Co-President:  Mike  Fitzpatrick 

Treasurer:  Tom  Gallagher 

Match  Secretary:  Manoli  Krinos 


The  Rugby  Club,  while  one  of  the  most  active 
clubs  at  UNC-G,  is  probably  one  of  the  most 
misunderstood.  The  game  of  rugby  is  a  rough  cross 
between  soccer  and  football.  It  is  compared  to  soc- 
cer in  that  it  is  a  continuous  game  and  related  to 
football  because  of  the  way  the  players  handle  the 
ball  and  tackle.  As  a  result,  the  players  need  a  great 
deal  of  strength  and  endurance  while  risking  injury. 

The  purpose  of  the  Rugby  Club  is  to  provide  an 
organized  team  sport  and  to  be  tke  most  socially  ac- 
tive organization  on  campus.  Most  of  the  unex- 
perienced players  are  looking  for  fun  when  they 
start,  but  as  they  become  more  involved  with  the 
team  the  sportsmanship  becomes  important. 

The  Rugby  Club  is  proud  to  be  the  North  Carolina 
State  Champions  this  year.  Declared  champs  in  the 
Fall,  they  also  played  the  same  teams  in  the  Spring. 
The  team  hosted  two  tournaments  during  the 
1985-86  season.  The  first  was  the  season  opener 
sponsored  by  Ham's  Resturant.  The  other  was  the 
UNCG  invitational  sponsored  by  Michelob. 

The  Spring  semester  was  an  eventful  one  for  the 
Ruggers.  The  team  traveled  to  the  Mardi  Gras  in 
New  Orleans  for  fun  and  to  compete  in  the  Loui- 
siana State  University  tournament  that  conisted  of 
32  teams.  The  team  also  toured  Florida  for  Spring 
Break  to  play  Georgia  State,  Florida  State  and 
others. 


Danny  Albert 
Steve  Ackish 
Mike  Atkinson 
Josh  Burston 
Larry  Bullock 
Anthoney  Brown 
Ed  Channing 
Jim  Collins 
Ian  Cooper 
Chuck  Corey 
David  Cox 
Bruce  Daley 
Mike  Dugan 
Sam  Futterman 
Kirk  Galiani 
John  Hawkins 
Charlie  Keegan 
Drew  Langlow 
John  LeMag 
Eric  Melby 
Harry  Morley 
Joe  Motley 
Bill  Nichelson 
Todd  Redman 
Bryan  Sizemore 
Bill  Schnider 
Gene  Speight 
Geoff  Stowie 
Will  Taliaferro 
Ted  Vaccario 
Chiris  Vaughn 
Steve  Watroos 
Rob  White 
Pat  Wilson 
John  Young 


Rugby 
Club 


'^.^'^^''^iVien's  Tennis 


iJS 


Head  Coach:  Bob  McEvoy 

Team  Captain:  Neal  Dorman 


Chip  Mangiapane 
Neal  Lewis 
Richard  Moran 
Richard  Kleis 
Chad  Sullivan 
Chris  Conellev 
Mike  Kim 
Porter  Jarrard 
Jeff  Sheek 
Steve  Faltz 
Kevin  Draughon 
Luis  Castellanos 


The  National  Champions: 


UNCG  Soccer  Team 


Women's  Volleyball 


B^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H  ^^^^^H  H^^HI  ^^^^^!  ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K.^  i1 

13 

r 

^ 

rk 

r 

jNCr, 


vvi:d 


•mxcg 


V 


,\J»<CG 


liJ 


QhC 


^carf  Coach: 
Assistant  Coaches: 

Team  Captain: 


Bob  McEvoy 
Mike  Baker 
Rick  Lloyd 
Robert  Bryant 


Men's 
Basketball 


John  Buckner 
Greg  Myrick 
Todd  Schayes 
Harold  Cone 
Sean  Gray 
Bill  Niemann 
Tuck  Balckstone 
Frazier  Bryant 
Mark  Mansfield 
Darryl  Smith 
Ronnie  Shppard 
Gary  Pitt 
Earlv  Pickett 
Allan  Hild 
Scott  Schultz 
Jeff  Watson 


Women's  Baseketball 


Tri-Captains: 

Ruby  Smith 

Natalie  Conner 

Lisa  Seidel 

Head  Coach: 

Lynne  Agee 

istant  Coaches: 

Carol  Peschel 

Brenda  Tolbert 

Julia  Boseman 
Bridget  Poupart 
Kathleen  Tompkins 
Carrie  Lasley 
Cheryl  Carter 
Carnice  Essex 
Susan  Seufert 
Denise  Mannon 
Julia  Weaver 
Julie  Bell 
Angle  Polk 


Women's  Tennis 


Team  Captain: 


Laura  Barnett 


Tony  Albright 
Andrea  Ashby 
Carrie  Flynn 
Susan  Frye 
Diane  Pursiano 
Louise  Wydell 
Ginger  Wallwork 


Greeks  Offer  Friendship  &  Philanthropy 


Thomas  Jefferson  was  not  only  con- 
cerned with  such  important  things  as 
the  Bill  of  Rights  and  the  Declaration 
of  Independence.  He  also  realized  the 
importance  of  social  interaction  and 
a  close  community  of  friends.  Thus  ne 
formed  the  first  social  fraternity,  Phi 
Beta  Kappa.  In  doing  so,  he  opened 
the  door  for  the  development  of 
leadership  skills  and  an  opportunity 
for  personal  development. 

The  Greek  system  at  UNCG  is  on- 
ly five  years  young,  but  a  firm  foun- 
dation has  been  established  by  the 
dedication  of  the  present  leadership. 
The  male  social  organizations  consist 
of  Sigma  Tau  Gamma,  Pi  Kappa  Phi, 
Sigma    Phi    Epsilon,    Lambda   Chi 


Alpha,  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  Sigma  Nu, 
Kappa  Alpha  Psi,  and  Tau  Kappa  Ep- 
silon. The  female  organizations  in- 
clude Alpha  Chi  Omega,  Chi  Omega, 
Phi  Mu,  Delta  Sigma  Theta,  Alpha 
Delta  Pi,  and  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha. 

The  fraternity  system  seeks  to 
develop  well-rounded  individuals  with 
a  wide  varity  of  interests.  This  is  ex- 
hibited by  the  many  areas  that  Greeks 
contribute  to  the  University  com- 
munity including  Student  Govern- 
ment, the  Carolinian,  EUC  Council, 
Residence  Life,  Orientation  leaders, 
and  Intramural  sports. 

Another  contribution  Greeks  at 
UNCG  make  is  to  their  fellowman  and 
the  less  fortunate.  Fundraisers  for 


philanthropy  and  research  include  the 
March  of  Dimes,  Play  Units  for  the 
Severely  Handicapped,  Muscular 
Dystrophy,  Cystic  Fibrosis,  Project 
Hope,  Easter  Seals,  Ronald 
McDonald  House,  Sickle  Cell  Anemia 
Fund,  and  the  American  Cancer 
Society. 

Fraternities  are  also  fun  and  an  ex- 
citing avenue  to  meet  people  and 
develop  communication  skills  and  con- 
tacts that  can  help  later  in  life.  Join- 
ing a  fraternity  is  a  lifelong  member- 
ship and  gives  one  a  permanent  link 
to  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Greensboro.  The  fraternity  ex- 
perience is  one  that  can  help  one  grow 
as  a  person,  develop  character,  and 
provide  opportunities  for  social 
involvements. 

—David  Nance 


Lambda  Chi  Alpha 


Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Fraternity  was  founded  at 
Boston  College  by  Warren  Albert  Cole  to  promote 
the  ideal  of  perfect  brotherly  love  and  personal, 
academic,  and  social  development  among  its 
members.  Since  its  beginning  in  1909.  Lambda  Chi 
Alpha  has  grown  to  be  one  of  the  largest  general 
fraternities  with  more  than  145.000  members 
nationwide. 

The  Phi  Theta  Chapter  at  UNC-G  colonized  in  the 
Spring  of  1981  with  a  solid  group  of  nine  men  who 
desired  to  establish  a  system  that  surpassed  the 
"typical  fraternity"  stereotype.  From  there  the  col- 
ony grew  in  number  and  enthusiasm  and  went  on 
to  receive  its  charter  in  the  Spring  of  1983.  Other 
achievements  since  then  include  hosting  the  1985 
Colonial  Conclave  (an  annual  meetmg  of  all  the 
chapters  in  the  region)  and  acquiring  the  chapter's 
first  house. 

Every  semester,  the  Lambda  Chi's  participate  in 
a  number  of  service  projects  for  the  campus  and 
community  such  as  the  annual  "Casino  Club  Lamb- 
da". The  fraternity  also  holds  fundraisers  and  social 
events.  This  Fall's  "Throwdown"  for  the  Muscular 
Distrophy  Association  raised  over  $2,500. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Fraternity  Educator: 

Rush  Chairperson: 

Ritualist: 

Scholarship  Chairperson: 

Social  Chairperson: 

Alumni  Chairperson: 


Neil  Nissim 
Matt  Middlebrook 
Kent  Jordan 
Lynn  Maclntyre 
David  Core 
Eddie  Taylor 
Mike  Johnston 
Mike  Lattanzio 
Chip  Olsen 
Parker  Lynch 


"We  believe  in  Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and  its  tradi- 
tions, principles  and  ideals.  The  crescent  is  our  sym- 
bol; pure,  high,  ever  growing,  and  the  cross  is  our 
guide:  denoting  service,  sacrifice,  and  even  suffer- 
ing and  humiliation  before  the  world,  bravely  en- 
dured if  need  be,  in  following  that  ideal. 

"May  we  have  faith  in  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  and  pas- 
sion fur  its  welfare.  May  we  have  hope  for  the  future 
of  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  and  strength  to  fight  for  its 
teachings.  May  we  have  pure  hearts  that  we  may 
approach  the  ideal  of  perfect  brotherly  love." 


Delta  Sigma  Theta 


Delta  Sigma  Theta  Sorority,  Inc.  was  founded  in 
1913  at  Howard  University  by  22  women  who  pledg- 
ed to  serious  endeavors  and  community  service. 

The  tradition  begun  by  those  22  women  has  been 
continued  through  the  years.  Delta  Sigma  Theta  is 
a  public  service  organization  dedicated  to  communi- 
ty and  university  service,  academic  achievement  and 
cultural  enrichment.  The  sorority  is  involved  with 
the  March  of  Dimes,  the  Negro  College  Fund,  the 
Cancer  Society,  the  Sickle  Cell  Anemia  Foundation, 
and  Adopt-a-Grandparent.  A  scholarship  is  also 
given  out  each  year  to  a  deserving  student  at  UNC- 
G. 

Some  annual  events  which  Delta  Sigma  Theta  is 
involved  with  include  the  Cnmson  and  Creme  Ball, 
Founders  Day  Week,  and  the  raising  of  scholarship 
funds. 

"Intelligence  is  the  Torch." 


President: 

1st  Vice-President: 

2nd  Vice-President: 

treasurer: 

Corresponding  Secretary: 

Recording  Secretary: 

Parliamentary: 


Lynda  Jones 
Angela  McGriff 
Henritta  Jackson 
Jennene  Kirkland 
Ursula  Brown 
Sibyl  Lineberger 
Gloria  McBryde 


Jill  Potter 
Shalane  Wilson 
Saundra  Harvey 
Portia  Usher 
Felicia  Smith 
Carmen  Smith 


Sigma  Nu 


The  Kappa  Upsilon  Chapter  of  the  Sigma  Nu 
Fraternity  is  the  newest  chartered  fraternity  on 
campus.  There  are  presently  30  members  inlcuding 
five  alumni.  Sigma  Nu  was  founded  on  the  principles 
of  Love,  Truth,  and  Honor.  The  Kappa  Upsilon 
Chapter  stresses  these  principles  in  the  everyday 
lives  of  the  Brothers.  Sigma  Nu  strives  for  ex- 
cellence in  all  areas  of  University  life.  Academics, 
athletics,  and  service  projects  are  the  main  areas 
of  our  participation  both  on  and  off  campus.  Sigma 
Nu  men  hold  many  leadership  positions  on  campus 
and  strive  for  excellence  in  their  respective  posi- 
tions. Sigma  Nu  makes  men  into  better  men,  star- 
ting out  with  only  the  best  men.  Sigma  Nu  is  in 
search  of  quality  as  opposed  to  quantity. 


Rick  Williams 
Mike  Moretz 
Roy  Welch 
Edwin  Decampo 
Dave  Cox 
Tom  Harris 
Jeff  Sheek 
Doug  Stewert 
Mike  Wallace 
Frank  Carpenter 
Patrick  Dunnels 
Andrew  Holbrook 
Jim  Martin 


Commander: 

Lt.  Commander: 

Sentinel: 

Pledge  Marshall: 

Treasurer: 

Recorder: 

Historian: 

Chaplain: 

Rush  Chairperson: 

Social  Chairperson: 

Scholarship  Chairperson: 

Athletic  Chairperson: 


Steve  Gugenheim 
Barton  Jones 
Mike  Felton 
Kevin  Martin 
Neil  Dixon 
Dave  Spencer 
Danny  Ambiosiani 
Kevin  Young 
Chris  Smith 
Ralph  Masino 
Matt  Swinder 
Ralph  Dehnert 


Phi  Mu  Fraternity  was  founded  in  1852  at 
Wesleyan  College  in  Macon,  Georgia  with  the  mot- 
to Les  Soeurs  Fidels— the  faithful  sisters,  and  a 
creed  emphasizing  Love,  Honor  and  Truth.  The 
Gamma  Chi  Chapter  at  UNC-G  involves  an  associa- 
tion of  39  young  women  who's  purpose  is  to  set  a 
standard  of  cultural  and  academic  achievement,  as 
well  as  to  serve  the  public  by  promoting  such  in- 
terests as  Project  Hope  (Health  Opportunities  for 
People  Everywhere),  Phi  Mu's  National 
Philanthropy. 

Phi  Mu  also  takes  part  in  fundraisers.  State  Day 
for  Phi  Mu,  Phi  Mu  Weekend,  and  Formals  and 
Semiformals.  The  Sisters  are  actively  involved  in 
planning  and  participating  in  campus  activities  such 
as  Intramurals,  Greek  Week,  Homecoming  and  the 
Alumni  Phone-A-Thon. 


President: 
Vice-President: 
Treasurer: 

Corresponding  Secretary, 
Recording  Secretary: 
Social  Chairperson. 
Phi  Director: 


Jennfier  Mee 

Sandy  Lunt 

Sharon  Miller 

Tyler  Vaught 

Cathy  Woods 

Jo  Ann  Schettino 

Marci  Haverson 


ISC  President:  Elizabeth  Madison 

Membership  Director:  Wendy  Fish  -' 


Lisa  Chowder 
Lisa  Webb 
Phyllis  Kennel 
Ellen  James 
Chris  Shampton 
Chris  Fox 
Jane  Mee 
Robin  Nichols 
Jill  Payne 
Bridget  Foley 
Rita  Nagel 
Nora  McBride 
Liza  Dekirmenjian 
Kathie  Hennessey 
Darci  Judkins 
Suzanne  Niemela 
Pam  Seplow 
Vicki  Witkowski 
Ann  Schoonman 
Hene  Wolfman 
Marsha  Harvey 
Linda  Payne 
Nashwa  Abdula 
Wendy  Melton 
Janna  Fackwell 


Phi 

Mu 


tw'-T^          ^H 

S^hB5S^»q^I 

P^;^^^^^i^^^-^^°SAiHBHHH 

55*^''^  "^ 

,^-^  .A 

IL  «[?(''  jOPir  j» 

' "  K^^H  ^^BB^Bn 

irai 

fcjr*-* 


^K. 


;X 


Founded  on  December  10,  1904  at  the  College  of 
Charleston  in  South  Carolina.  Pi  Kappa  Phi  Frater- 
nity enriches  the  lives  of  its  members  by  develop- 
ing leadership  skills,  encouraging  excellence  in 
scholarship,  promoting  mutual  fellowship,  and  in- 
stilling the  highest  ideals  of  Christian  manhood  and 
good  citizenship.  Every  other  summer.  Pi  Kappa  Phi 
conducts  a  leadership  seminar  called  Pi  Kapp  Col- 
lege where  members  are  gjiven  extensive  seminars 
involving  education,  finance,  scholarship,  alumni 
relations,  public  relations,  singing,  ritualistic  work, 
and  recruiting,  to  name  a  few. 

Among  the  many  events  hosted  by  the  Pi  Kapps 
are  the  Fall  Christmas  Semi-Formal  where  Brothers 
gather  to  celebrate  the  end  of  the  semester  and  the 
beginning  of  the  holidays,  and  Founders  Day  held 
on  December  10  m  honor  of  the  founding  fathers 
of  Pi  Kappa  Phi.  During  the  Spring  Semester,  the 
extravagent  Rose  Ball,  is  held  as  is  a  celebration 
on  January  17  of  the  founding  of  the  local  Epsilon 
Iota  Chapter. 

Pi  Kappa  Phi  is  proud  to  have  its  own  unique 
philanthropy  as  well.  In  1977.  project  P.U.S.H.  (play 
units  for  the  severly  handicapped)  was  adopted  by 
the  Pi  Kapps.  P.U.S.H.  units  combine  simple 
motivators  and  other  activities  to  create  learning 
environments  for  institutionalized  children.  Money 
raised  by  individual  chapters  is  used  to  build  these 
units  at  a  cost  of  approximately  $10,000  each. 


President:  Donegan  Root 

Vice-President:  Greg  Knowles 

Treasurer:  Darrell  Boyles 

Secretary:  James  Cunningham 

Warden:  George  Crooker 

Historian:  Mark  Brumback 

Chaplain:  Mark  Marley 
Social  Chairperson:       David  Nance 


Pi  Kappa  Phi 


David  Bradsher 
Ryan  Brauns 
Wendell  Carter 
John  Clearv 
Patrick  Craft 
Elliot  Curtis 
Doug  Davidson 
Kevin  Debbs 
George  Dib 
Mike  Dolianitis 
Bryan  Edwards 
Chris  Farroch 
Tony  Fleming 
James  Fore 
James  Funderburk 
Dean  Gass 
Chris  Graham 
David  Hall 
Tracey  Hampton 
Bradley  Hayes 
Mark  Hedgepeth 


Dru  Jarrett 
Tim  Jolivette 
Jeff  Kim 
Mark  King 
Chuck  LaMothe 
Greg  Larimore 
Chuck  McCaskill 
Bryan  McGee 
Jack  Nauman 
Russell  Nelms 
Tom  Newby 
Glen  Oakes 
Chris  Omohundro 
Bill  ONeil 
Alan  Overbey 
John  Pinnix 
Brennen  Ragonne 
Brent  Smith 
Irvin  Vann 
Phil  White 
Doug  Wolfe 


Alpha  Kappa  Alpha 


The  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha  Sorority, Inc.  was  found- 
ed on  January  15,  1908  at  Howard  University.  It 
is  the  world's  oldest  college-based  sorority  found- 
ed by  black  women. 

The  purpose  of  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha  Sorority  is  to 
encourage  high  scholastic  and  ethical  standards,  to 
promote  unity  and  friendship  among  college  women, 
to  study  and  alleviate  problems  affecting  girls  and 
women,  to  promote  higher  education  and  to  be  of 
service  to  all  mankind. 

The  Nu  Rho  Chapter  at  UNC-G  was  established 
on  January  15,  1981.  The  Chapter  pursues  its  ob- 
jectives through  people-oriented  programs  such  as 
Trick-or-Treat  for  UNICEF,  Project  Destiny, 
Adopt-a-Family,  and  our  annual  Tea  Rose  Ball  with 
proceeds  going  to  various  needy  organizations  and 
scholarships.  The  Nu  Rho  Chapter  is  also  involved 
in  many  activities  on  campus  such  as  the  Christmas 
Luminaires,  Lovefeast,  voter  registration,  Family 
Weekend,  and  World  Hunger  Day. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Recording  Secretary: 

Corresponding  Secretary: 

Financial  Secretary: 

Treasurer: 


Rosalind  Stanbaek 
Cheryll  Fitzgerald 
Darlene  Joyner 
Dawn  Lawson 
Kimberly  Barnes 
Karen  Johnson 


Michelle  Jennings 
Cheryl  Bullock 
Faye  Covington 
Felicia  Davis 
Adrienne  Butts 
Doretha  Griffin 
Angela  Taylor 
Tereasa  McLaurin 
Tammy  Kirkley 
Kimberly  Nash 
Cynthia  Hill 
Anita  Fields 
Willa  Whitehead 


Sigma 

Phi 

Epsilon 


Sigma  Phi  Epsilon,  the  second  largest  national 
fraternity,  was  founded  on  November  1,  1901,  The 
primary  goal  of  the  fraternity  is  to  promote 
brotherhood  through  social  events  such  as  rush  par- 
ties and  beach  trips;  through  service  projects  such 
as  the  Sprmg  Chariot  Pull  from  Chapel  Hill  to 
Greensboro  to  raise  money  for  the  American  Caner 
Society.  Brothers  are  also  provided  with  a 
stimulating  atmosphere  in  which  to  grow  mentally 
and  spiritually. 

The  Cardinal  Prmciples  of  Sigma  Phi  Epsilon  are 
Virtue,  Diligence,  and  Brotherly  Love. 


President: 

Controller: 

Vice-President: 

Recorder: 

Secretary: 


Eric  Melby 
Todd  Zucker 
David  Blackwell 
Ken  Hardin 
Todd  Nichols 


Andy  Basnight 

Ian  Cooper 

Jim  "Maui"  Cuneen 

Dansby  Curt 

Richard  "Ski"  Evanofski 

Keaton  Geiger 

Doug  Grisbaum 

Steve  Hayes 

Cambo  Hines 

Kevin  Horner 

Greg  Hughes 

Nelson  Jones 

Paul  Keen 

Ronnie  Keever 

Joe  Lamb 

Gary  Marshall 

Andrew  Oliphant 

Bill  Prutting 

Edward  Riemenschneider 

Chris  Schwenk 

Christopher  Shaw 

Jeff  Shouse 

Rush  Spell 

Peter  Spinarski 

Chad  Sullivan 

Ron  Talley 

Andy  Tarabec 

Joey  Thomas 

Robert  Voyles 

Michael  G.  Wahl 

Joe  Wiggins 


Chi 
Omega 


More  than  any  other  single  factor,  Chi  Omega's 
purposes  must  be  responsible  for  its  steady  growth 
throughout  the  years.  For  the  enduring  purposes 
of  Chi  Omega  give  meaning  to  life;  and  life  with  pur- 
pose and  meaning  gives  rich  satisfaction. 
Throughout  the  history  of  Chi  Omega,  six  great  pur- 
poses have  been  stressed:  Friendship;  High  stan- 
dards of  personnel;  Sincere  learning  and  creditable 
scholarship;  Participation  in  campus  activities; 
Vocational  goals;  Social  and  civic  service. 

Through  the  purposes,  Chi  Omega  encourages  and 
stimulates  the  members  to  develop  the  following: 
Appreciation  of  the  things  in  life  that  contribute  to 
a  finer  culture  and  to  the  development  of  qualities 
that  make  for  a  well-balanced,  well-adjusted  per 
sonality;  Habits  of  responsibility,  orderliness,  ac 
curacy,  effeciency;  Attitudes  of  understanding 
kindness,  service,  and  of  steadfastness  in  suppor 
ting  principles  that  protect  the  freedom  of  the  in 
dividual,  and  that  are  essential  for  mamtaining  a 
free  society;  Interest  in  learning  and  in  the  kind  of 
things  that  will  create  appreciation,  fine  attitudes, 
good  standards  and  service  in  the  community. 


President: 

Vice-President: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Pledge  Trainer: 

Personnel  Chairperson: 

Rush  Chairperson: 


Brenda  Volpe 
Susan  Dunlap 
Robin  Jolly 
Fonda  Dorton 
Anna  Spencer 
Karen  Feldman 
Beth  Holliday 


Donna  Albright 
Kelly  Andrews 
Alicia  Bentley 
Barbara  Blunt 
Cynthia  Clark 
Shelley  Dean 
Julie  Eubanks 
Brooks  Flynn 
Ginger  Harris 
Eileen  Hoyle 
Jane  Hooks 
Eunice  Johnson 
Donna  Lineberry 
Angela  Manley 
Amanda  Martin 
Kris  Martin 
Mary  Mattimore 
Kim  McNairy 
Cara  Moen 
Sarah  Owens 
Bekki  Painter 
Kim  Proctor 
Anne  Reddick 
Patrice  Saitta 
Diane  Sappenfield 
Susan  Schwoyer 
Gail  Shell 
Kim  Smith 
Kimberly  Smith 
Beth  Spears 
Nancy  Spencer 
Sharon  Swann 
Mary  Wall 
Denise  Wilson 
Heather  Winchester 
Amy  Wright 
Martha  Venable 


Alpha 
Delta 
Pi 


Alpha  Delta  Pi  was  founded  in  1851  at  Wesleyan 
Female  College  in  Macon.  Georgia.  The  sorority  pro- 
vides the  opportunity  for  young  college  women  to 
unite  in  sisterhood— a  lifetime  comittment  of  friend- 
ship. Members  develop  communication  skills,  leader- 
ship abilities,  and  time  management  skills  among 
others.  Scholarship  is  highly  emphasized  and  is  a 
major  requirement  for  membership. 

The  Zeta  Psi  Chapter,  here  at  UXC-G.  provides 
service  throughout  the  community  as  well  as  on 
campus.  On  Valentine's  Day.  the  Sisters  sell 
Balloon-A-Grams  which  are  delivered  by  members 
of  ADPi.  Proceeds  from  the  annual  sale  are  sent 
tu  the  Ronald  McDonald  House.  The  sorority  also 
holds  an  annual  Faculty  Windshield  Wipe  where 
members  wash  the  car  windows  of  faculty  and  leave 
a  friendly  message  on  the  windshield.  Other  annual 
events  include,  during  the  Fall,  the  Adelphean  Semi- 
Formal  and  a  Pig  Pickin'  at  Ring  Ranch;  in  the 
Spring,  the  ADPi's  have  their  Black  Diamond  For- 
mal and  Parents'  Day. 

The  members  of  Alpha  Delta  Pi  feel  that  their 
sorority  is  unique  in  the  fact  that  all  members  are 
individuals  yet  posses  a  quality  that  bonds  them  in 
sisterhood. 

"We  live  for  each  other." 


President:  Jackie  Mitchell 

Exec.  Vice-President:  Renee  Matthews 

Vice-President  Pledge  Education:  Teresa  Roberts 

Assistant  Pledge  Educator: 

Membership  Chairperson: 

Assistant  Membership: 

Treasurer: 

Standards: 

Social: 

Assistant  Social/Guard: 

Scholarship: 

Jr.  Member  at  Large: 

Activities: 

Service: 

Spirit: 

Corresponding  Secretary: 

Recording  Secretary: 

ISC  Delegate: 

ISC  Officer: 

Chaplain: 

Reporter/Historian: 

Retail  Manager: 

Song  Leader: 

Public  Relations: 

Sr.  Club  President: 

Alumni  Relations: 


Ann  Bryant 

Michelle  Morefield 

Monica  Crossley 

Kellie  Hachten 

Diana  Sigmon 

Lynn  Lytic 

Lori  Kuchenbecker 

Kim  Matthews 

Lynn  Wright 

Lisa  Snead 

Kelly  Price 

Natalie  Sherrill 

Katie  Shepherd 

Donna  Clark 

Jane  Gunderman 

Martha  Ann  Ferrell 

Susan  Linder 

Kelly  Fuzzell 

Donna  Clark 

Amy  Maultsby 

Elizabeth  Kincheloe 

Stef  VanderMeer 

Whitley  McCoy 


Sherri  Brezillac 
Diane  Grady 
Colleen  Jennett 
Rebecca  Kirby 
Cheryl  McKeown 
Vicki  Moore 
Rickie  Jean  Palmer 
Ashley  Parks 
Debbie  Bolton 
Tracy  Fogleman 
Maggie  Gray 
Gerri  Lasley 
Crystal  Roberts 
Leslie  Robinson 
Lisa  Stevenson 
Susan  Todd 
Katrin  Recknagel 
Kelly  Garrett 


^BShH        jtr^ ~'  ^Um              .^Z^^^Hl^l^tf^lr 

^^^^^^H^^^^H^)              V/  ^^^V /  f  / 

Alpha  Chi  Omega  celebrated  its  centennial  this 
Fall  on  October  15!  The  sorority  was  founded  in 
1885  as  a  music  sorority  on  the  campus  of  DePaw 
University  in  Indiana.  The  colors  of  Alpha  Chi 
Omega  are  scarlet  and  olive  green,  while  its  badge 
is  the  lyre   and  its  flower  is  the  red  carnation. 

With  a  Christmas  semi-formal,  a  Spring  formal,, 
and  other  mixers,  Alpha  Chi  Omega  is  a  social 
sorority  which  is  also  civic  minded.  The  Sisters  have 
volunteered  time  for  other  organizations  besides 
their  own  altruisms,  which  include  Easter  Seals, 
Cystic  Fibrosis,  the  MacDowell  Colony,  and  the  Self- 
Help  Toy  Project.  During  the  Fall  semester.  Alpha 
Chi  Omega  holds  its  well-known  "rocksit"  for  one 
of  its  philanthropies  while  the  annual  roadblock  is 
held  in  the  Spring  to  raise  funds. 

The  philosophy  of  Alpha  Chi  Omega  is  "To  offer 
lifetime  membership,  experience  in  self-governing 
living,  and  encouragement  to  develop  to  the  fullest 
potential  as  an  educated  woman." 


Laura  Boyd 
Mary  McLamb 
Amy  Ensey 
Staton  Staninger 
Darlene  Stosel 


President: 
Ist  Vice-President: 
2nd  Vice-President: 
3rd  Vice-President: 
Recording  Secretary: 
Corresponding  Secretary: 
TrecLsurer: 

Assistant  Treasurer: 
Warden/ Par  limentarian: 
Social  Chair/Historian: 
Scholarships  Chairperson: 

Rush  Chairperson/ 
Altruisms  Chairperson: 
Assistant  Rush  Chair: 
ISC/House  Manager: 
ISC/Spirit  and  Songleader: 
Mystagogue/KROP: 
Chaplain: 


Sandra  Mitchell 

Sonya  Ashley 

Tami  Long 

Jennifer  Cagle 

Sandy  Simmons 

Theresa  Kay 

Linda  Pope 

Laura  Cummings 

Mary  Bradley 

Laura  McGowan 

Lisa  Davis 

Annette  Long 

Cheryl  Carpenter 

Brigitte  Schubert 

Ronnie  Hurd 

Karen  Hill 

Margie  Mourning 


Alpha 

Chi 

Omega 


Inter-fraternity  Council 


Kappa    Alpha    Psi 


Kuppa  Alpiia  Psi  Fraternit\ .  Inc.  wa^  founded  on 
Januaiy  5.  lyll,  uii  tlie  campus  ul' Indiana  Univer- 
Mly  m  Bluunimgloii.  The  fundamental  purpose  of 
Kappa  Alpha  Psi  is  achievement  in  every  field  of 
liunian  endeavor. 

Tile  fall  semester  of  1980  marked  the  beginning 
fur  Kappa  Alpha  Psi  on  the  campus  of  UN'C-G.  The 
fraternity  is  striving  to  become  an  intricate  part  oi 
the  student  academic,  social,  and  political  life  on 
campus. 

Kappa  Alpha  Psi  also  performs  numerous  serv  ice 
l.rojects  for  both  local  and  national  needy  organiza- 


Polemarch: 

Vice-Polemarch: 

Keeper  of  Records: 

Keeper  of  Exchequer: 

Sir  at  g  us: 

Lt.  Stratgus: 


Leonard  L.  Barnes 
Harvev  G.  Shoffner, 
Michael  R.  Lewis 
Carson  E.  White 
VVavne  G.  Setzer 
Anthony  L.  Johnson 
Jake  Johnson 
Cliff  Obie 


Jr. 


Inter  sorority  Council 


The  Intersorority  Council,  founded  in  iy02  by  ex- 
isting sororities,  is  an  organization  established  to 
foster  intersorority  relationships.  The  ISC  assists 
collegiate  chapters  of  the  ISC  member  groups  and 
cooperates  with  colleges  and  universities  in  main- 
taining the  highest  scholastic  and  social  standards. 


President: 

Vice-President  External: 

Vice-President  Internal: 

Secretary: 

Treasurer: 

Kimberly  Barnes 
Lisa  Crowder 
Susan  Dunlap 
Brigette  Schubert 
Donna  Sloan 
Shalane  Wilson 


Elizabeth  Madison 
Jane  Gunderman 
Veronica  Hurd 
Beth  Holiday 
Susan  Schwoyer 

(Alpha  Kappa  Alpha) 
(Phi  Mu) 
(Chi  Omega) 
(Alpha  Chi  Omega) 
(Alpha  Delta  Pi) 
(Delta  Sigma  Theta) 


President: 
Vice-President: 
District  Vice-President: 
Secretary: 
Treasurer: 
Chaplain: 
Advisors: 


Tau  Kappa  Epsilun  has  been  on  the  UNC-G  cam- 
pus for  five  years.  Although  it  is  the  largest  social 
fraternity  in  the  world,  our  colony  at  UNC-G  is  fairly 
young,  and  our  numbers  are  still  growing.  Because 
of  our  relative  size,  and  because  we  cherish  and 
respect  the  uniqueness  of  every  individual,  each 
member  is  allowed  to  more  fully  pertioipate  in  our 
planning  and  activities.  Tekes  are  never  expected 
to  simply  conform  within  the  group,  or  get  lost  in 
the  crowd. 

Different  fraternities  stand  for  different  things, 
but  TKE  simply  stands  for  friendship.  We  are  a 
group  of  men  who  share  common  goals  and  ideals, 
and  enjoy  living,  working,  and  growing  together. 
Whether  it's  at  a  mixer  with  a  sorority,  a  football 
game  with  a  rival,  or  a  beach  trip  just  for  the 
brothers,  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon  offers  a  unique  social 
opportunity  that  fosters  friendship,  broadens  out- 
side interests,  promotes  cooperative  living,  and 
develops  perspective. 

.\s  the  Greek  system  at  UNC-G  continues  to  grow, 
TKE  plans  to  grow  with  it,  and  to  contribute  as 
much  as  we  can  to  the  UNC-G  social  environment. 


Harold  "Tinker"  Clayton 
Michael  Stewart 
David  Alexander 
Alex  Burnett 
John  W.  Taylor 
Robert  Glenn  Cashion 
David  R.  Kingdon 
Joe  Dilts 


Jim  Bruderman 
Hal  Hood 
Steve  Ralls 
Orlando  Burgos,  Jr. 
Conrad  Alexander 
Greg  Winchester 
Scott  Morris 
Brian  Turner 
Martin  Ford 
Brett  Halsey 
Paul  B.  Lovett 
Scott  M.  Simpson 
Guy  Ferguson 
Roger  Gunn 
Gary  A.  Cerrito 
Brian  D.  Smith 


Tau 

Kappa 

Epsilon 


j^^f^^^^i-^'i^^^^StKKt^ 


'}^-''M.^:       I 

L,-!.--; 

::ji 

_j_jj_j^ 

Sigma  Tau  Gamma  was  founded  on  June  28,  iy20 
at  Central  Missouri  State  Teachers  College.  It  was 
born  on  the  desires  and  aspirations  of  seventeen 
young  men  who  believed  that  all  men  are  social 
creatures,  and  that  friendships  made  during  the  col- 
lege years  are  lasting  ones.  This  March  31st  mark- 
ed the  eighth  anniversary  of  UNC-G's  Delta  Delta 
Chapter. 

The  Brothers  of  Sigma  Tau  Gamma  strive  toward 
their  six  basic  principles  which  include  Value,  Lear- 
ning, Leadership,  Excellence,  Benefit,  and  Integri- 
ty. It  is  the  purpose  of  the  Sigma  Tau  Gamma  to 
use  these  principles  in  a  brotherly  bond  to  acheive 
the  most  from  a  college  education  both  socially  and 
academically. 

The  fraternity  has  a  goal  to  hold  at  least  one  an- 
nual charitable  fundraiser.  In  1984,  the  Delta  Delta 
Chapter  was  presented  with  the  National  Charitable 
Projects  Award  from  the  National  Foundation  of 
Sigma  Tau  Gamma. 


President:  David  Solomon 

Vice-President  Management:  Bob  Wren 

Vice-President  Membership:  Doug  Bristol 

Vice-President  Education:  Todd  Hedrick 

John  Carmichael 
Jim  Evins 
David  Mengert 
Brad  Dilday 
Dan  Cahoun 
Jeff  Kinney 
Ken  Vaughn 
Matt  Livingston 


Sigma 

Tau 

Gamma 


ERTS  CONCERTS  C 


^:iVv  '■■'■■    .')■;■- ; 


•*«■/.•  ;<rv©5 


•^^^r^il^^P 


See 

mJM     I 

^^B    ' /  ;  . ''''^Hf^^^Hj 

^kp  ■-■':■:    ■ 

A 

^1 

flfl^BHSE^l^                        'jiu''- 

'2 

H    ■ 

F    ^    ' 

\ 

f     ^^ 

mm^^f^ik 

TJ 

//  - 

^^^Im^I 

/JicA:  Springfield 

260 

Bryan  Adams 


Bruce  Springsteen 


MUSIC 
MUSIC 
MUSIC 


Tears  For  Fears 
Madonna 
Bruce  Springsteen 
Prince 
U2 
Wham! 
Sting 
'Til  Tuesday 
Katrina  and  the  Waves 
Whitney  Houston 
Sade 
Julian  Lennon 
Huey  Lewis  &  the  News 
Glenn  Frey 
Stevie  Wonder 
Dire  Straits 
Aretha  Franklin 
Eurythmics 
Simple  Minds 
Sheila  E. 
Thompson  Twins 
John  Cougar  Mellencamp 
Amy  Grant 
Pointer  Sisters 
Phil  Collins 
Alabama 
Duran  Duran 
Wang  Chung 
Scritti  Politti 
Ricky  Scaggs 
A-ha 
New  Order 
OMD 
ABC 
Paul  Young 
Power  Station 
AC/DC 
Arcadia 
John  Fogerty 
Los  Lobos 
Talking  Heads 
Bob  Dylan 
R.E.M. 
The  Hooters 
Billy  Ocean 
Don  Henley 
Bryan  Adams 
Lone  Justice 
Kool  and  the  Gang 
Howard  Jones 
Chaka  Khan 
General  Public 
Heart 
Klymaxx 
Steve  Wright 
New  Edition 
Freddie  Jackson 
Ratt 
Survivor 


Celluloid  Dreams 


Like  everyone  else  our  age.  UNC-G  students 
spent  a  good  deal  of  time  in  area  movie  theaters. 
The  fact  that  none  of  those  theaters  are  particularly 
close  to  this  campus  did  not  prove  to  be  the  obstacle 
one  might  have  expected.  We  drove  up  High  Point 
Road  to  the  Four  Seasons  Mall,  over  to  Friendly 
Center  to  the  Terrace,  down  Aycock  to  the  Janus, 
and  even  all  the  way  across  town  to  the  Circle  Six. 
Buying  popcorn  and  Milkduds,  soft  drinks  and 
malted  milk  balls,  even  fresh  cookies  and  Italian  ice 
picked  our  way  down  sticky  aisles  and  hunkered 
down  in  wheezing  seats,  alone  in  the  crowed  dark, 
dreaming  with  our  eyes  open. 

And  what  did  we  dream  about?  A  glorious  vin- 
dication in  Vietnam,  for  one  thing;  we  were  just  as 
gung  ho  for  Rambo  as  everyone  else.  Oh,  some  of 
us  sneered  and  some  of  us  snickered  and  no  few  of 
us  just  stayed  away  in  disgust,  but  on  the  whole  the 
film  did  almost  as  well  with  us  as  with  the  general 
audience.  Freshmen  even  wrote  papers  for  their 
English  101  classes  about  how  the  movie  had  given 
us  back  our  national  honor,  much  to  the  increduli- 
ty of  some  of  their  instructors. 

We  also  turned  out  in  droves  for  Stallone's  other 
crowd-pleaser,  the  inevitahie  Rocky  fV',  though  here, 
at  least,  our  sentiments  were  not  quite  as  political- 
ly correct;  as  of  this  writing,  a  few  "Ivan  Drago  Fan 
Club"  T-shirts  have  appeared  on  campus,  proclaim- 
ing their  wearers'  admiration  for  Rocky's  tower- 
ing opponent. 

Older  or  more  intellectually-inclined  students 


were  not  left  entirely  in  the  cold  by  the  movie  in- 
dustry, fortunately.  Plenty  and  Agues  of  God  pro- 
vided strong  roles  for  Meryl  Streep  and  Jane  Fon- 
da, respectively,  and  were  much  admired,  par- 
ticularly the  latter.  Students  familiar  with  New 
York  city  got  a  good  creepy  laugh  from  the  com- 
ically paranoid  After  Hours,  which  one  critic  called 
"the  lighter  side  of  Tcu:i  Driver."  And  those  with 
an  interest  in  South  American  politics  and  literature 
were  intrigued  by  Kiss  of  the  Spider  Woman,  and 
most  applauded  the  performances  of  William  Hurt 
and  Raul  Julia. 

The  big  summer  movies  of  '85— Back  to  the 
Future,  Pale  Rider,  and  Mad  Max  Beyond  Thunder- 
dome,  played  well  into  the  Fall  and  after,  either  at 
first-run  houses  or  dollar  cinemas.  UNC-G  con- 
tributed its  share  to  these  films'  local  audiences. 
Horror  fans  got  their  chills  from  Fright  Night.  Day 
of  the  Dead,  the  ambitious  Return  of  the  Living 
Dead,  and  Nightmare  on  Elm  Street  II:  Freddy's 
Revenge,  which  last,  judging  from  the  clipped-out 
newspaper  ads  festoon'.ig  the  walls,  proved 
especially  popular  in  Guilford  Dorm. 

We  viewed  older  movies,  too,  in  Jarrell  Lecture 
Hall  and  on  dorm-party  VCRs  and  elsewhere.  A 
lucky  few  of  us  from  the  Broadcast/Cinema  depart- 
ment even  participated  in  the  making  of  a  film  or 
two,  down  in  Wilmington.  All  in  all,  celluloid  dreams 
proved  to  be  an  important  part  of  our  inner  lives. 
And  so  it  will  probably  go  for  the  foreseeable  future. 
—Ian  McDowell 


Rambo 

Jewel  of  the  Nile 

The  Color  Purple 

A  Chorus  Line 

Out  of  Africa 

Enemy  Mine 

White  Nights 

Agnes  of  God 

Commando 

The  Gods  Must  Be  Crazy 

Rocky  IV 

Weird  Science 

Real  Genius 

My  Science  Project 

Fright  Night 

Young  Sherlock  Holmes 

To  Live  and  Die  in  LA 

Jagged  Edge 

St.  Elmo  8  Fire 

Maxie 

Mad  Max  Beyond  Thunderdome 

Beverly  Hills  Cop 

Spies  Like  Us 

Pee  Wee 's  Big  Adventure 

101  Dalmations 

Clue 

Invasion  U.S.A. 

Teen  Wolf 

Silver  Bullet 

After  Hours 

Godzilla  '85 

Compromising  Positions 

Red  Sonja 

Krush  Groove 

Kiss  of  the  Spider  Woman 


Real 

Books 
Cat 

Books 
Cartoon 

Books 
Big  Steve's 

Books 


Cat  books  and  cook  books,  diet  tips  and  excercise 
regimens,  financial  strategies  and  celebrity  beau- 
ty sciiemes,  generational  sagas  and  jet-set 
romances;  it  was  business  as  usual  in  Greensboro 
bookstores  this  year.  But  what  are  UNC-G  students 
reading? 

Cartoons,  for  one  thing.  Bloom  County  and  The 
Far  Side  were  neck-and-neck,  with  Doonestmry  and 
Garfield  vying  for  second  place.  Then  there  were 
the  books  in  which  the  words  were  in  printed  type 
rather  than  hand-lettered  balloons. 

Under  both  his  own  name  and  the  less  royal  sobri- 
quet of  Richard  Bachman.  Stephen  King  reigned 
supreme.  In  the  unlikely  event  that  a  student's 
bookshelves  contained  any  new  hardbound  fiction 
at  all.  they  probably  contained  at  least  one  thick 
volume  with  King's  face  displayed  on  the  back 
cover,  grinning  like  some  backwoods  New  England 
rube  who'd  just  taken  a  boy  scout  hatchet  to  his 
mother-in-law,  and  now  had  her  pickled  away  in 
forty-seven  separate  mason  jars  hidden  behind  the 
piled  Nati07ial  Geographies  in  the  attic.  And  then 
there  were  the  paperbacks.  By  the  time  this  year- 
book comes  out,  one  should  be  able  to  walk  into 
every  dorm  on  campus  and  find  at  least  one  or  two 
receptionists  whiling  away  their  boredom  with  a 
dog-eared  copy  of  Skeleton  Crew.  The  TaXisrinan, 
Thinner.  The  Bachman  Books  or  old  favorites  like 
The  Shttmig  and  The  Stand.  If  Big  Steve  (as  Joe  Bob 
Briggs  and  Fred  Chappell  like  to  call  him)  looked 
smug  in  his  dustjacket  photos,  it  was  with  good 
reason. 

Many  other  items  on  the  New  York  Times  Best 
Seller  List  turned  up  on  students'  shelves  and  night 
tables.  Garrison  Keillor's  Lake  WobegoneDays  was 
one  such  favorite,  as  was  Jean  Auel's  latest  neolithic 
soap  opera.  The  Mammoth  Hunters.  However,  not 
everything  that  sold  well  to  the  general  populace 
was  a  hit  with  students.  Few  here  at  UNC-G  show- 
ed much  interest  in  James  A.  Michener's  latest  in- 
terminal  history  lesson.  Texas,  and  even  Kurt  Von- 
negut's  most  recent  exercise  in  sentimental 
cynicism,  the  typically  coy  Galapagos,  was  not  as 
popular  here  as  it  might  have  been  ten  or  fifteen 
years  ago.  Maybe  there's  hope  for  us  yet. 

Ian  McDowell 


Bob  Geldof  "Saint  Bob" 

Boris  Becker 

Halley's  comet 

Humphrey  the  Whale 

Miami  Vice 

Dr.  Ruth  Westheimer 

"The  Refrigerator"  Perry 

The  Cosby  Show 

Beaujolais 

Live  Aid 

Pete  Rose 

new  Coke 

Levi's  501  Blues 

Mumford  Phys.  Ed.  Dept. 

Reeboks 

Swatch 

bandannas 

bran  muffins 

Transformers 

He-Man 

g^mmy  bears 

stirrup  pants 

paisley 

Rainbow  Brite 

Don  Johnson 

wine  coolers 

Madonna  wanna-bes 

VCRs 

lace 

Teddy  Ruxpin 

sixties 

tapestry 

Esprit 

fruit  popsicles 

Mickey  Mouse  shirts 

Bruce  Springsteen 

charm  dangles 

Marc  Chagall 

Statue  of  Liberty 

fake  pearls 

Mexican  food 

U.S.A.  caviar 

wuzzles 

Bloom  County 

skateboards 

wrestling 

miniskirts 

Burger  King,  Herb? 

Farm  Aid 

Lake  Wobegon  Days 

India 

Charles  &  Di 

Billy  &  Christie 

Sean  &  Madonna 

Bruce  &  Julianne 

flavored  Perrier 


Trival  Pursuit  RPM  edition 

Genus  II 

Calvin  Klein  underwear  ads 

Michael  Jordan 

Boy  George  goes  prep 

first  female  Globetrotter 

Italian  ice  cream 

Eddie  Murphy 

MTV 

bright  colors 

teddy  bears 

Grace  Jones 

USA  for  Africa 

corporate  dreams 

oversized  shirts 

Prince  Valiant  haircuts 

punk  haircuts 

Michael  J.  Fox 

Pee  Wee  Herman 

Whoopi  Goldberg 

The  Far  Side 

yuppies 

go  go 

video 


Glory  Days 
Bruce  Springsteen 

Rasberry  Beret 
Prince  and  the  Revolution 

Emergency 
Kool  and  the  Gang 

Perfect  Way 
Scritti  Politti 

Take  On  Me 
A-ha 

Money  For  Nothing 
Dire  Straits 

Careless  Whisper 
Wham! 

Small  Town 
John  Cougar  Mellencamp 

Part  Time  Lover 
Stevie  Wonder 

Alive  and  Kicking 
Simple  Minds 

The  Power  of  Love 
Huey  Lewis  &  the  News 

Walking  On  Sunshine 
Katrina  and  the  Waves 

Love  Is  the  Seventh  Wave 
Sting 

We  Don  't  Need  Another  Hero 
Tina  Turner 

Voices  Carry 
'Til  Tuesday 

And  She  Was 
Talking  Heads 

Say  You,  Say  Me 
Lionel  Ritchie 

When  The  Going  Gets  Tough 
Billy  Ocean 

Head  Over  Heels 
Tears  For  Fears 

Nervous  Night 
The  Hooters 


Tenderness 
General  Public 


Lay  Your  Hands  On  Me 
Thompson  Twins 

Party  All  The  Time 
Eddie  Murphy 

Tonight  She  Cornea 
The  Cars 

Broken  Wings 
Mr.  Mister 

Election  Day 
Arcadia 


^^^K 

P^^H^B^^^-*'*S'^''-j^»^^^^^i^^^^^^^M8fc''jB^i^W-'\  ■  jBW^^' 

W^Wt    m^BM/l 

^F  1^^^ 

wi^m  ^l^^^^^^^^l^                                                     »^^^^^^^Mm^M^w' 

H^^^:-v  ',j^^^^^^Kk^^\                     '  '^BhRhV^ 

^■yu 

Kfl:..^ES^V      X 

'  "^ 

'■^ 

^  A^ 

^4^  ^ 

Sleeping  Bag 
ZZ  Top 

Be  A'ear  Me 
ABC 

Burning  Heart 
Survivor 

Everything  Must  Change 
Paul  Young 

We  Built  This  City 
Starship 

Face  The  Face 
Pete  Townshend 

That's  What  Friends  Are  For 
Dionne  &  Friends 

A  Love  Bizarre 
Sheila  E. 

The  Sweetest  Taboo 
Sade 

Wrap  Her  Up 
Elton  John 

Sun  City 
Artists  United  Against  Apartheid 

A'efer 
Heart 

Living  In  America 
James  Brown 

Spies  Like  Us 
Paul  McCartney 

Too  Young 
Jack  Wagner 


Weird  Science 
Oingo  Boingo 


Separate  Lives 
Phil  Collins  &  Marilyn  Martin 

/  Feel  For  You 
Chaka  Khan 

Who's  Zoomin'  Who? 
Aretha  Franklin 


To  Live  and  Die  In  LA 
Wang  Chung 

I'm  Y'our  Man 
Wham! 

Theme  From  Miami  Vice 
Jan  Hammer 

You  Belong  To  The  City 
Glenn  Frey 

The  Boys  of  Summer 
Don  Henley 

Like  A  Virgin 
Madonna 

Everyday 
James  Taylor 

Talk  To  Me 
Stevie  Nicks 

Oh  Sheila 
Ready  For  The  World 

Count  Me  Out 
New  Edition 

It's  Only  Love 
Bryan  Adams  &  Tina  Turner 

Things  Can  Only  Get  Better 
Howard  Jones 

People  Are  People 
Depeche  Mode 

Some  Like  It  Hot 
Power  Station 

The  Color  of  Success 
Morris  Day 


Saving  All  My  Love  For  You 
Whitney  Houston 

The  Super  Bowl  Shuffle 
Chicago  Bears  Shufflin'  Crew 


The  Unforgettable  Fire 

m 


The  Boob  Tube 


The  Tube.  The  Plug-in  Drug.  The  Idiot  Box.  The 
Vast  Wasteland.  The  Glass  Teat.  The  names  writers 
use  to  revile  this  centry's  most  popular  entertain- 
ment medium  are  legion. 

Yet  we  still  watch,  even  those  of  us  who  are 
allegedly  literate,  even  me  and  thee.  But  what  do 
we  tune  in  to  here  at  UNC-G? 

Most  of  the  same  things  that  people  tune  in  to 
everywhere  else.  Oh,  there  are  some  differences. 
Fewer  of  us  have  cable,  for  one  thing,  and  don't 
have  the  luxury  of  seeing  the  same  recently  popular 
bigscreen  blockbuster  uncut  and  uninterrupted 
twelve  times  a  week.  Hill  Street  Blues  hasn't  declin- 
ed quite  as  much  with  us  as  it  has  nationwide,  and 
while  The  Cosby  Skow  may  be  in  our  top  twenty, 
we  don't  value  it's  tidy  homilies  enough  to  place  it 
in  the  number-one  viewing  slot  the  way  the  rest  of 
the  population  has.  We  adore  Miami  Vice,  though, 
and  when  the  weather's  warm  a  few  of  us  even  try 
to  dress  like  Crockett  and  Tubbs,  though  thankful- 
ly that  influence  seems  to  be  on  the  way  out. 

The  highly-touted  anthologies  failed  about  as  bad- 
ly with  us  as  they  did  with  everyone  else.  Few  UNC- 
G  students  even  watched  Spielberg's  Arnazing 
Stones,  let  alone  found  it  amazing;  more  regrettaby, 
not  many  of  us  tuned  in  to  the  generally  superior 
revival  of  The  Twilight  Zone  on  CBS.  (Perhaps  our 
contingent  of  SF  and  Fantasy  fans  were  content 
to  stick  to  Dr.  Who.) 


Hardly  a  single  student  watched  even  one  episode 
of  this  season's  most  refreshingly  original  new  pro- 
gram, anthology  or  otherwise,  the  delightful  George 
Bunts  Comedy  Week. 

Our  tastes  didn't  always  reflect  the  nation's,  but 
there  were  parallels.  Th^  Golden  Girls,  while 
popular,  did  not  score  quite  as  highly  with  us  as  with 
the  over-thirty  set,  nor  did  we  get  particularly  work- 
ed up  about  Charlton  Heston's  decision  to  forsake 
the  Republican  Party  for  Dynasty  II:  The  Colby's, 
but  we  eagerly  tuned  in  Apollonia's  debut  on  Falcon- 
crest.  Dallas  did  not  regain  its  lost  ground,  but  the 
original  Dynasty  retained  its  throne.  Like  everybody 
else,  we  laughed  at  Larry,  Darryl,  and  Darryl  on 
Newkart. 

David  Letterman  did  well,  of  course,  and  the  new 
Saturday  Night  Live  fared  better  with  us  and  the 
rest  of  the  viewing  audience  than  with  the  critics. 
And  there  was  always  a  heartily  rowdy  audience 
for  football.  Walking  through  the  women's  dorms 
in  the  afternoon,  or  passing  the  big  TV  up  on  the 
third  floor  of  EUC,  one  could  always  catch  a  glimpse 
of  one's  favorite  soap  opera,  while  in  the  men's 
dorms  G.I.  Joe  and  The  Transformers  proved 
popular  in  that  hour  or  two  between  the  time  classes 
ended  and  the  cafeteria  opened  for  supper.  And  as 
always,  some  people  even  watched  Divorce  Court 
and  Wrestling,  both  fascinating  glimpses  into  the 
baser  side  of  our  cultural  subconscious. 

Ian  McDowell 


Golden  Girls 

Miami  Vice 

Mr.  Belvedere 

The  Cosby  Show 

20120 

Moonlighting 

Amazing  Stories 

60  Minutes 

Late  Night  With  David  Letterman 

The  Twilight  Zone 

Newhart 

Dallas 

Falcon  Crest 

Growing  Pains 

Family  Ties 

Dynasty 

Dynasty  //;  The  Colbys 

The  Equalizer 

Webster 

Hotel 

Cagney  and  Lacey 

St.  Elsewhere 

Hill  Street  Blues 

Kate  and  Allie 

Alfred  Hitchcock  Presents 

Murder,  She  Wrote 

Trapper  John,  M.D. 

Remington  Steele 

He-Man 

The  Facts  of  Life 

Saturday  Night  Live 

Friday  Night  Videos 

The  Wheel  of  Fortune 

Spenser:  For  Hire 

Misfits  of  Science 

Shadowchasers 

The  Transformers 

GlJoe 

The  Go-Bots  275 


GRADUATES 


Julie  Garner 
Richard  Halford 
Melinda  Halford 
Dawn  Laine 


James  Lomax 
Faith  McCullough 
Ian  McDowell 
Robin  W.  Mclntyre 


f 

m 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 
Natalie  Price 
Anil  Seth 
Wanda  Weaver 


Gary  Wilson 
Dillon  L.  Wood 


SENIORS 


Donna  Albright 

Ellen  Allen 

Beverly  AUred 

Jean  Anderson 


Kathleen  Anderson 

Peter  Anderson 

Sonya  Ashley 

Anton  Bantel  Jr. 


'^^^^ 

% 

* 

S 
V 

Laura  L.  Bauer 

Jane  Beeson 

Carolyn  H.  Bennett 

Alicia  Bentley 


Melissa  Bentley 

Sati  E.  Bisram 

David  T.  Blackwell 

John  Boyette 


Mary  Bradley 
Mary  Bradsher 
Rebecca  Brewer 
Al  Briggs 


Byron  Britt 
John  Brown 
Terri  Buchanan 
Terry  Cannon 


Janet  Carter 
Monica  Caviness 
Jeffrey  Todd  Clapp 
Lori  Coble 


Catherine  Craven 
Belinda  Crouch 
Constance  Cullahan 
Bruce  Culp 


Hadi  Dabar 
Musa  Dangana 
Felicia  Davis 
Pamela  Dellinger 


Juan  Dent 
Jeanne  I.  Dickens 


Michael  Dolianitis 
Fonda  Dorton 


Susan  Dosier 

Luis  Dossantos 

Tawana  Dulin 

Susan  Dunlap 


Elizabeth  Erwin 

T.  James  Erwin 

Karen  Feldman 

Alicia  Fields 


Cheryll  Fitzgerald 

Jacquelyn  Todd  Foster 

Chris  Fox 

Karen  Floyd 


^^^^^^M 

^^BS 

Em* 

^pmBj 

m 

w^^S 

m 

w-^^^ 

il 

nm . . 

W^ 

'^m 

^^^^^^^^^^^EZfllKvij^^HPBt  > 

SSCd 

^^^^H^B^^^Hj^^^ixV^^ 

Karen  Frazier 
Don  Gambill 
Robbie  Gathines 
Bernetta  Ghist 


Gary  Glass 
Johng  Grant 
Pamela  Green 
Leah  Griffin 


Susan  Haldane 
Christine  Hanusewicz 
Ken  Hardin 
Jeff  Harding 


Todd  Hedrick 
Angela  Hicks 


Deneal  Hicks 
Rachel  Hohn 


Jane  Hooks 

Deborah  Hyatt 

Lisa  Isobe 

Henrietta  Jackson 


Greg  Jenkins 

Dean  Johnson 

Joseph  Johnson 

Deborah  L.  Jones 


Lynda  Jones 

Jennifer  Jordan 

Lisa  Kazmierczak 

Elizabeth  Kincheloe 


Jeffrey  M.  Kallam 
Lori  Kuchenbecker 


Dawn  Lawson 
Thomas  Little 


Linda  Lusk 
Mary  Maness 
Mary  Mattimore 
Naomi  McCormick 


Carolyn  T.  McLaurin 
Priscilla  F.  McLemore 
William  Melton  Jr. 
Luis  Mercado 


Sandra  Mitchell 
Jackie  Mitchell 
Ernie  Moore 
Vermel  Moore 


Beth  Morris 
Michael  Newell 


Todd  Nichols 
Robert  D.  Noble  Jr. 


Amy  F.  Noblin 
Alda  Painter 


Donna  Peters 
Kenneth  Pridgen 


Georgiona  Rafferty 

Anne  Reddeck 

Beth  Reichardt 

Lisa  Ritch 


Teresa  Roberts 
Nancy  Rogers 
Donegan  Root 
Patrice  Saitta 


Diane  Sappenfield 

Robert  Saunders 

Margaret  Scott 

Tina  Sears 


Neill  Shaw 
Jane  Shephard 
Natalie  Sherrill 
Donna  Sloan 


Ella  Smith 
Michael  A.  Smith 
Sonia  Smith 
Andrew  Snider 


Julius  Snow 
David  Soloman 
Adrienne  Stanford 
Beth  Starkey 


Laura  Steinberg 
Michael  Stewart 


Terry  Stewart 
Terry  Stout 


Steve  Styers 


David  Styles 

Laurie  A.  Swaiiti 

Dawn  Talley 

Angela  Taylor 


Lynne  Temple 

Elizabeth  S.  Tew 

Tony  Thompson 

Melissa  Tolbert 


Sophia  Tucker 

Freddie  Vazquez 

Brenda  Volpe 

Elaine  Walker 


Scott  Walton 

Karen  Webster 

Logan  Westmoreland 

Joyce  Wheeling 


Kathryn  Whitfield 
Denise  Wilson 
Heather  Winchester 
HoUi  A.  Winslow 


Douglass  Wolff 
Donna  Wright 
Martha  York 
Dana  Zickl 


JUNIORS 


Marta  Angel 
Yaprak  Balkan 

Gina  Bishara 
Baebara  Blunt 


Sandy  Boka 

Sheila  Bowling 

Laura  Boyd 

Zina  Boyd 


Kimberly  Burke 

Jon  Byrd 

Elaine  Carlisle 

Carol  Marie  Citrini 


Cynthia  Clark 

Donna  Clark 

Karen  Collie 

David  Core 


^^^HB^^^K^^ 

n 

^ry 


Cheryl  Crite 
Laura  Dail 
Ricky  Daniels 
Emily  Daughterly 


Bobby  Davis 
Neil  Dixon 
Tim  Doby 
Amy  Duckworth 


Mary  Farley 
Brooks  Flynn 
Elmer  Foreman 
Denise  Francis 


Erin  Gambell 
Wendy  Gantt 
Karen  Getty 
Sandy  Graham 


Kelly  Green 
Laura  Greene 
Geoff  Gray 
Nancy  Griffin 


Beverly  A.  Hailey 
Tamra  Hailey 


Cynthia  Marie  Hayes 
Angela  Haynes 


Anne  Heller 

Shannon  Hennesse 

Lorenzo  Hines 

Nancy  Hoerning 


Brandon  Hoffstetler 

Aamir  Jan 

Robin  Jolly 

Carol  Jones 


Charles  Jones 
Natalie  Kelly 

Harriett  Knox 
Sharon  Land 


Jane  Lentz 
Sherri  Leonard 


Tonye  Lloyd 
Annette  Long 


Parker  Lynch 
Lisa  Lyon 
Amanda  Martin 
Gloria  McBryde 


Laura  McGowan 
Lonnie  McRavin 
Richard  Michaels 
Donald  Miller 


Gretchen  Miller 
Ashley  Moffitt 
Cynthia  Moore 
Portia  Nixon 


Bruce  Norman 
Tammi  Nugen 


Lynne  Oakes 
Kathy  Oakes 


Deborah  Obenchain 

Sarah  Owens 

Carter  Page 

David  A.  Parsons 


Erin  C.  Pearson 

Charita  Pinnix 

Kelly  Price 

Kimberly  D.  Proctor 


Ihonda  M.  Quakenbush 

Nabeel  Rahman 

Vicki  Register 

Keith  Revis 


Phyllis  Ricks 
Brett  Roberts 
Rebecca  Robertson 
Carlos  E.  Saldarriaga 


Kelly  Salyer 
Donna  Sanderson 
Marc  Sasseville 
Suzanne  Sawyer 


Mary  Catherine  Smith 
Paul  Segal 
Mitchell  Setzer 
Melanie  Scotton 


Marti  Shaw 
Patrica  Shields 


Susanne  Sifford 
Olivia  Simmons 


Donna  Smith 

John  Smith 

Danny  Smucker 

Terri  J.  Summers 


Corinne  Srail 

Staton  Staninger 

Cathy  Stemmler 

Carolin  Stumpf 


Hal  Surratt 

Annette  Swing 

Robin  Taylor 

Dana  Temple 


Robert  Thompson 

Scott  Thomas 

Tyler  Vaught 

Valerie  Vaughan 


David  R.  Walser 

Tammy  Weaver 

Stephanie  Webb 

Dawn  Whitacker 


Deborah  Wilkins 
William  B.  Wilkins 
Sonya  Williams 
Shalane  Wilson 


Sheila  Wolf 
Joy  Wolfe 
Cindy  Wurster 


SOPHOMORES 


Nasser  Abouzieter 

Lyda  Adams 

Lynne  Alman 

Lisa  A.  Atkins 


Lavonda  Avery 

Yulanda  Bailey 

Fran  Balser 

Parissa  Baradaran 


Elizabeth  Bare 

Cheryl  Beach 

Lisa  Beam 

Tonya  Brewer 


David  Brown 

Franita  BrowTi 

Ellen  L.  Bryant 

Lee  Ann  Bryant 


Shannon  Buie 
Sheri  Callaway 
Kira  CaroUo 
Gary  Cerrito 


Traci  Cobb 
Wendy  Crews 
Monica  Crossley 
Julie  Dail 


Gloria  Davis 
Lois  L.  Davis 
Shelly  Dean 
Cathy  S.  Dillard 


Mignon  Dobbins 
Kristi  Ellerbe 
Michael  Fulton 
Yolanda  Foster 


Alison  Francis 
Lynn  Fulk 
Scott  Furr 
Leslie  Garner 


Robin  Gibson 

Lorie  Glaspie 

Todd  Grace 

Donna  Gray 


Tommy  Hall 

Debbie  Harrison 

Saundra  L.  Harvey 

Soha  Hasan 


Billy  Helton 

Susan  Henderson 

Lisa  Hennecke 

Kathie  Hennessy 


Jeff  Heybrock 
Debra  S.  Hinds 


Jenny  Holt 
Brenda  Hough 


Jeannie  Howard 
Elizabeth  Howell 
Kathleen  Huey 
Wynette  Jenkins 


Leanne  Johnson 
Valerie  Jones 
Vallerie  Jones 
David  Kurtiak 


Cynthia  Latham 
Derek  Lewis 
Debbie  Livengood 
Janet  Locklear 


John  Lopp 

Jackie  Lowdermilk 


a  Amy  Maultsby 
Ruth  McClary 


Angle  McEachrin 

James  Martin 

Amy  Matthews 

Loretta  Moffitt 


Denise  Moore 

Michelle  Morefield 

Scott  Morris 

Sherri  Maser 


Kathy  Mosley 

Catrina  Nicholson 

Yvette  Nixon 

Shannon  Outen 


Delta  Patterson 
Angela  Peedin 


Sonya  Pemberton 
Robert  F.  Penkava 


Julie  Piper 
Lisa  Powell 


Mike  Read 
Beverly  Reavis 


Elizabeth  Reynolds 
Lisa  Richardson 
Pam  Richburg 
Wanda  Rierson 


Kimberly  Riley 
Elyse  Roach 
Crystal  Roberts 
Leslie  Robinson 


Celina  Roebuck 
Candace  Ross 
Tujuana  Ross 
Kim  Rudd 


Jacquelyn  Salaam 

Roslyn  Scott 

Dariush  Shafagh 

Sondra  Shedd 


Dale  Sheffield 

Kim  Shelton 

Michele  E.  Slate 

Judith  Smith 


Lisa  Smith 

Lisa  Snead 

Brenda  Stanton 

Diana  Sterantina 


Suzanne  Stewart 
Jennifer  Stuckey 


Alan  Tew 
Amy  Thompson 


Barry  Thompson 
Susan  Todd 
Elizabeth  Tracy 
Lisa  Tuttle 


Kimberly  Vanhoy 
Sheldon  Vann 
Marian  Vischio 
Dwayne  Walls 


Lisa  Webb 
Richard  White 
Leslie  Whitman 
Andrea  Williamson 


Adrienne  Wilson 
Cindy  Wilson 
Tracy  Wilson 
Elizabeth  Wise 


Liza  Woods 
Christopher  Yountz 


FRESHMEN 


Evelyn  Adger 

Lori  Alberty 

Ziad  Al-Najjar 

Huslina  Aminuddin 


John  Anderson 

Jeffrey  Angel 

Karen  Arrington 

Andrea  Ashbv 


Jane  Aycock 

Tracy  Baber 

Lisa  Bagwell 

Angela  Bailey 


Elizabeth  Barkley 

Maria  M.  Baxley 

Jennifer  Beale 

Soha  Bechara-Dib 


M 

f 

n 

■•^^     m 

1 

Holly  Beck 
Malena  Bergmann 
Rob  Bittle 
Angela  Blackwell 


Alice  Bodsford 
Eleanor  Bolte 
Michele  Booker 
Amy  Bouldin 


Toni  Bowhan 
Lisa  Boyles 
Jeremy  Bray 
Pamela  Brooks 


Danny  Brown 
K.  Lamont  Brown 
Angie  Brummitt 
Maria  Budzinski 


Amy  Bumgarner 
Davina  Bunn 
Angela  Callahan 
Dennis  Campany 


Andrea  Caram-Andruet 
Emily  Carlton 


Tamara  Carr 
LeRene  Cato 


Gina  Chamberlain 

Ramesh  Chettiar 

Cynthia  Childers 

Mandy  Church 


Sharin  Clark 

Michelle  L.  Clayton 

David  Clubb 

Sandra  Coats 


Stephanie  Cohen 

Tim  Cole 

Kenneth  Coleman 

Sarah  Collie 


Greg  Collins 
Lenora  Cone 


Catherine  Constantinov 
Kimberly  Coppage 


Jennifer  Corbett 
Andrea  Coulter 
Margaret  Covington 
Thomas  Crater 


Devon  Crissman 
Frank  M.  Dale  Jr. 
Diana  Davis 
Sandy  DeBerry 


Geneva  Deel 
Susan  Dehart 
Leslie  Deleon 
Bonnie  Drye 


Lisa  Duckworth 
Loretta  Dull 


Camellia  Duncan 
Katherine  Elder 


Patrick  Farlow 

Kimberly  Farrell 

Susan  Fields 

Rojulynne  Finch 


Cynthia  Floyd 

Evelyn  Floyd 

Janelle  Folker 

Fay  Forris 


Katherine  Frazier 

Susan  Frye 

Lydia  Gaines 

Lisa  Gauldin 


Mary  Glasco 
Jennifer  Glover 
Stephanie  Goetzinger 
Melanie  Gosinski 


Janice  Grice 
April  Griffin 
Baron  Grindstaff 
Charles  Groce  III 


Lisa  Guess 
Tina  Gunn 
Sean  Hadas 
Melissa  Hagemann 


Katherine  Haigh 
Alison  Hall 


Teresa  Harper 
Alissa  Harris 


Lisa  Harris 

Stephanie  Harrington 

Sammi  Hemrie 

James  Herrick 


Tammy  Herring 

Kim  Hicks 

Stephanie  Hicks 

Kim  Hinshaw 


Seth  Hinshaw 

Stewart  Hinson 

Evonne  Hodges 

Jeri  Holton 


Kelly  Hook 
Amy  Horn 


Beth  Howie 
Barbara  Howlett 


Mario  Huggins 
Tammy  Inman 
Kurt  Insko 
Michael  Jackson 


Yvonne  Jackson 
Faith  Jeffries 
Angle  Jester 
Lannell  Johnson 


Meg  Johnson 
Rick  Johnson 
Sharon  Johnson 
Shawn  Johnson 


Starlyn  JoUey 
Robin  Jordan 


Stephan  Joyce 
Sarah  Judah 


Joy  Kayne 
Lynette  Kearns 


Ashlyn  Keller 
Christy  Key 


Dana  Key 

Katherine  Knott 

Teresa  Knox 

Philip  Kurtiak 


Debra  Lanford 

Jennifer  Law 

William  Lester 

Peter  Leung 


Todd  Lewis 

Sharon  Long 

Antonelle  Love 

Antonette  Love 


Tamah  Lussier 
Bess  Lynch 
Sharron  Mann 
David  Mante 


Traci  Margo 
Melanie  Marlin 
Terri  Marshall 
Willie  Mason 


Cristal  Matthews 
Ellen  McBane 
Francis  McCauley 
Sylivia  McCormich 


Lisa  McDowell 
Kim  McDuffy 


Susan  McElrath 
Jane  McFarland 


Christine  McFayden 
Arlize  McKinney 


Elisha  McPherson 
Margaret  McPherson 


Teresa  McRae 

Kimberly  Melton 

Arzetta  Mibb 

Tina  Moretz 


Michael  Morgan 

Pamela  Mullis 

Barbara  Murray 

Mike  Neville 


Joseph  Norred 

Stephanie  O'Brien 

Laurie  Osborne 

Shea  Oosgood 


^^^^n^  sr^V^^^H 

^^^I^l^^l 

p 

Charlotte  Owen 
Melissa  Owens 


Josh  Pace 
Renea  Paschal 


Kim  Payne 
Dawn  Peeler 
Marie  Pelletier 
Amy  Phelps 


Julie  Pinkham 
Jan  Poindexter 
Angela  Polk 
Pamela  Rabon 


Linda  Ray 
Wilson  Reese 
Andrea  Reid 
Ellen  Reid 


Kelly  Rezac 

Shelly  L.  Rhyne 

A.  Mary  Riegelman 

Daphne  Roberson 


Susan  Roberts 

Crystal  Robbins 

Denise  Robinson 

Mary  Rollins 


Chip  Ross 

Scott  Rudolph 

Sharon  Rule 

Rozita  Satavizadeh 


Lisa  R.  Sears 
Kim  Seegers 


John  Share 
Kelly  Shelton 


H 

Dana  Shipman 
Tim  Shore 


Debra  Smith 
Gary  Smith 


Jeffrey  Smith 
Teresa  Smith 
Kimberly  Spaulding 
Meg  Spivey 


Lisa  Spruilla 
Britan  Stepanek 
Carolyn  Stinson 
Stephen  Stone 


Wendy  Stone 
Angela  Strong 
Jennifer  Suehr 
Laverne  Suggs 


John  Swink 
Deborah  Swinney 


Thomas  Taylor  Jr. 
Tammy  Templeton 


Andrea  Thomas 

Barbara  Thomas 

David  Thornhill 

Linda  Tilley 


Suzanne  Toomey 

Christine  Totin 

Mary  Trevey 

Donna  Trivette 


Leah  Turner 

Yvette  Vallair 

Mark  Vinson 

Carol  Vriesema 


Angela  Wakeman 
Evelyn  Wall 
Martha  Walton 
Ashley  Waters 


Maudia  Watkins 
Tammy  Watson 
Ingrid  Weeks 
Jennifer  Weiland 


Carole  White 
Joe  White 
Dawn  Whitfield 
Bradley  Whitsell 


Katrina  Wilborne 
Abbitha  Wilcox 


Jacqueline  Williams 
Regina  Williams 


Robert  Williams 

Kimberly  Winslow 

Sabrina  Winstead 

Katie  Winn 


Lisa  Witherson 

Melissa  Wood 

Tamara  Wood 

Pam  Wooten 


Conrad  Wortham 
Cheryl  Wright 
Sabre  Wright 
Tonya  Wright 


ETC. 


f 

ik 

4 

>■  \ 

Students  'photographs  on  this  page 
were  returned  to  us  without  names 
or  classifications.  However,  since 
they  particiapted  during  portrait 
week,  we  wanted  to  include  them  in 
the  book. 


SHING 

>UCHES 


High 

Point 

Road: 

Fast 

Food  & 

Urban 

Zombies 


From  the  air,  it  looks  like  the  main  artery  of  the 
city,  or  perhaps  a  gian  circuit  cable  plugged  straight 
into  a  sprawling  complex  of  asphalt  rectangles  and 
multicolored  fiberglass  buildings.  On  a  more  ear- 
thly level,  it  can  be  a  motorist's  nightmare,  crowd- 
ed with  traffic  jams  that  freeze  any  kind  of  progress 
for  what  seems  like  hours. 

It's  High  Point  Road;  a  dream  come  true  for  those 
who  seek  it  as  a  destination  and  a  genuine  purgatory 
for  those  who  just  wish  to  drive  through  it  to 
someplace  else. 

It's  easy  to  look  at  High  Point  Road  and  say  you 
hate  it.  But  let's  face  facts;  this  is  one  of  the  few- 
places  in  Greensboro  where  you  can  eat  anything 
that  really  can  be  called  fast  food.  As  we  creep 
towards  senility  we  can  anticipate  the  time  when 
we  won't  eat  much  of  the  stuff  because  our  insides 
have  been  replaced  with  plastic  and  aluminum,  but 
right  now  we  can  still  shovel  down  bags  of  burritos, 
handfuls  of  hamburgers  and  platters  of  pizzas. 

Ah,  the  sweet  folly  of  being  young. 

But  High  Point  Road  is  more  than  just  a  series 
of  manufactured  food  outlets,  much  more.  It's 
Greensboro's  new  post-interstate  highway  shopp- 
ing district.  Here  you  can  buy  manufactured  hous- 
ing, manfactured  musical  instruments,  manufac- 
tured social  atmosphere,  manufactured  ceiling  fans, 
manul'actured  dates.  At  night,  the  sky  glows  in  sur- 
real oranges  and  reds,  reflected  in  the  glazed  retinas 
of  passing  motorists  who  have  been  transformed  in- 
to urban  zombies  by  this  avalanche  of  garrish 
commercialism. 

This  is  not  place  for  subtlety. 

After-high  school  hangouts  choked  with  teenagers 
add  little  to  the  ambiance.  Hard  guys  cruising  with 
the  chicks  in  daddy's  car  can  made  a  simple  drive 
across  town  a  borrowing  experience.  But  when  the 
nmnehies  strike  and  you  are  sober  enough  to  drive. 


else  du  yuu  go 


Datnd  Pugh 


nk>»  FEB.  :«*-. 
Ino  raaNHUN  Bivc 


A  Look  At  Campus  Issues 


Apartheid.  The  new  obscenity  law.  Choos- 
ing a  new  Carolinian  editor.  Passing  the  new 
Student  Government  and  Media  Board  con- 
stitutions. Martin  Luther  King's  birthday. 
These  were  just  some  of  the  issues  that  con- 
cerned segments  of  the  UNCG  student 
population  this  year.  At  best,  they  helped 
some  of  us  redefine  our  values,  brought  us  to 
passionate  new  committments.  At  worst,  they 
at  least  provided  some  distraction  from  the 
eternal  problems  of  standing  in  line  for 
registration,  passing  our  finals,  and  trying 
vainly  to  find  a  convenient  parking  place. 

The  delicate  question  of  what  to  do  about 
U.S.  economic  ties  to  South  Africa  was 
brought  home  by  the  fact  that  UNCG  itself  has 
investments  there,  a  revelation  that  made 
many  students  acutely  uncomfortable.  Indeed, 
South  Africa  quickly  eclipsed  Nicaragua  as  a 
litmus  test  of  one's  political  allegiance.  Stu- 
dent Government  president  Mike  Stewart  became 
very  involved  in  the  issue,  sharing  his  findings 
and  opinions  in  a  Carulmtan  commentary. 

Judging  from  papers  written  for  English 
comiiosition  classes  and  letters  submitted  to 
The  CaruUnian,  many  students  feel  that  this 
university  should  recognize  Martin  Luther 
King,  Jr.'s  birthday  as  a  holiday,  dismissing 
classes  and  holding  special  events  in  his  honor. 
James  Shealey,  a  sophomore,  was  one  of  many 
students  who  criticized  what  he  called  the 
university's  "lackadasical"  attitude  towards 
the  questiun.  The  entire  letters  columns  of  two 
successive  issues  of  Tlie  Curolinian  were  fill- 
I'd  with  letters  from  individuals  and  organiza- 
tions expressing  similar  views.  The  issue 
gradually  receded,  but  is  sure  to  come  up 
again  next  year. 

North  Carolina's  controversial  new  obsceni- 
ty law  generated  a  surprisingly  large  amount 
111'  c.'uiipus  intti'  St.  Much  of  this  can  be  trac- 
ed ti.  Ur.  Thonui   Tedford's  freedom  of  speech 


class.  Though  it  was  never  his  intention,  Ted- 
ford  was  the  defax:to  inspiration  for  the  for- 
mation of  the  Citizens  Against  Censorship 
organization  on  campus,  for  it  was  after  they 
heard  about  the  new  law  from  Tedford  that 
students  like  Roger  Harts  and  Dan  Pearson 
helped  get  the  group  off  the  ground.  "Dr.  Ted- 
ford  is  so  inspiring,"  explained  Melissa 
Melton,  a  senior  Broadcasting  major  in- 
terested in  the  organization.  "He  really  makes 
you  realize  how  precious  our  freedoms  are." 

Such  inspired  zeal  led  the  C.A.C.  to 
organization  a  benefit  concert  called  First  Aid 
in  early  February,  with  all  profits  from  the 
event  going  to  aid  the  A.C.L.U's  drive  to  get 
the  law  repealed.  Local  groups  like  The 
Graphic,  the  Right  Profile,  and  the  Other- 
mothers  performed  to  an  enthusiastic  crowd. 
"It  really  came  off  well,"  said  Dan  Pearson, 
the  C.A.C. 's  new'ly-elected  president.  "We 
raised  some  money  and  we  got  a  lot  of  peti- 
tions signed." 

Other  issues  were  more  localized,  and 
perhaps  of  less  interest  to  the  campus  popula- 
tion at  large.  As  of  this  writing,  it  looks  like 
both  the  Student  Government  and  Universi- 
ty Media  Board  will  have  new  constitutions, 
though  they  will  not  be  called  that,  as  the  ad- 
ministration seems  to  prefer  the  term 
"charters"  for  reasons  that  have  so  far  re- 
mained obscure.  One  advantage  of  such 
documents  is  that  they  will  clarify  procedures 
fur  replacing  editors  and  other  media  heads 
when  they  leave  office  before  their  term  is  up. 
And  in  the  case  of  the  media,  the  new  charter 
will  replace  the  controversial  election  process 
with  a  carefully  chosen  selection  committee. 

The  Media  Board  as  a  whole  had  to  select 
new  editors  for  The  Carolinian,  the  Coraddi, 
and  the  Pine  Needles,  long  before  their  new 
charter  was  ratified.  First,  the  previously 
chosen  Pine  Needles  editor  had  to  withdraw 


from  school  for  medical  reasons  during  the 
fall.  Then,  at  the  end  of  that  semester,  the 
elected  editor  of  The  Carolinian  resigned 
after  several  months  of  conflict  with  the  Media 
Board  and  numerous  absences  from  that 
Board's  meetings.  Although  he  claimed  that 
his  troubles  largely  lay  in  a  personal  conflict 
with  the  editor  of  another  medium,  at  least 
one  faculty  member  on  the  Board  indicated 
that  the  situation  was  more  complex,  and  im- 
plied that  The  Carolinian  editor  would  have 
faced  some  harsh  scrutiny  if  he  had  remain- 
ed in  office.  At  any  rate,  the  Board  first  ap- 
pointed an  acting  editor,  then,  after  accepting 
applications  from  various  candidates,  selected 
Greg  Brown  as  the  editor  for  the  remainder 
of  the  semester.  This  decision  proved  un- 
popular with  some  staff  members,  who  quit, 
declaring  their  intentions  of  starting  a  paper 
of  their  own.  Only  time  will  tell  whether  their 
abilities  are  equal  to  their  ambitions. 

If  all  of  this  wasn't  turmoil  enough,  the 
elected  editor  of  the  Coraddi  failed  to  produce 
a  single  issue  during  the  Fall  semester  and 
then  did  not  return  to  school  in  the  Spring. 
Fortunately,  Dawn  Ellen  Nubel,  who  had  suc- 
cessfully edited  the  publication  for  two  years 
previously,  was  persuaded  to  step  back  into 
that  position,  greatly  increasing  the 
magazine's  chances  for  longterm  survival. 

No  doubt  other  issues  will  arise  before  the 
Spring  semester  is  over.  Despite  UNCG's 
reputation  for  apathy,  some  students  do  take 
notice  of  what  goes  on  around  them,  and  there 
are  always  a  few  who  can  be  depended  upon 
to  get  worked  up  over  almost  anything.  Which 
is  a  good  sign,  really.  Whether  it's  local 
legislation  or  foreign  relations  or  manuever- 
ings  in  the  university  media,  any  concern  that 
takes  us  outside  of  our  limited  self  interests 
is  to  be  commended. 

-Ian  McDowell 


Cheerleaders  Spread  Excitement 


You  are  sitting  in  your  room,  when  you 
hear  them  yelping  outside  your  door.  You 
see  them  hysterically  jumping  around, 
running  through  the  hall.  And  they  are 
screaming  "Let's  go!  Let's  throw  down! 
Let's  gol"  They  are  the  1985-86  UNC-G 
Spartan  cheerleaders. 

Charging  through  dorms  was  just  one 
of  the  unusual  stunts  the  cheerleaders 
created  to  seize  students'  attention. 
Holding  pep  rallies  (even  for  the 
Homecoming  soccer  game),  wearing 
bright  gold  sweatsuits  on  basketball 
game  days,  performing  be-boppy  and 
jerky  cheers,  and  incorporating  dance 
routines  and  gymnastics  into  their  pro- 
grams were  all  ways  in  which  the 
cheerleaders  showed  they  cared  about- 
UNC-G  athletics  and  that  they  wanted  all 
UNC-G  students  to  express  the  same 
spirit.  And  it  worked! 

"This  year's  crowd  is  different  from 
last  year's  crowd,"  says  captain  Ann 
Bryant,  sophomore  Communications  ma- 
jor. "Last  year  we  had  problems  getting 
people  to  come  out  to  the  games  and  "then 
to  participate  with  us.  Sometimes  we 
would  get  discouraged  and  half-heartedly 
do  a  cheer.  But  this  year,  more  people 
have  been  coming  out.  Everyone  seems 
so  excited,  and  we  get  tremendous  feed- 
back. That  helps  us  put  over  our  one  hun- 
dred percent  into  our  cheers!" 


Putting  their  one  hundred  percent  in- 
to the  squad  meant  putting  in  more  than 
just  enthusiasm.  It  also  meant  each 
cheerleader  contributing  her  own  in- 
dividual style  to  the  squad's  routines. 
Since  Ann  was  the  only  cheerleader  who 
had  previously  cheered  for  UNC-G  and 
Captain  Lynne  Gates,  junior  Business  & 
Home  Economics  major,  was  the  only  up- 
perclassman,  a  variety  of  styles  was  us- 
ed in  the  squad's  programs.  Most  of  the 
cheerleaders  were  coming  from  different 
schools  and  still  used  the  same  techniques 
they  had  used  then.  According  to  Ann, 
the  variety  of  cheering  styles  came  in 
handy  when  they  had  great  crowd  par- 
ticipation. The  more  creative  their  moves 
were,  the  more  ways  they  had  to  direct 
the  crowd's  enthusiasm. 

Not  only  did  the  cheerleaders  con- 
tribute energj'  to  the  squad,  so  did  the 
coaches  and  assistants  who  helped  the 
cheerleaders  strengthen  their  technique. 
Katherine  Knapp  put  as  much  spunk  in- 
to coaching  the  cheerleaders  as  she  did 
into  recruiting  new  UNC-G  students  for 
the  admissions  office.  Assistant  coach 
Nancy  Spiver  used  the  knowledge  she  ac- 
quired from  cheerleading  camps  to  help 
the  cheerleaders  work  on  their  precision. 
And  Jack  Panyakon,  freshman  Pre- 
engineering  major  and  North  Carolina's 
1984    champion   gymnast,    helped    the 


cheerleaders  with  their  gymnastic  and 
building  stunts. 

"The  coaches  and  captains  are  really 
good  at  working  with  us,"  says  Leigh 
Good,  freshman  Math  major.  "WTien  they 
critique  us,  they  point  out  what  needs  to 
be  worked  on  as  well  as  what  looks  real- 
ly nice." 

The  friendly  atmosphere  that  the  squad 
shared  was  what  Lynn  Gates  claims  she 
liked  most  about  being  a  cheerleader. 
"There  is  so  much  I  enjoy  about 
cheerleading:  the  excitement  I  feel  when 
the  crowd  is  participating,  the  honor  in 
representing  UNC-G.  But  the  relation- 
ships that  I  establish  with  the  people  I'm 
working  with  are  what's  most  valuable  to 
me." 

Not  only  did  the  cheerleaders  try  to 
spread  team  spirit  into  the  crowd  and 
amongst  themselves,  but  also  amongst 
the  athletes.  The  cheerleaders  and 
athletes  worked  as  a  team.  One  of  the 
things  the  cheerleaders  did  to  promote 
that  team  spirit  was  to  have  "secret" 
basketball  players.  On  game  days  the 
cheerleaders  sent  notes  of  encourage- 
ment letting  the  players  know  they  sup- 
ported them. 

The  UNC-G  cheerleaders  support  an 

idea— the  idea  of  people  getting  excited 

about  UNC-G.   And   UNC-G's  athletic 

teams  are  deserving  of  that  excitement. 

Sheila  Bowling 


There  goes  one  past  the  water  fountain. 
Hurry,  catch  that  tennis  ball  before  it  runs  in- 
to the  person  coming  from  room  220... Watch 
out!  A  near  miss. 

That  flying  tennis  ball  came  from  the  ten- 
nis racket  of  Jackie  Mitchell.  It  was  Friday 
night,  and  there  was  the  second  floor  resident 
assistant  thumping  tennis  balls  with  one  of  the 
four  girls  on  her  hall  who  hadn't  left  for  the 
weekend.  Not  what  one  normally  pictures  an 
R.A.  doing  while  "on  duty." 

Two  freshmen  girls  on  her  hall  certainly  did 
not  envision  having  such  an  R.A.;  they  were 
less  prepared  for  the  shocking  reality  of  Jackie 
being  president  of  the  Alpha  Delta  Pi  sorority. 

"I  was  at  this  party  at  the  beginning  of  this 
school  year,"  said  Jackie.  "And  it  was  as  if  I 
were  the  maid,  the  grandmother  who  stays  up 
and  makes  sure  everyone's  tucked  in.  They 
said,  'You  go  to  parties?  We  didn't  think 
R.A.'s  were  allowed  to  leave  the  dorm.'  I 
couldn't  get  over  it." 

Jackie  said  that  the  girls  later  went  to  par- 
ties with  her  and  her  friends.  They  realized 
what  Jackie  hoped  all  the  people  on  her  hall 
would  soon  understand,  that  she  was  human 
and  loved  to  have  fun.  Jackie  also  wanted 
them  to  know  that  she  was  a  friend  they  could 
talk  to  when  they  needed  one. 

Jackie  says  an  R.A.  ought  to  establish  a  feel- 
ing of  mutual  respect  among  the  people  on  her 
hall.  She  said  that  she  had  to  let  them  know 
that  she  wasn't  some  creature  put  there  to 
take  their  priveleges  away,  but  that  she  did 
want  to  be  treated  with  respect.  She  says  she 
treated  the  girls  on  her  hall  the  same  way. 

"I  did  not  give  one  reprimand  on  my  hall. 
I  didn't  need  to,"  Jackie  said.  "But  if  the  oc- 
casion had  arisen,  I  would  not  have  hesitated 
to  hand  one  out.  That's  important  to  an  R.A., 
letting  the  people  on  her  hall  know  how  things 
stand.  That  way  there's  no  surprises  for  either 
side." 

Every  job  involves  certain  disadvantages 
that  balance  the  corresponding  advantages. 
With  the  job  of  being  president  of  Alpha  Delta 
Pi,  for  instance,  came  the  tons  of  paperwork 
that  are  part  of  any  business.  However,  Jackie 
says  that  the  experience  and  the  friendships 
make  it  more  than  worthwhile.  And  although 
being  an  R.A.  meant  knocks  at  her  door  in  the 
middle  of  the  night,  the  satisfaction  of  help- 
ing someone  solve  her  problem  more  than 
compensated  for  the  inconvenience. 

Jackie  says  this  year  was  the  best  one  she's 
had  during  her  three  and  a  half  years  at 
UNCG.  She  started  off  at  St.  Mary's  Junior 
College  where  she  received  her  two-year 
Associate  of  Arts  degree  before  entering  the 
design  program  here.  Since  she's  been  here, 
she's  worked  with  two  design  firms  from 
which  she  says  she's  gained  enormous 
experience. 

Jackie  won't  be  here  when  the  1986-87 
school  year  begins.  She  graduates  this  spring. 
But  she  says  that  if  she  were  going  to  be  here 
next  year,  she'd  gladly  be  an  R.A.  again.  It's 
a  job  she  recommends  to  anyone  who  enjoys 
working  with  people.  The  rewards  she  claims 
to  have  recieved  from  the  job  are 
"irreplacable." 

Sheila  Bowling 


Jackie  Mitchell: 


R.A.s  Are  Human  Too 


Studying:  The  Horror 


The  day  of  exams  creeps  closer,  but 
your  progress  is  slow.  You've  read  over 
a  hundred  pages  already,  but  that's  taken 
you  almost  two  days,  and  you've  still  got 
another  two  hundred  pages  to  familiarize 
yourself  with  and  less  than  twenty-fours 
hours  to  do  it  in.  Stimulants  become 
necessary;  hot  coffee,  No-Doz,  Vivarin, 
and  even  less  legal  substances.  It 
becomes  so  easy  to  become  distracted. 
Someone  calls  to  ask  you  if  you  have  so- 
and-so's  phone  number  and  makes  idle 
conversation  for  a  good  twenty  minutes. 
You  turn  on  the  TV  for  background  am- 
bience and  get  caught  up  in  the  plot  of 
Attack  of  the  Crab  Monsters  or  the  sub- 
tle theological  implications  of  Dr.  Gene 
Scott's  sermon,  'i^ou  start  noticing  in- 
teresting patterns  of  peeling  paint  on 
your  ceiling.  Giving  in  to  the  impulse  to 
doodle,  you  find  yourself  decorating  your 
notebook  with  intricate  miniature  draw- 
ings of  cars  and  weapons  and  animals  and 
grimacing  faces. 

Nor  does  it  help  to  seek  refuge  in  the 
library  or  EUC.  There,  you  notice  the 
people  around  you,  all  hunched  over 
books  and  notebooks  of  their  own— all 
their  faces  stamped  with  the  same  mark 
of  harried  desperation.  If  the  hour  is  par- 
ticularly late,  and  your  mind  particular- 
ly frazzled,  you  may  find  yourself  imagin- 
ing you  can  pick  up  their  thoughts  like 
some  kind  of  psychic  receiver  being 
jammed  by  random  foreign  signals.  The 
notes  or  the  textbook  page  in  front  of  you 
blurs  and  becomes  someone  else's,  as  you 
momentarily  see  through  their  eyes. 
Then  reality,  such  as  it  is,  reasserts  itself. 
And  the  deadline  gets  nearer.  And  the 
grind  continues. 

Ian  McDowell 


The  Year 

In  News 


It  actually  happened  in  early  1986,  but 
for  many  the  explosion  of  the  space  shut- 
tle Challenger  seemed  to  be  a  tragically 
appropriate  coda  to  all  the  tumultuous 
events  of  1985,  a  year  rife  with  disasters. 
The  deaths  of  New  Hampshire 
schoolteacher  Christa  McAuliffe  and  the 
six  crew  members  are  yet  another 
reminder  that  we  live  in  an  uncertain 
world,  one  in  which  annhilation  may 
catch  us  in  a  heartbeat,  a  ball  of  fire  and 
cloud  bursting  from  a  painfully  blue  sky. 
And  while  most  of  the  tragedies  of  1985 
were  less  spectacular,  the  pain  was  equal- 
ly real. 

It  was  the  worst  year  ever  for  air 
disasters,  and  the  threat  of  hijacking  and 
terrorism  added  the  element  of  human 
malevolence  to  the  ever  present  dangers 
of  mechanical  failure  and  pilot  error.  The 
hijacking  of  TWA  flight  407  by  Palesti- 
nians in  June,  the  November  hijacking  of 
an  Egyptian  airliner  and  the  airport 
massacres  in  Rome  and  Vienna  all  made 
the  skies  seem  far  less  friendly.  Nor  were 
the  waves  much  safer,  as  the  seizing  of 
the  Achille  Lauro  and  the  murder  of 
Leon  Klinghoffer  proved. 

There  were  all  the  usual  wars  and 
rumors  of  wars,  and  famines,  and 
plagues.  Panic  over  AIDS  spread  faster 
than  the  disease  itself,  and  the  death  of 
Rock  Hudson  gave  the  illness  a  human 
face,  increasing  the  sense  of  public  iden- 
tification with  its  victims.  The  discoveries 
of  the  remains  of  the  Titanic  and  of 
Joseph  Mengele  were  grim  reminders 
that  the  cruelty  of  chance  disaster  and 
the  greater  cruelty  of  man  have  always 
been  with  us. 

Not  all  the  news  touched  so  close  to  the 
bone,  of  course.  Events  such  as  the  ar- 
rest of  Bhagwhan  cult  leader  Rajneesh  at 
the  Charlotte  airport  seemed  of  less  emo- 
tional significance,  except  to  his 
followers.  Some  of  these  concerns  were 
dwarfed  when  viewed  against  the  larger 
perspective  afforded  by  the  arrival  of 
Halley's  Comet,  either  an  inspiring  exam- 
ple of  God's  celestial  fireworks  or  a  sym- 
bol of  human  inconsequence  in  the 
clockwork  scheme  of  universal 
mechanics. 

Yet  we  were  able  to  take  heart  from  a 
lonely  whale's  slow  passage  to  the  sea 
and  have  our  conscience  stirred  by  rock 
musicians  crusading  against  starvation, 
poverty  and  injustice.  And  if  Reagan  and 
Gorbachev's  first  Summit  was  greeted  by 
a  certain  amount  of  skepticism  and  uncer- 
tainty, there  was  no  small  amount  of 
relief  over  the  fact  that  they  were  at  least 
talking.  As  long  as  the  men  who  control 
so  much  of  our  world  are  doing  that,  the 
final  awful  fireball  is  a  less  likely 
possibility. 

Ian  McDowell 


Springtime 
at 

UNCG 


The  UNCG  campus  is  grim  during  the  wintertime. 
Except  for  an  occasional  snow,  the  atmosphere  is 
gray  and  depressing;  shards  of  dirty  ice  He  in  frozen 
mud  like  pieces  of  broken  glass.  The  interior  land- 
scape is  just  as  gloomy.  Peoples'  spirits  get  as  dingy 
and  trodden  as  the  frost-singed  grass.  Tests,  papers 
and  assignments  are  ever-present  threats,  and  finals 
loom  like  storm  clouds  on  the  horizon. 

Then,  just  when  students  think  they  can't  take 
it  any  more,  the  campus  t^lms...pink.  Suddenly,  the 
crabapples  along  College  Avenue  begin  to  bloom. 
Daffodils  and  dogwood  blossoms  emerge  like  a  but- 
terfly's wings  unfurling  from  a  cocoon.  The  days 
warm  up  and  winter  begins  to  slough  away.  Sun- 
bathers  take  their  towels  and  books  and  become 
Wordsworthian  scholars,  with  nature  as  their  study 
hall.  Frisbees  cut  the  air  like  miniature  UFOs.  Squir- 
rels jealously  proclaim  their  rights,  defending  their 
turf  from  marauding  gangs  of  mockingbirds. 

Like  all  seasons,  this  one  too  shall  pass.  Land- 
scapes, both  physical  and  psychological,  can  only 
change.  However,  transient  moments  such  as 
springtime's  first  budding  make  hope  possible. 

Ian  McDowell  & 
Daum  Ellen  NuJ)el 


A  Walk  On  the  Wild  Side 


"They're  out  there,  waiting  for  you 
in  the  shadows,"  said  a  young  man  to 
his  girlfriend  as  a  nearby  bush  rustl- 
ed while  they  walked  back  from  a  late 
date.  But  he  was  wrong  (or  maybe  he 
meant  to  be  wrong)— that  rustle  was 
just  evidence  of  the  abundant  wildlife 
population  that  makes  UNCG's  cam- 
pus home. 

Throughout  fall  and  spring,  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  walk  more  than 
a  hundred  yards  after  dark  without 
seeing  a  rabbitt,  squirrel,  or  one  of  the 
less  frequent  chipmunks  and  possums 
that  live  around  the  high  rise  dorms 
and  the  Mary  Foust-Guilford  area. 
And  over  the  years,  many  of  the 
animals  have  even  adopted  some 
semblance  of  domesticity.  There  are 
squirrels  near  EUC  and  in  front  of 


Weil-Winfield  that  will  take  food  from 
passers-by,  and  squirrels  and  chip- 
munks alike  have  been  known  to  scale 
the  outside  walls  of  buildings  and  take 
food  left  unattended  on  window  sills. 

According  to  a  Guilford  County 
animal  control  official,  "The  campus 
is  one  of  the  better  areas  of  the  city 
for  the  animals."  She  cited  the  near- 
by woods  behind  Cone  and  Reynolds 
as  a  primary  reason  for  this,  along 
with  the  amount  of  food  thrown  away 
by  students.  "You  set  'em  a  feast  of 
a  table  every  day." 

One  UNCG  grad  student  has  a 
special  affection  for  rabbits.  "I  like 
chasing  them,"  he  said.  "It  keeps 
themon  their  toes.  We  wouldn't  want 
our  wildlife  to  get  complacent."  And 
while  campus  security  discourages 


students  from  chasing  any  wildlife 
they  might  see  through  the  bushes 
because  the  chasers  can  be  mistaken 
for  "peepers"  or  muggers,  they're 
more  concerned  about  drivers  doing 
likewise. 

"People  going  through  campus 
need  to  watch  out  for  squirrels  and 
possums,"  said  one  officer.  "They 
have  a  right  to  be  here  too  and  peo- 
ple should  watch  for  'em.  After  all, 
they  make  the  place  nicer  and  more 
liveable. 

So,  it  seems,  the  safest  place  for  a 
squirrel  or  bunny  may  have  been 
rustling  a  bush  after  dark.  That  way, 
they  at  least  add  to  the  ambiance  of 
the  evening. 

—Mark  A.  Corum 


The  Light  Fantastic 


Science  Fiction  Fans  at  UNCG 


Members  of  i'NCG's  Science  Fiction  and  Fantasy 
Federation,  otherwise  known  as  SF3,  are  gathered 
in  Alderman  Lounge,  watching  a  videocassette  of 
the  first  episode  of  Showtime's  Robin  Hood  series. 
"Look  how  pale  she  is,"  says  one  young  woman 
about  the  actress  portraying  Maid  Marion.  "She 
looks  like  a  real  medieval  lady." 

"Nah,  her  teeth  are  too  good,"  sneers  Larry 
Robinson,  another  SF3  member.  "You'd  have  to 
have  lived  back  then  like  I  did  to  know  about  stuff 
like  that.  The  good  old  days  weren't  so  good,  just 
old." 

Robmson  may  not  have  actually  been  around  quite 
that  long,  but  he's  been  coming  to  the  organization's 
meetings  for  a  long  time,  even  though  he  hasn't 
been  a  UNCG  student  in  years.  That's  one  of  the 
unique  things  about  the  organization.  Members  who 
either  are  no  longer  or  never  were  students  keep 
coming  back  year  after  year. 

One  thing  they  keep  coming  back  for  is  Stellar- 
con,  the  annual  science  fiction  and  fantasy  conven- 
tion held  in  Elliott  University  Center.  Every  spring, 
the  halls  of  EUC  fill  up  with  something  stranger 
than  sorority  pledges  of  Student  Government 
senators.  Robots  roam  the  corridors,  aliens  amble 
down  the  stairs,  barbarians  battle  outside  in  the 
"L".  Actors  from  little-known  and  not  so  little- 
known  TV  shows  wander  about  escorted  by  their 
entourages.  Successful  and  not-so  successful 
authors  get  together  for  forum  debates  of  subjects 
like  "Science  Fiction  and  Drugs"  and  "The  Logic 
of  Fantasy."  And  a  merry  time  is  usually  had  by 
all,  even  the  passing  students  who  pause  to  ogle  the 
strangely  constumed  throng. 

"Either  come  join  in  the  fun  or  just  get  over  it,' 
-says  Juliette  Hatel,  Vice-President  in  charge  of  the 
iy86  Stellarcon.  She  is  proud  of  Stellarcon's  long 
tradition  at  UNCG.  "We  aspire  to  show  the  general 
public  what  it's  like  to  be  an  SF  or  fantasy  fan,  to 
get  people  interested  in  what  we  do." 

And  what  do  they  do?  They  show  films  and  have 
speakers  at  their  weekly  meetings,  hold  medieval 
banquets  (many  of  their  memlsers  also  belong  to  the 
Society  for  Creative  Anachronism,  and  there  are 
close  ties  between  the  two  groups),  play  SF  and  fan- 
tasy games  like  Car  Wars  and  Dungeons  and 
Dragons,  and  put  out  their  own  fan  magazine  ("fan- 
zine"), Beyond  the  Third  Planet,  which  includes 
amateur  fiction  and  poetry  written  by  members. 
And  there's  always  the  next  Stellarcon  to  plan. 

As  of  this  writing,  the  1986  Stellarcon  is  several 
weeks  in  the  future.  Still,  it  looks  to  be  an  in- 
teresting one.  The  Guest  of  Honor  is  to  be  L. 
Sprague  de  Camp,  de  Camp,  an  excellent  science 
fiction  and  fantasy  writer  in  younger  days,  is  now 
probably  most  famous  for  rescuing  Robert  E. 
Howard's  Conan  the  Barbarian  stories  from  the 
mouldering  oblivion  of  1930s  pulp  magazines  like 
Weird  Tales.  Starting  with  a  series  of  hardback  edi- 
tions in  the  1950s  and,  even  more  importantly,  with 
a  paperback  line  in  the  late  1960s,  de  Camp  began 
arranging  the  scattered  Conan  stories  in 
chronological  order,  finishing  uncompleted  ones, 
rewriting  some  of  Howard's  non-Conan  stories  in- 
to the  series,  and  even  creating  entirely  new  ones, 
eventually  at  novel  length.  This  literary  resurrec- 
tion made  the  barbarian  swordsman  famous  and 
paved  the  way  for  Arnold  Schwarzenegger's  film 
career.  It  also  made  de  Camp  rich. 

Other  guests  scheduled  for  the  convention  include 
Tracy  Hickman,  a  role-playing  games  designer  on 
the  staff  of  TSR  hobbies  (creators  of  Dungeons  and 
Dragons)  and  co-author  of  The  Dragonlance 
Chronieles.  a  paperback  series  based  on  several  ex- 
istant  D&D  modules.  There  will  probably  be  several 
local  authors  in  attendance,  as  well  as  the  usual 
quota  of  films  and  television  episodes  shown  on 
various  monitors  and  screens  in  EUC. 

"Fans  are  special  people,"  says  one  longtime  SF3 
member.  "By  living  in  both  a  possible  future  and 
several  imaginary  pasts,  we  are  able  to  see  beyond 
the  illusion  of  the  present.  We're  less  short-sighted 
than  non-fans,  whom  we  sometimes  call  'mundanes'. 
We  look  forward  to  something  more  than  another 
Saturday  night  at  New  York  Pizza,  and  look  back 
at  more  than  just  the  last  time  some  sexy  guy  or 
girl  went  out  with  us.  We  know  there's  more  to  life 
than  that.  I  wish  some  of  the  people  who  call  us 
strange  did,  too." 

—Ian  McDowell 


Black  History  Month 


February  2,  1986,  kicked  off  Black 
History  Month  at  UNCG.  For  three  and 
a  half  weeks,  various  rooms,  lounges  and 
auditoriums  in  EUC,  the  Presby  House, 
Curry  and  Mclver  Buildings  were  given 
over  to  almost  nightly  explorations  and 
celebration  of  our  nation's  Black 
heritage.  There  were  art  exhibits,  poetry 
readings,  a  "soul  food"  dinner,  dramatic 
performances,  movies,  and  guest 
speakers.  For  twenty-five  days  at  least, 
this  university  gave  more  than  lip  service 
to  this  important  part  of  America's  ethnic 
legacy. 

Speakers  included  Carolyn  Coleman, 
the  NC  State  Field  Director  of  the 
NAACP;  city  councilman  Earl  Jones; 
Assistant  District  Attorney  Thomas 
Johnson,  who  spoke  about  Malcolm  X; 
Larry  Bowman  of  the  Human  Relations 
Commission,  whose  subject  was  Black 
History;  and  H.  Rap  Brown,  the  renown- 
ed civil  rights  activist.  Films  shown  in- 
cluded The  Autobiography  of  Miss  Jane 
Pittman,  Black  History:  Lost,  Stolen,  or 
Strayed  (a  documentary  narrated  by  Bill 
Cosby),  I  Have  a  Dream  (a  documentary 
about  Martin  Luther  King),  and  Raisin 
in  the  Sun.  There  was  also  a  poetry 
reading  by  Constance  Lane  and  a  perfor- 
mance by  the  NBS  Drama  troupe. 

"It  was  very  inspiring,"  said  one  par- 
ticipant. "Everyone  who  came  learned  a 
lot  about  who  we  are  as  a  people,  about 
where  we  came  from  and  where  we're  go- 
ing. I  just  wish  some  more  attention  could 
be  paid  to  Black  History  the  other  eleven 
months  of  the  year." 

Ian  McDowell 


•.\      •»«. 


DAK      SAFETY      FILM      50o 


<y 


tv; 


i 


Firming  the  Flesh 


The  health  craze  hasn't  left  us; 
anyone  passing  by  EUC's  Cone 
Ballroom  on  a  Tuesday  or  Thursday 
night  between  five  and  six-thirty  will 
see  plenty  of  evidence  of  that.  Limbs 
sheathed  in  day-glo  leotards  churn  the 
air  with  rhythmic  precision  to  the 
tune  of  an  incessantly  throbbing  boom 
box;  young  women  of  every  im- 
aginable physical  configuration  con- 
tort, twist  and  thrust;  as  the  gyra- 
tions increase  in  ritualistic  fervor  one 
can  practically  smell  the  burning  fat. 

Certain  male  EUC  employees  and 
media  officials  have  been  known  to 
forsake  their  offices  and  duties  for  the 
third  floor  TV  room  during  these 


hours,  where  they  can  be  found  star- 
ing down  at  the  young  women  below 
through  the  glass  door  to  the 
ballroom's  balcony,  their  faces  beam- 
ing studies  in  beatific  rapture. 
Perhaps  they  realize  they  they  are 
seeing  acolytes  of  a  new  religion, 
vestal  celebrants  in  the  temple  of  the 
healthy  body.  Or  perhaps  they  watch 
them  for  the  same  reasons  that  such 
young  men  have  always  watched  such 
young  women,  especially  when  such 
young  women  are  wearing  tight  or 
revealing  clothing  and  are  moving  in 
a  quick  and  rhythmic  manner.  At  any 
rate,  those  engaged  in  these  calorie- 
destroying  activities  have  taken  steps 


towards  making  their  efforts  less 
public,  and  newspaper  barriers  have 
been  taped  over  the  glass  as  a  way  of 
preserving  the  sanctity  of  the  shrine. 
Which  is  understandable,  though 
one  might  argue  that  the  ogling 
young  men  are  no  more  voyeuristic 
than  the  women  who  gather  to  watch 
lithe  male  athletes  tumble  about  on 
the  ahtletic  field.  Be  that  as  it  may, 
the  women  in  the  aerobics  class  are 
to  be  commended  for  trying  to  im- 
prove themselves  in  some  manner.  In 
the  land  of  couch  potatoes,  those 
without  cellulite  are  queen. 

Ian  McDowell 


"At  least  its  good  clean  fun,"  said  one 
grad  student  as  she  stood  in  front  of 
Mary  Foust  dorm,  just  beyond  the  war 
zone.  Under  the  streetlights  surrounding 
Guilford  scores  of  students  were  doing 
battle  with  shaving  cream,  water  guns, 
buckets  and  even  forty-gallon  trashcans 
full  of  water  that  dumped  on  unfortunate 
females  from  Guilford's  third  floor.  Near- 
by, campus  police  sat  idle,  just  watching, 
knowing  from  experience  that  trying  to 
break  it  up  would  just  mean  a  respite  un- 
til the  next  evening. 

"We're  just  trying  to  let  them  get  it  out 
of  their  systems,"  said  one  officer. 

The  "systems"  he  was  talking  about 
turned  out  to  include  those  of  half  the 
students  in  the  Grogan-Cone-Mary  Foust- 
Guilford  corner  of  campus.  What  "it" 
was,  other  than  sublimated  boredom  and 
frustration  with  the  first  weeks  of  school, 
no  one  really  knew.  But  one  thing  was  for 
certain,  for  a  week  no  one  got  very  much 
sleep. 

"Dorm  wars,"  as  they  came  to  be  call- 
ed, seemed  to  start  with  Guilford  Hall;  or, 
more  specifically,  with  certain  Guilford 
residents  who  decided  to  take  a  run  "au 
naturale"  down  the  sidewalk  to  Grogan 
Hall  one  night  in  early  February.  After 
a  couple  of  nights,  the  windows  of  Grogan 
and  Guilford  began  to  fill  up  with  people 
watching  for  the  "boy  wonders"  or  the 
girls  from  Grogan  to  repeat  the  perfor- 
mance. Meanwhile,  one  GuUfordite  listen- 
ed on  his  police  scanner  and  blew  a  whis- 
tle whenever  a  patrol  car  was  ap- 
proaching. Guilfordites  soon  became 
frustrated  with  the  Grogan  girls'  refusal 
to  "bare  all,"  while  the  police  waited  to 
grab  those  guilty  of  indecent  exposure, 
and  the  onlookers'  energies  turned 
elsewhere. 

That  day  the  words  "War  Declared  on 
the  High  Rises"  appeared  in  Guilford's 
front  windows.  And  pretty  soon  the  war 
had  escalated  to  include  Mary  Foust  as 
well.  Midnight  water  fights  and  mass 
moonings  became  the  normal  state  of  af- 
fairs. Cone  and  Guilford  residents  trad- 
ed verbal  barbs  and  water  raids  across 
the  street  where  police  kept  their  cons- 
tant vigil.  Those  officers  appeared 
stumped.  "If  we  try  and  stop  it  now,"  one 
said,  "we'll  have  a  riot  on  our  hands." 

They  shouldn't  have  worried.  A 
February  cold  snap  ended  the 
unseasonably  warm  weather  overnight 
and  reduced  the  dorm  wars  to  a  few  scat- 
tered banners  and  a  weekend  of  snowball 
fights.  But  as  spring  approached, 
rumours  flew  about  what  was  "coming 
up." 

"At  least  it  won't  be  boring,"  said 
Guilford  R.D.  Dave  Ritter. 

Mark  A.  Corum 


Guilford  Hall 

Declares 
''Dorm  Wars" 


FACES  I 
FACES! 
FACES  I 
FACES  I 


Ices  FACES 

^CES  FACES 
^CES  FACES 

Ices  FACES 


v^ 


u 

N 
C 
G 
U 
N 
C 
G 


t 

*"'\    >.\ 

#^ 

^^^A 

-  Al 

'^II 

_ ^RH^ 

d 

Hfe 

i 

) 

^^ 

^"^ 

U 

*    -^ 

11 

^  ,. 

~W^ 

t 

1 
1 

S^ 

1 

This  yearbook  represents  a  lot  of 
dreaming  and  hard  work.  Many  peo- 
ple deserve  thanks  for  all  their  sup- 
port: Cliff  Lowery  for  his  advice  and 
for  helping  me  get  the  yearbook  "off 
the  ground;"  Mark  A.  Corum  for  tak- 
ing over  the  book  when  I  had  to  leave 
school  in  September;  Jim  Lancaster 
for  his  help  and  advice;  Greg  Brown 
for  allowing  us  use  of  needed  Caroli- 
nian photographs.  Ian  McDowell  was 
always  ready  to  write  any  articles  that 
needed  to  be  written,  and  Sheila  Bowl- 
ing's enthusiasm  for  the  project  kept 
our  spirits  up  at  times  when  it  looked 
like  the  book  would  never  be  finished. 
Our  account  representative,  Harry 
Thomas,  was  willing  to  give  us  advice 
whenever  we  needed  it.  These  people 
helped  make  the  book  possible. 

It  is  important  to  be  able  to  look 
back,  both  as  individuals  and  as  a 
university,  and  see  where  we  were  in 
1985-86.  We  hope  this  book  reflects 
something  about  the  year:  the  soccer 
team's  national  championship,  the  pro- 
fessors and  students  that  contributed 
to  the  life  of  the  university,  the 
organizations  and  events  we  attended. 
I  especially  hope  students  will  enjoy 
the  Pop  Life  section,  which  tries  to 
capture  some  of  the  fads  and  fancies 
of  the  year.  But  then,  I  hope  students 
will  enjoy  all  the  sections:  Campus,  the 
Arts,  Mindset,  Controversy,  Organiza- 
tions, Sports,  Greeks,  Classes  and 
Finishing  Touches.  The  articles  in  each 
section  reflect  the  opinions  of  the 
writer.  Organizations  were  responsible 
for  providing  us  with  any  copy  used 
with  group  shots. 

And  last,  I  need  to  thank  my  mom 
who  said,  "Dawn,  you  know  you  want 
to  go  back  to  school.  Gol" 

Dawn  Ellen  Nubel 

Pine  Needles.  16  February  1986 

P. S.— This  book  is  lovingly  dedicated 

to  the  memory  of  Dr.  Warren  Ashby. 


P^ENS